Search results

(41 - 60 of 242)

Pages

Title: Augsburg Seminary Catalog, 1905-1906
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg Seminary Catalog, 1904-1905
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg Seminary Catalog, 1900-1901
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg Seminary Catalog, 1899-1900
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg Seminary Catalog, 1896-1897
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg Seminary Catalog, 1897-1898
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg Seminary Catalog, 1898-1899
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1917-1918
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1916-1917
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1915-1916
Collection: Course Catalogs

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1991-1993
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG COLLEGE 731 2 1 AVENUE ~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN , 55454 :I1 yI .. ' b: 612-330-1000 in. This catalog should answer most questions students have' about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is...
Show more OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG COLLEGE 731 2 1 AVENUE ~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN , 55454 :I1 yI .. ' b: 612-330-1000 in. This catalog should answer most questions students have' about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have questions about anything in this catalog, consult a faculty advisor, the Dean of the College or the Registrar. Key offices are listed at the back of the catalog for correspondence or telephone inquiries. ': I i , k 1 I ; Location -Augsburg College was founded in 1869in Marshall, Wisconsin. The College moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota,in 1872 increase awareness and provide assistance for students with disabilities. cal Lutheran Church in America Financial Aid -Over 80 pacent of the students receive some form of financial aid from the College and many other sources. (ELCA).Although a strong plurality of students are Lutheran, two in 10 represent other Protestant denominations while approximatelytwo in 10 are Roman Catholic. Libmy -Over 175,000 items, access to over 5,000,000 through CLIC, the Twin Cities private college library consortium, and Minitex, the regional library network Accreditation -North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by American Chemical Society,Council on Social Work Education, National Assodation for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schoolsof Music, National League for Nursing. School Year -Septemberto May, 4-14 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College-trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program -trimesters, W b e r to June. Member -Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Eoard,as d d b e d on page 11. Off Campus Programs-Center for Global Education, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), Minnesota Studies in InternationalDevelopment (MSID), Study Abroad, International Business Program, Upper Midwest Association of Intedtural Education (UMAIE) and extensive cooperative education P'ogram. Athletic Affiliation -Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference 0, and National Collegiate Athletic Assodation (NCAA), Division III. Religious Affiliation -The Evangeli- Enrollment (1990-'91) -2,%5 from 26 states and 28 nations. Graduates -10,781 from 1870 through August 31,1990 . StudentlFaculty Ratio -15.6 to 1. Class size averages 20-30. Campus -15mapr buildings. Mapr renovation 1979-'80 with special emphasis on accessibility. Accessibility -Augsburg is now one of the most accessible campuses in the region. A skyway-tunnelelevator system provides access to 10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building modifiaations, Augsburg has a student-run program to Majors -More than 45 in 22 departments. Policy -Augsburg College does not . . . on the basis of race, creed, e-t national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as requiredby Title D( of the 1972EducationalAmendments or Section 504of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admission policies, educational pmpms, activities and employment practices. Fads and Figures ................................................................................. 2 Introducing Augsburg ........................................................................ 7 Admissions ......................................................................................... 15 .................................... 21 Financing Your Education ...................... . College Costs ................................................................................. 22 Financial Aid ................................................................................. 25 Scholarships . ................................................................................... 30 Student Life ........................................................................................ 47 Academic Information .....................................................................-59 General Information .................................................................. 6 0 Academic Organization and Programs .................................... 63 Majors and Minors ....................................................................... 63 Academic Policies and Procedures ............................................76 General Education CurriculumRequirements .........................81 Evaluation and Grading .......................................................... -89 Departments and Programs (including course descriptions) .....97 Art ................................................................................................... 99 Biology ........................................................................................104 Business Administration and Management Information Systems (MIS).............................108 Chemistry .....................................................................................116 East and Southeast Asian Studies ............................................121 Economics ............................ . . ............... 123 Education .....................................................................................127 Engineering..................................................................................136 English .........................................................................................138 First Year Experience ..................................................................144 Foreign Language Department .................................................145 General Studies .................................-........ 156 Global Education Programs ......................................................157 Health and Physical Education ...............................................161 History ..................................................................................... 165 Humanities ................................................................... 169 . . Interdisciplinary Studies............................................................170 American Indian Studies .................................................... 171 Ethnic Studies .........................................................................172 Women's Studies ................................................................... 173 International Relations .............................................................174 Mathematics and Computer Science .......................................175 Metro-Urban Studies.......................... . . . ............................... 182 Music ..... ............ .............................................................. 188 Natural Science ................................ 198 Nursing ....................... , . . ..................................................... 1 9 9 Philosophy ................................................................................... 203 Physics ..........................................................................................207 Political Science ........................................................................... 212 Psychology ...................................................................................217 Religion ......................................................................................222 Scandinavian Area Studies........................................................ 227 Social Science .............................................. 228 Social Studies..................................................... ....*. .....228 Social Work ..................................................................................229 Sociology ...................................................................................... 234 Soviet and East European Studies ............................................238 Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts .............................239 College Information ........................................................................ 247 Board of Regents ......................................................................... 248 ELCA Education Division .........................................................249 Directory ......................................................................................250 Administration ................ ........................................... 251 Faculty Emeriti ............................................................................ 253 Academic Calendar ....................................................................254 Faculty ..........................................................................................Z 6 Index .................................................................................................. 269 Maps ..................................................................................................274 ..... .................... ... ....................... . . . . ............ .. A GREETING FROM THE On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and to use thisopportunity to welcome new and returning students. Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable, quality liberal arts college of the church. The mission of the College, its academic programs and its metropolitanlocation attract a wide variety of students, a diversity which is actively encouraged. Whether from a small town, a large city or another country, all students enjoy the sense of community here at Augsburg. The College continues to grow at a mnarkable pace, building on a tradition of excellence in its programs, faculty, students and facilities. It is a place where community, national and world leaders meet to discuss issues and ideas. I invite you to become part of this tradition of excellence -Augsburg is an exciting and challenging place to prepare for your future. I look forward to meeting you on campus. President Augsburg College is grounded in traditions -the traditions of its founders, of the church and of higher education in the liberal arts. From this framework springs a dynamic, challenging and evolving institution that rises to the challenges of today's -and tomorrow's -changing world. Augsburg is committed to educating the whole person, encouragingand respecting diversity and serving the larger community. Through education, understanding and service, Augsburg faculty, staff and students can affect the future in positive ways. The phrase, 'Think globally, act locally, rings true at Augsburg. The College's location in the heart of the Twin Cities provides rich opportunities for experiential education, volunteer service, internships and cultural enrichment. In a sense, the cities are an extended campus for Augsburg students. Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, "Education for Service," and to the Mission of the College: To dmelopfuture ltnders of service to the world by proznding high quality educational oj?prtunifies which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879. August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway -Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college1' studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: First, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker, and businessman The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years. Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (18761907), required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations.Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free-Church.The church was a group of independentcongregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup, Jr. became President He worked to develop college departmentswith an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bernhard Quistensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be pmident (1938-1%2).His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War JI, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary, and received the most attention. Augsburg added departmentsessential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effortto become accredited. The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 definedthe College's mission now as serving the good society as a whole first and the interests of the Lutheran Fnx Church second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary)in St. Paul in 1963. President Oscar A. Anderson (19&1980) continued Augsburg'semphasis on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out b non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Murphy Place. Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the College since 1980.He guides Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom. Augsburg continues to grow under his leadership. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting Weekend College and three Master of Arts degree programs, hosting national and international figures at College-sponsoredforums and events, increased accessibility and the addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church; Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens; The city, with all its excitement, challenges and diversity is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metre politan center. There are now more than lO,W Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a differencewhere they live and work. Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical centers -Riverside Medical Center -are adjacent to the campus, with the Mississippi River and the Seven Comers theater district just a few blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertahment and recreation opportunities, are minutes west and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also conned with the suburbs. (See map in back) Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul Internationalm r t and bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, d, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Ad of 1973, as amended, in its admissionspolicies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinatorslisted in the directory in the back of this catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schoolsand the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary).Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, the Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schoolsof Music (NASM). We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsementof the institution. Registration does not mean that &its earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutionsor that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer. Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other.A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus the Music Hall, Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Admissions Office -The central admissions office is located at 628 21st Avenue South and pmvides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. American Indian Support Program and International Center -Located at 620 21st Avenue South, these programs provide support services and information to American Indian and international students, as well as others who wish to spend a term studying abroad. Christensen Center -Center of non-academic activity, with spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore and offices for student government and student publications. (1%7) Center for Global Education -Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global issues. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication-The newest building on campus establishes a new "front doof' for the College on Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and June Foss and those from a great number of alumni and friends of the College. The Tpmhom-Nelson Theater is also housed in this complex, which contains space for the campus ministry pmgram, drama and communication. Augsburg's computer lab is located in the lower level of this facility. (1988) Ice Arena -Two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. (1974) Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, Dean of Men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. (1961) Mortensen Tower - Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women from 1923to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. (1973) Music Hall -Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. (1978) Old Main -Home for the Foreign Language and Art Departments, with class- rooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, and made accessible in 1990, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900) Science Hall -Houses classrooms, wellequipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium and faculty offices. (1949) In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed. South Hall and Annex Houses -All located in or near the campus area,provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955) Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall -Named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. (1938) Tutor Center -This house at 2011 South Seventh Street has rooms for individual tutoring sessions, quiet study and assistance with study skills. 2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices for Weekend College, Graduate and Special Programs, and Cooperative Education, as well as classroom space. (1964) Urness Tower -Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have given several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967) West Hall -Apartment housing for upperclass students. (1966) Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial Interaction - InterRace facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work, communities and society. The Institute provides training and consultation, research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy and legal study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st Avenue South. Minnesota Minority Education Partnership ( M M l T ) -A program that encourages the retention and graduation of students of color. The program coordinates the existing resources of schools, families and communities and also develops new resources. Located at 2018 South Eighth Street. Scandinavian Center -Coordinates the efforts of individuals and groups interested in the five Nordic nations. Located at 2400 Butler Place. Youth and Family Institute -Designed to help churches better serve the changing needs of youth and families. The Institute at 2018 South Eighth Street offers academic programs at both undergraduate and graduate levels, as well as seminar/workshops, a resource center and counseling services. A u g s b ~ college r ~ is looking forstudents with intelligenceand characler. We want people who can ben+t from and contribute to their community -the College community and the community at large. Becausefirsthand appraisal qf programs, facilities and academic*a sphere is valuable,fieshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and me& with an Admissions Counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member 4 the jkulty and to attend classes when schml is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Just call the Admissions Ofice any weekday behoeen 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. -(612)330-1001, or toll-free (800)788-5678. They will answer your questions and arrange a tour@ any duy (including Saturhy mornings during the school year). The @ce is on the northwest corner qf Seventh Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneaplis. (Pleasecall first.) Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achieuemmt, psonal qualities and interests,participation in activities and employment and potential for development as a student and a graduate of Augsburg College. lle Collegeselects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed,disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age. Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application for admission and essay and return them to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. Transcripts-An o f f i d transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transuipt upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school tramaipt. Test Scores -Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT).It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. Additional Information -If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an Admissions Counselor. Academic recommendationsmay be required by the Admissions Cornmittee before an admissions decision is made. On occasion, the AdmissionsCommittee may also defer a decision on a candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, more recent test scores, results of the present semesteis coursework, additional letters of recommendation or writing samples may be requested by the Committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Admissions Office will inform the candidate. Notification of Admissions Decision -Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Studentsare notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Confirmation of Admission -Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Diredor of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendationsfrom the high school faculty and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information. Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorilycompleted at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. Augsburg College limits transfer from two-year colleges once a student has reached junior status. If all transfer work has been taken at a two-year college as freshman or sophomore, a maximum of 18Augsburg courses, or % quarter credits, will be accepted toward the minimum of 35 Augsburg course credits required for the baccalaureate degree. A cumulative grade point average (GPA)of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary. Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for readmission through the Registrais Office. Students who have attended any other institution(s1during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. In some circumstances,people may be admitted as special students (nondegree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available from the Admissions Office. A u g s b e welcomes students from countriesaround the world. Intemational students from more than 47 countries have attended Augsburg since 1954. Studentsshould contact the Admissions Office for an International Student Application and informationon the application pracedm. Applications must be d v e d two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1 for Fall,November 1for Spring. For more information, call (612)33@1001or write to: InternationalStudent Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55454 A l l students re~eiiw~nancial k l p iindrecttly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College r a k that difference in -fim alumni,faculty, stafi parents, church,^, foudutions and endowment income. Howeuer, the primay responsibilityfor paying@ a college education r ~ ton s students and theirfamilks.Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources. sffs The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1991-'92 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditionsnecessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment) ..........................................................$10114S.00 This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1991. Studentsare considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees and admission to most College-supportedevents, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installmentsat the beginning of each semester. ,.-..-. -.-.... ..... Tuition (part-timeenrollment)per course , , . , $768.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for that course. .................................... Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course $384.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. .......................................................$2,00400 Full Board (19 meals a week)...............................................................$1,828.00 Room Rent (includes telephone) Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) ...................... Flex 5 point plan -...-.l-l.ll.$l1776.00 ....................................................................................$1,616.00 Fees Billed on Student Account Fees Payable by CheddCash ACTC Bus (full-time $ 12.00 students only) Late Registration (per day after classesbegin) $ 50.00 Registration Change after first 5 days (cancel/add/change/grade option, or combiition $ 5.00 at one time) Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) $384.00 Private Music Lessons, per semester (14 lessons) $225.00 Student Teachiig (per course $ 30.00 for full-time students) Student Teaching (per course for part-time students) $326.00 Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) $150.00 Student Activity Fee $ 85.00 Student Activity Fee (parttime students) $ 4250 Application (new and/or special students) $ 15.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests $110.00 Nursing Comprehensive Exam $ 10.00 Locker Rental (commuters) $ 15.00 Student Parking Lot Permit -~ar $ 55.00 -motorcycle $ 25.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) $ 2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in Registra/s BOOKS AND ~ U P P w) ~ These costs are estimated to be $500.00 per year. ................................................. $100.00 Enrollment Deposit (Non-refundable) Required of all new studentsafter acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated.Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. ...................................................................... $100.00 Housing Damage Deposit Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines)at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by following the conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be respon- sible for all costs i n c u r d due to late cancellationor lack of proper notification. If the new contrast is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellationis after these dates. Semester Fees -Rior to the start of each semester a 'Statement of Estimated Qlarges" showingbasicchargesandfinancial aid dtsdesignatedbythe Student Financial !%rvices Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options -(1)Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2) Semester Payments, due August 15and January 15as billed; (3) Payment Plan -upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter; (4) lGmonth Payment Plan -upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrativefee, the annual charges may be paid in 10equal installmentsbegmung June 15 and ending March 15. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent upon request. I A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of one percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a IGmonth payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annualbasis, payable in two equal installments at the begmmng of each semester. W t r a t i o n is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Office of Student Affairs.They must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to the Reg~~trar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to parttime, are dismissed or ~IPreleased from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100%90%80%70%60%50%- through the first five days of classes (less$100 administrativefee) from the 6th through 10th day of classes from the 11th through 15th day of classes from the 16th through 20th day of classes from the 21st through 25th day of classes from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to .withdrawdue to illness or an accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sublease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustmentsfor aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. So,proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and advisory assistanceto protect access to a quality education in spite of i n m i n g costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships,grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in pmviding various aid programs. For the 1989-'90 academic year approximately 83 percent of all students at Augsburg received xholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $11,500,000 from all aid sources. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The Family Financial Statement (FFS)of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS)helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimatesthe amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factorsas current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations. How AND WHENTO APPLY New Students - Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS)or Financial Aid Form (FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to the processing agency after January 1but before April 15 for priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS, which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program.Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriateloan forms and/or work applications will be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The financial aid transcript forms are available through the Admissions Office or Fiicial Aid. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by the applicationand Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on the familfs financial eligibility, the student's satisfactory academicprogress and fund availability. A student applyingfor aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a s@c scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs and fraternal organizationsfor information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children and others. Gift Assistance President's Scholarships-President's Scholarships,which assuxe gft assistance equal to tuition, are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-timefreshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need. The awards are renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Ekcause this is a d e d programffull tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due February 15. Details from the Admissions Office. Dean's Scholarships-Dean's Scholarships, which assure gift assistance equal to tuition, are awarded each fall to the most academicallyqualified full-time students who are direct transfers to Augsburg College following completion of an A.A. or AS. degree, having maintained a 35 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified programffull tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due April 1.Details from the Admissions Office. Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards -Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or grant check from the congregation must be received at Augsburg by October 1. Augsburg Tuition Grants -Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financialneed. A student's academic performance, financial need and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants -Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 199G91, they ranged from $100 to $ 5 3 3 . All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. SupplementalEducational Opportunity Grants -A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1)be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have exceptional financial need as defined by the program; (3) be capable of maintaining satisfadory academic standing at the College; and (4)be accepted for admission Pell Grants -Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1991-'92 is $2,400. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the Pell Grant Program. Bureau of Indian Afâ¬airs/Tribaland State Indian Scholarships-Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarshipsand Augsburg American Indian Scholarshipsare available to Indian students (both full- and part-time) who meet speclfic criteria. For Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships,studentsmust be 1/4 degree American Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recogruzed tribe. Eligibility criteria for Augsburg American Indian Scholarshipsvary; contact the American Indian Support Rogram office. Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid. Questionsmay be directed to the American Indian Support Office or to your local BIA, Tribal or State Indian Education Office. Loan Assistance Perkins Student Loan -A joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financialeligibility. Loans are interest-free during your education. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begn nine months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $9,000, ($18,000 including graduate school). StaÂ£ford Student Loans -Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attendingat least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8 percent (10 percent after the first four years of repayments) on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begins six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250. Applications are available at the College, and some banks. The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher Education CoordinatingBoard. Applications are available from the Office of Student Financial Services. Undergraduates may borrow up to $4,000 per year minus any other student loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $16,000. The minimum loan amount per year is $1,000. The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begn 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begm the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments. Nursing Student Loan -Federal program with provisions similar to the Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is $4,000 per year. SupplementalLoans for Students (SLS)-SLS is a federally sponsored loan program which permits independent students to borrow to finance their cost of education. Students can borrow up to $4,000 per year. Interest is variable with a 12 percent cap and interest payments begin 60 days after the loan is disbursed, but in many cases, can be allowed to accrue and add to the principal. Repayment begms 60 days after you leave school or cease to be enrolled at least half-time. Deferments exist for continued education or disability. Parent Loan Program (PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to $4,000 per student per year with an aggregate maximum of $20,000. Repayment begm within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate not to exceed 12 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are availableat Augsburg College or the lending institutions Applicationsare normally filed with the bank or thrift institutionwith which your family has an account. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven finand need who a~ at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in the duties assigned.Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans and grants. A maximum of 15hours of oncampus employment per week is recommended. All oncampus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. Students should make application to both the Financial Aid and Personnel offices for work study positions. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program -Under theseprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matchingbasiswith the College to provide some part-tine work opportunities. Scholarshipwinners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee of the faculty unless otherwise specified. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. *Indicates endowed scholarships. Charles and Ellora AUiss Educational Foundation Scholarships-A number of awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability. Established in 1973by the foundation. The Dain BosworthlIFG Foundation Scholarship -Awarded as funds are made available, to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to deseming junior/senior students. Established in 1961to perpetuate her memory. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two deserving junior or senior students. Established in 1%9by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory. Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more needy and deserving upper class students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck. M. J. Estrem Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem. EW. Hallet Scholarship-Awarded, as funds are available, to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. The Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an Augsburg student of any class or major, based on academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987by Mr. Joseph Hsieh (6 ' 11, Andover, Ma., in loving memory of his mother, his honorable teacher and his respected advisor at Augsburg College. The Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more students who demonstratepotential and financial need. Established in 1985by Edwin C. Johnson ('25), Powers Lake, N.D. Memorial ScholarshipFoundation Scholarships*-Awarded annually to an able and deserving upper class student. Established in 1964by undesignated memorial gifts. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts ScholarshipsGiven annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972. Northern States Power Company Scholarship-Awarded to deserving students in each class year on the basis of financial need and ability. The Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who are U.S.citizens, have a B average or above and qualify for need based aid. Established in 1987by Mr. Nystrom as an expression of his belief in young people and his hope that they will become meritorious leaders. The Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson Scholarship -Awarded annually to a student(s)of any class or major based primarily upon financial need and evidence of personal financial commitment. Established in 1991through a bequest in the will of Rev. Martin J. ('23 Academy; '26, College; '29, Seminary) and his late wife, Olga S. (2' 1) Olson, along with the gifts of many family and friends. John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to freshman students who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in 1963by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*- Awarded annually to students of any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Establish in 1990 by Dr. Martin ('29) and Mrs. Esther Quanbeck, Minneapolis, Minn. Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* -Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964. The Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Estab lished in 1990 by Ernest and Vivian Tinseth, Edina, Minn. The Robert W. Wauyniak Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986 in memory of Robert Warzyniak, ('65) through memorials, supplemented by gifts of his wife, Sharon, and family. The Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* -Awarded annually to one or more students of any class who have potential and financial need. Established in 1986through the gift of Elsie L. Wildung, St. Paul, Minn. A Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie. *Indicatesendowed schokuships. Aid Association for Lutherans -Awarded annually to able and deserving upper class students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Established in 1966. The Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students who help the College fulfill its mission of being "an intentionally diverse campus community." Awards are based upon financial need and good academic achievement (3.0 or higher G.P.A.), with preference given to students who are planning some form of Christian service. Established in 1989 by Dr. Charles S. and Mrs.Catherine G. Anderson, St. Paul, M i n . The Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student mapring in purnalism or social work. Awards are based upon academic performance and finanaal need. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Ruth M. Baker, Edina, Minn., in loving memory of her daughter, Phyllis M. Baker, a 1952 graduate of Augsburg College. The Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class, based upon academic achievement, financial need and service to others. kference will be given to a student who is taking private music lessons and a student who shows teamwork in College physical recreation activities. Established in 1991by friends, alumni, faculty and staff of Augsburg College, in honor of Jeroy ('48) and Lorraine Carlson, and in appreciation for their commitment to and expression of the highest ideals of the College. The Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to science students of any class, based upon academic achivement (32+ GPA), interest and ability in the field of study, and a demonstrated sense of social and spiritual community. Established in 1989by Dr. Carl C. ('59) and Mrs. Kathleen A. ('62) Casperson, Minneapolis, Minn. The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to able and deserving student(s) who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Est?:olished in 1972by her husband, moyd Cleveland, to honor the memory of Mrs. Cleveland, Augsburg alumna, consecrated Christian leader and devoted wife. The Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto one or more female freshmen students of any major who belong to the Lutheran Church (ELCA) and show evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986by Raymond D. Erickson GO), in memory of his daughter, Laura Ann Erickson. David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1979by members of his family to honor the memory of Commander David J. Formo, 1964 alumnus. The JulianP. Foss Scholarship*-Awarded to a student of any class who has financial need, shows promise, and demonstratesfaith and dedication to overcoming difficult circumstances.Established by Julian P. Foss ('30), Mesa, Ariz. The Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student at or above the sophomorelevel who demonstrateshigh academic achievement and is preparing for a career in some form of therapy, e.g, physical, occupational, speech, music, psychological. Established at Thanksgiving 1986, by Dr. TheodoreJ. and Mrs. Fern S. Hanwick, in gratitudeto the therapists who aided in the recovery of their son, Theodore T. Hanwick ('66), from a severe accident. The King Harald Scholarship -Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1965on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from Norway. The winner is selected from competition held in Norway by the Norge Amerika Foreningen. The Rev. JohnHjelmeland Endowed Scholarship Fund*-Awarded annuallyto second or third generation freshman or upper class students of any major who have attained a 3.0 grade point average or better. Established in 1986 by Sigvald ('41) and Helen Hjelmeland, and John ('70) and Lynn Hjelmeland. The Hoversten Peace Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class or major, based upon academic merit and financial need. Preference will be given to students who have demonstrated an interest in peace and/or whose personal outlook and career plans show promise of contributingto the cause of peace. Members of the Hoversten family and international students are encouraged to apply. The fund may also provide aid to students or faculty who undertake projects that will contribute to peace and global understanding. Established in 1989 through a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif. Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper class women of high moral character, with preference given to female or male students transferring from Waldorf College who are in music and/or elementary education. Established in 1975in memory of Catha Jones, 1970alumna, by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Kenneth Jones, other family and friends, and the Augsburg College Senior Challenge Program. The Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior who is interested in serving others, e.g. majoring in religion, education, music, social work, medicine, and based upon academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1990 through a bequest in the will of Rev. Torgney (1 ' 7 B.A. and '21 B.Div.1 and Valborg (Nydahl)Kleven, and memorial gifts by family and friends. The Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student of any major, based upon academic achievement (3.0 G.P.A. or higher) and financial need. Preference given to college students who have demonstrated an interest in community service by active participation and whose parents have not achieved a Bachelor's Degree. Established in 1989 by family and friends in memory of Harold Lanes ('11, Academy) and in honor of Laura Lanes. I Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship-Awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $800.00, maximum $1,500. The scholarship is renewable. McVay Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. Preference given to students majoring in education, religion or social work. Established in 1986by the McVay Foundation. The Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)Monson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any major after their first year, based upon financial need, diligence in scholastic achievement, and active membership in a Lutheran congregation. Established in 1989 by Forrest ('37) and Thelma ('37) Monson, San Diego, Calif. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a senior student(s)who has successfullyovercome adversity and has achieved excellence in academic and extracurricularperformance. Established in 1977to honor the memory of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminarywho overcame the adversity of early years to earn his own education and who served others with humanity and wisdom. The Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students with financial need. Preference given to students from Canada or transferring from a public mllege or university who indicate an interest in religion, music or Scandinavian studies. Established in 1988by Mrs. Evelyn Olson and Mr. Gordon Olson ('63), in memory of Rev. Ole K. Olson ('32) and in honor of Mrs. Olson's 80th birthday. The Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class or major who show academic potential, financial need and a strong desire to earn a college degree, with preference given to females of high moral character. Learning disabled students are encouraged to apply. Established in 1985, and endowed in 1989by Rosemary J. Shafer, Wayzata, Minn. The John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to students from Madagascar, or if none with financial need, then to students from other developing nations. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Agnes Siverson, Hendricks, Minn., thereby continuing a long tradition of generosity by Agnes and her late husband, John. I The Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class or major, based upon high personal motivation, rather than high academic achievement or extreme financial need. Established in 1989through a bequest in the will of Mrs. Genevieve E. Stelberg, St. Paul, Minn. * Indiuztes endowed scholarship The Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually to American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1988through the estate and trust of Ada Bakken, St. Charles, M i n . The Kent Anderson American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually to American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance and financial need, with preference given to students who are affiliated with a federally-recognized American Indian tribe. Established in 1990 with the proceeds of a benefit perhrmance at Augsburg College by Louie Anderson, a native of St. Paul, Minn., who resides in Los Angeles, Calif. The Asian-Pacific Student Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to two Asian-Pacific students with demonstrated financial need and who reside in Minnesota. The Otto Bremer Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to American Indian Students. Recipients will be involved in a community service project during the year. The Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to sophomore,junior or senior Chinese students who have outstanding academic records and are preparing to work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922alumna. The Cargill Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to American Indian Students who either: 1) have been denied or lost tribal funds or, 2) have experienced other unusual circumstances as determined by the American Indian Program Director and the Financial Aid Director. The Hearst American Indian Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to an American Indian upper class student(s)who has a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or better at Augsburg College. Established in 1984by The Hearst Foundation. The Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class international students who have overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracunicular performance. Established in 1981by her parents, Dr. and Mrs. Einar Johnson, and other family members and friends in memory of Grace Anne (Gay) Johnson, a student at Augsburg 1971-1973. The KerridgelMuellerAmerican Indian Scholarship-Awarded annually to an American Indian student of any class or major who demonstrates academic potential and financialneed. Established in 1988by Dr. "Mike" Kerridge) and Dr. Van Mueller, Minneapolis, M i n . Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to upper class Oriental international students. Established in 1978by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion to sharing and loving people, especially her service to students. Pillsbury, Inc, Minority Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. The Marlys JohnsonSimengaard Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to a Black American student. Established in 1964in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. The St. Paul Companies, Inc Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to Minnesota minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. The JamesR Thorpe Foundation Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to non-traditional and minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. 'Indicates endowed schoLzrships Art The Queen Sonja Art Scholarship-Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1978to honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students mapring in art. Established in 1982by his wife,family and friends in memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg College. Athletic Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College. Paul DahledGerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on the basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg College students. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more students, participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and high Christian character. The athletic scholarship is for a male candidate only, with a preference in basketball. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol, and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character and ability in athletics. Established in 1945by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Rory JordanMemorial Scholarship-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the wrestling program. Established in 1980by the William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler. Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students on the basis of achievement, personal character and promise in the field of physical education. Established in 1958by their children in memory of their parents. The Hovt Messerer Athletic Scholarshiv*- Awarded annuallv to a male athlete of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Athletic Department. Established in 1987by Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia. James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student committed to Christian service, based on academic achievement and financial need. Preference given to students who are interested and participate in athletics and recreation. Established in 1990 by Ralph and Katherine Pederson, Santa Rosa, Calif., in memory of James, a 1934graduate, exceptional all-around athlete and coachathlete director at Augsburg College. The Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more male students of any class or academic major who participates in the College's athletic program and shows evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986by Glen and Gerald Person, in memory and in honor of their brother, Stan Person. Biology Biology Scholarships-Established in 1972by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in biology, natural science or medical technology. The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Biology Scholarship* -A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in biology. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) ('74) Holmen. Business Administration/Economics Marianne Anderson Entrepeneurial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a woman who is interested in entrepreneurshipor engaged in business, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend College women who are older and have family responsibilities. Established in 1990 by members of the Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs (MINN-WE), in memory of Marianne Anderson, a successful woman entrepreneur, and in honor of all Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs. Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassed within the Departments of Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community. The Farmers Insurance Group of Companies Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to second, third and fourth year students in the fields of insurance, mathematics, business administration, personnel and other areas related to the insurance industry, based primarily on the basis of financial need. Recipients will be expected to have maintained at least a 2.5 G.P.A. and are expeded to conduct themselves acording to the laws of the United States and the state of Minnesota. First Bank Systems -Awarded each year, as funds are available, without regard to a speclfic mapr, but to students with demonstrated leadership ability and an interest in entrepreneurial development. The Forss-Herr Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior business student who has shown academic achievement, has been involved in extracurricular activities and has financial need. Preference will be given to students from families where two or more children are in college at the same time. Established in 1987by Mrs. Grace F. (Forss, '57) and Mr. Douglas P. Herr, Danville, L. Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more upper class students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965by The GarnbleSkogmo Foundation. The Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* -Awarded annually to working women of any class who want to improve their skills and education by attending Augsburg College part-time. The scholarship is designated for women who show potential and have financial need, with preference given to those studying business. Established in 1989 by two working sisters-in-law, Mildred Krohn, Berkeley, Calif., and Mrs. Eleanor Krohn, St. Louis Park, Minn. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*-One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s)majoring in business administration. Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College. The Minnesota Mutual Life Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, based upon academic promise and financial need with preference given to majors in business or economics. The Norberg Business Scholarship-Awarded achievement to a student majoring in business. annually on the basis of scholastic The David L Shaver Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to business administration students of any class, based upon financial need and academic ' 61, through his performance. Established in 1988by the late David L. Shaver (7 participation in the Senior Challenge Program. The Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student of any mapr who intends to pursue a graduate degree in business manage ment. The award is based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987by Joan L. Volz, a 1968graduate. Chemistry Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1968by family, friends and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor: Manivald Aldre Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Walter Gordon Schnell Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Covey Hendrickson Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1986by Burton and Peggy Fosse, Burnsville, Minn. The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student mapring or minoring in chemistry. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda Wey)('74) Holmen. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship-Awarded to chemistry maprs who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979. Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students mapring in chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, prefaably, graduate or professional xhool goals. Established in 1984through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a J?h.D. in chemistry. His professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work. Education The S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors and seniors mapring in elementary education, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend College students. Established in 1990 by family and friends in memory of S. Luther Kleven ('50) and in honor of the Kleven family. David Mathre Scholarship*-Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s1 in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. The Elva B. Lovell Life Scholarship* -Awarded annually to education students of any class who plan to teach. Awards are based upon academic achievement and financial need, with preference given to students who are black, older or single parents. Established in 1991by Mrs. Elva B. Lovell, Minneapolis, Minn., as an expression of her belief in diversity and literacy. The Barbara (Tjornhom) and Richard K Nelson Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto a student of any class, based upon financial need, with preference given to a person preparing for a career in elementary education. Established in 1986in honor of an alumna, Barbara (Tprnhom) Nelson and her husband, Richard K. Nelson. The St. Paul Companies, Inc., Minority Education Scholarship-Awarded to Minnesota minority students, majoring in education, who have a demonstrated need for finandal assistance. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. Established in 1971by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 years of service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College. Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952. Foreign Language Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are mapring in modem language, with preference given to those who plan to teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley. Health-Related Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983by The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association. Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper class student(s)preparing for a career in medicine or health. Established in 1978in memory of Eleanor Christensen Edwards' devotion and service in health care by members of her family, Bernhard Christensen, Elsie Christensen Schroeder, Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen. History The Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award -Awarded annually to a senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness. H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshipr -Awarded annually to students mapring in history, with preference given to those who plan a career in the field. Established in 1969by Dr. and Mrs. Carl H. Chrislock and augmented by other contributions to honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, professor of history at A u g s b q College, 1900-1952. John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to history students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to minority females. Established in 1990by parents, family and friends of Dr. John R. Jenswold, Assistant Professor of History, Augsburg College. The Nydahl History Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who have potential and financial need, with preference given to history majors. Established in 1986through a bequest in the will of Dr. Theodore L. Nydahl. Mathematics and Computer Science Mathematics Scholarship-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics Department. Minnegasco Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco. Metro-Urban Studies Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in 1982by colleagues, former students and friends to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs. Music Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965by Thomas I. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna. Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship8-Awarded annually to a student of any academic class who is a choir member not mapring in music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in memory of Mr. Sam Coltvet, who believed in the value of Christian higher education and choral music. The Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a musically-gifted student, with preference given to a student of organ and/or choral music who desires to serve, professionally or otherwise, in the ministry of music of the Lutheran Church. Established in 1986 by the family. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and are of high Christian character. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus. 0.I. Hertsgaard Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who show promise of academic success and have financial need. Reference given to those who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instnniental music and intaest or potential in conducting. Established in 1966 by 0.I. Hertsgaard. The Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial Choral Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a freshman student member of the College Choir, based upon suitable academic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to a choir member who is a minority person. Established in 1990 by Garfield Hoversten ('a), family and friends, in loving memory of Bernice Kolden Hoversten ('501, a soloist with the choir. Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*-Awarded to upper class students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975by Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music. The Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a music student of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Music Department. Established in 1987by Lucille H. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia. - Kenneth 0.Lower Nordkap Male Chorus Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student mapring in music, based upon academic performance and b c i a l need, with preference given to a person studying choral music. Established in 1986 in memory of Kenneth 0.Lower ('28) and in recognition of the heritage of the Nordkap Male Chorus. Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annuallyto upper class student(s1preparing for careers in church music. Established in 1980by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and conducting of piano, organ and choral music. The Performing Arts Scholarship (Music) -Awarded annually to new incoming freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to 10 scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15 of each year. St. John's Lutheran Church -John Norris Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually in honor of St. John's Lutheran Church's faithful sexton for 35 years, Mr. John Norris. Applicants must be U.S.citizens majoring in music who are sophomores or above. The awards are based upon financial need and satisfactory academic progress, with preference given to racial minority students. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Established in 1953by his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951. Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded to outstanding students who are participants in the Augsburg Choral Music program. Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of any class who is a member of a College instrumental group but is not studying music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Ehiley)Holmen, in memory of Rev. Mark Ronning, who dedicated his life to helping young people. Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a participant in the concert band, based on talent and academic record. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-'53. String Scholarships-Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola, cello or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble and orchestra. John and Vera Thut Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to upper class students who have achieved excellence in performance in voice or piano. Established in 1980by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of which were at Augsburg. Philosophy Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*-A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in philosophy. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in honor of Dr. Bailey's 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg College faculty. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student majoring in physics. Established in 1976by the Augsburg College Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty. Political Science The Myles Stenshoel Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students pursuing careers in political science. Established in 1980by Professors Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel. The Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to seniors majoring in history k d political science, based upon substantial academic accomplishment and financial need. Established in 1989 by Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven, graduate of 1922 and Professor Emeritus, History and Political Science. Psychology The Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class. Preference will be given to students studying psychology, especially family understanding. Established in 1989 through a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif., in honor of his parents. Religion and Christian Service Scholarships The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981by Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg College and the community. Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*-Available to both North American and international students to encourage men and women to enter fulltime Christian service. Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983by the Rev.and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess. Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*Awarded annually to a student(s)in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 19S1958. The Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial Scholarship Fund -Awarded annually to students of any class or major, who plan to enter the ministry, based upon aca- demic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to students who are members of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church, Edina, Minn. Established in 1989by a family of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church, acting through the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina Foundation, in memory of Rev. Donald C. Carlson ('421, founding pastor of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina. Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982to honor the memory of Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg. The Luthard 0. Gjerde Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who are declared pre-seminary or pre-medicine students or to students mapring in social work or a related field of Christian service. Awards are based upon academic excellence and predicated upon Rev. Luthard Gjerde's commitment to the Gospel of Jesus Christ as central to the ministry of healing and wholeness. Established in 1989by Mrs. Sophia Gjerde, family and friends in memory of Rev. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Augsburg College (3 ' 3) and Augsburg Seminary ('36). The Elias P. Harbo Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student(s) in the junior or senior class who is preparing for the ministry, with preference given to those studying history, including church history. Established in 1991by the family to honor the memory of Elias P. Harbo, a graduate of Augsburg College (1886) and Augsburg Seminary (1889), the first President of the Lutheran Free Church, and later Professor of Systematic Theology at Augsburg Seminary, 1909-1927. Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*- Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian service. Established in 1957by Iver Iverson. The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to one or more students of any class who demonstratepotential and financial need, with preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation. Established in 1985by Kenneth and Vera Nelson in memory of their pastor, The Rev. Arnold J. Melom, a 1947 graduate of Augsburg College. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually on the basis of scholarship, service and devotion to the Christian faith. Established in 1975by the family and Augsburg College in memory of Gerda Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College. Onesimus Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. Established in 1962by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson. Johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annuallyto Augsburg students preparing for a professional career in Christian service. Established in 1976 by Mr. and Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in memory of Johan J. 0.Rodvik and his deep personal dedication to his calling as a minister, as well as his scholarly research and pioneering thought concerning the Apostle Paul's traditionally misunderstood attitude toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women. The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the College, 1940-1952. The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation in the church.Established in 1980 by their children, families and friends to honor the lifelong devotion that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church, Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years. Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary ScholarshipFund* -Awarded annually to a junior or senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Mission Department of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. Established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes. The Johan L Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper division Lutheran students. Awards are based upon academic performance and financial need, with preference given to students who would like to serve in foreign missions. Established in 1987 by Pastor H. Alfred Weltzin ('411, Viroqua, Wisc., and Pastor TheodoreJ. Weltzin ('37), Watford City, N.D., in memory of their brother, Johan L. Weltzin ('73). Scandinavian Studies Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class studenfds)with academic ability, in the pursuit of a degree with concentrationin Scandinavianlanguages, literature, history and/or culture. Established in 1983 by their children and their families and friends to honor Iver and Myrtle Olson on the occasion of their golden wedding anniversary. Social Work Stem Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students* -Awarded annually to one or more minority social work students, based upon the student's potential and financial need, with preference given to those who are preparing for professional careers in social work Established in 1985 by Dr. Paul and Mrs. Lorene Steen, as representatives of the Steen Family. The Lisa M. Weeding Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a female junior or senior social work student, based upon financial need and suitable academic accomplishment. Established in 1989 in memory of Lisa M. Weeding ('871, by her parents, Donald and Marilyn Weeding, family and friends. Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*- Awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 193W35. SpeechlCommunicationrrheatre Arts Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*-Awarded talent, scholarship and theatre participation. to a senior student based on The Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama ) -Awarded annually to new incoming freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to seven scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15of each year. The Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre Arts/Religion Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior majoring in Theatre Arts, Communication or Religion, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to students involved in drama who are preparing for a career in religious senrice. Established in 1989by her daughter, Carolyn Canfield, family and friends in memory of Dr. Esther J. Olson, Professor of Drama at Augsburg College. 'Indicates e n d o d scholarships Experiences in the classroom are an important part college llife, but learning and development also occur in formal and infomral activities @the College and the metropolitan area. Whetherstudents are residents m commuters, the climatefor learning and living at Augsburg will add dirnensiun to their education. As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunitieswe encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, peace and justice forums, concerts and plays are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thank. and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches within walking distance. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our Christian heritage, which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center and is available for spiritual guidance, counseling. support or information. Through student government, students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is orgaruzed into the executive branch, the legislative branch and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing editing or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice Fresident of the Student Body in their officesin the Christensen Center. Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, theme events, name entertainment and visiting personalitiesin various fields. The Christensen Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Officesfor the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR,a studentaperated non-profit radio station senring the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Umess Tower. Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Department and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus workshops with visiting artsprofessionals. Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intemllegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC)and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic M a t i o n (NCAA) Division 111.Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track and field and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track and field, softball and tennis. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services and activities dedicated to complementing and enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These programs, services and activities provide students with an enriched collegiate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and interests; attends to the social, cultural and career development of students; and enhances students' academic performance through direct intervention and environmental management. The following information provides a brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division. When students are concerned about the amount of work facing them, they benefit from the programs of the Learning Center. The Center offers services that cover the basic skills in reading, writing, vocabulary, spelling, test preparation and math, as well as techniques to improve and enrich even the best of study habits. If students need help with test anxiety, procrastination, time management or study skills in general, the Center has programs that help. This office, located at 620 21st Avenue South, was created in 1978 to recruit and retain American Indian students. It is recognized as a national model for success and continues to have one of the highest retention and graduation rates of Indian studentsin the State of Minnesota. The American Indian Support program provides direct services a d assistance in areas that include but are not limited to: Indian student admissions and financialaid procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and academic advising, career counseling, community and professional referrals, employment assistance, internships, student housing, personal and crisis counseling. It advises and supports the Interhibal Student Union The program also provides advocacy in areas pertaining to health care, child care, mental health, court services, public assistance issues, chemical dependency and other areas that require or necessitate intervention. An academic component in the form of an American Indian Studies Minor is available (see INS, American Indian Studies). Periodically, cultural activities and exhibitions are coordinated by this office. The Black Student Affairs Office is committed to enhancing the education and personal development of students of African descent, and to providing cultural and historical awareness, academic achievement and social interaction. The Pan-African Student Union provides service to students and holds monthly meetings in the Office of Black Student Affairs. In addition, the Office sponsors events and activities such as Spiritual Life Series, Martin Luther King's Birthday, poetry readings and Augsburg Black Alumni Association meetings. Career Services assists students in many ways. The staff can help students explore interests for majors, find Internships and locate part-time jobs to try out career possibilities. The staff provides seminars on career development, interviewing skills and resume writing. Placement files are developed for each student and sent out to prospective employers and graduate programs. All students have moments of anxiety, difficulty making decisions and confusion about themselves, their values or their relationships. Sometimes students need to talk things out or receive information about the excellent helping services in the Twin Cities. The Counseling Center provides a supportive environment where students may gain greater self-knowledge and are assisted in the self awareness/personal exploration process by experienced counselors. The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (C.L.A.S.S.) has been recognized nationally as a leader in the field of educating students with learning and physical disabilities. The C.L.A.S.S. program at Augsburg is a logical outgrowth of the College's commitment to provide a highquality liberal artseducation for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences and preparation. The staff include three licensed learning disabilities specialists, one physical disabilitiesspeclalist, and support staff members specializing in taped texts and specla1testing arrangements.This favorable staff/student ratio allows Augsbmg to offer an intense level of personal attention that is unique in the college setting. In addition to individual academic support provided by specdists, other services include advising, computer assistance and advocacy both on and offampus. The Minnesota Multiple Sclerosis Society has recognized Augsburg as an outstanding accessible organization in the field of higher education for its unique system of tunnels and skyways. FYE reflects the College's commitment to a meaningful introduction to college for our students -an enriching beginning for a college career. To provide focus for this introduction, FYE is centered on a series of themes. These themes will be reflected in and expanded upon in readings, d i m s sions and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing and what it means to be an educated person are all themes associated with the Program. The College houses approximately 800 students in a traditional residence hall, aparhnent buildings, 22 houses and a family housing complex The housing staff manages these facilities and creates a wide array of educa- tional and social programming which balances and complements the educational experience of students. The staff is comprised of three professional staff members and 18paraprofessionalswho live and work closely with the resident students to provide a safe environment for living and learning. The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involvementin developing events, activities and organizationswhich serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activities for specific student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment. The Tutor Center, located at 2011 S. Seventh Street, arranges for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman and sophomore level courses. Study rooms and a graduate student study skills counselor are available at the Center to help students. The International Programs Office focuses on the needs of international students and students interested in studying abroad. It also serves as a resource for those interested in international events and global issues. InternationalStudents -Augsburg welcomes students from countries around the world. International students from over 47 countries have attended Augsburg since 1954. International students receive assistance in meeting their educational objectives through advising on academic concerns, immigration and visa problems, financialmatters, practical matters (taxes, insurance, housing, daycare) and personal concerns (adjustment to U.S. educational system and society). New international students participate in an orientation program before the begnmng of the term which provides practical information on housing, banking, using local transportation and course registration. Students also learn about the U.S. educational system and adjusting to life at Augsburg. i Study Abroad -An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots women's organizationsin Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Kenya, examine Scandinavian perspechves on world peace in Norway, or thrill to the sounds of "The Magic Flute" at the Viennese state opera house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience different cultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. Students intemted in studying offcampus receive advice on selecting programs which best fit their academic, career and personal objectives. Assistance is given with program application, course registration, financing and travel arrangements. Orientation and reentry programs are offered to assist students integrate the experience abroad into their coursework and personal lives. The deadline for application is December 15for offcampus study the following year. All students in good academic standing at Augsburg may apply for permission to study o f f ~ p u sThe . cost for many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester oncampus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as oncampus study. Students n o d y receive the same number of course aedits abroad as they would if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and the International Programs Office before departure. Augsburg Community -The International Programs Office works to utilize the crosscultural perspectives of its international students and students with experienceoverseas to educate the college community on world issues. This is done through faculty, staff and student development programs which include activities sponsored by the Cross-Cultural Club and the InternationalHouse, forumson world issues sponsored by the Global Community and Amnesty International student groups, and seminars focusing on issues of crosscultural communication for faculty and staff. The College has a contract for its student health service with Srnileys Point Chic, a teaching clinic of the University of Minnesota Medical School. The Clinic is located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Officevisits for illness and injury are free for all Augsburg students. Students must check family health coverage to determine if they ~ I inP cluded; if they aw not, contact the Dean of Students' office for information regarding student health insurance. The Commons-Situated on the top floor of the Christensen Center, this is themain food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant, spaciousroom feasmall table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions ~ I P generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Murphy's -Located on the ground floor of the Center, Murphys features gnll items, soups and salads, desserts and beverages. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more resident staff who facilitatesthe process of group living and discusses personal concerns with individual students. Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomoresnot living at home to live in College-operated housing. Manied student housing is available in annex housing and South Hall. Studentsrent a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangementsin the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be provided housing only if space is available. AU studentsliving on campus must pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. Umess Tower -AU new students and some upperclass students live in Umess Tower. This 11story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own lounge, study and utility areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads and lamps. Laundry facilities a~ available in each residence. Mortensen Tower -This is the newest residence hall, an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. South H all -Contains 12apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West H all -Contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Annex Housing -This provides an alternative opportunity for group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid for a special interest house. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as environmental concerns, men's and women's awareness, international living honors program and Scandinavian studies. The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX.Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the Placement Officeand to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, a d ,marital status or age. Persons additional information on these topics should contact the Office of the Dean of Students or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the directory at the end of the catalog. A.ugsburg College constructs its cuwiculum upon the premise that students must be educated as fully human sons -intellechcally, spiritually and physically. To act tff&.vely, human beings must have a broad grasp of the ofthe wmldPam which they have come as well as the m l d in which they live. By prouiding courses in the humanities, natural sciences and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces students to the breadth and camplmPXIty of knowledge and culture. Required courses in religion are liesigned to acquaint students with the Christian tradition a d encourage them to r$ect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses qf2r students the opportunity to deuelop skills for participation in exe~cise and sporting activities. Students choosefrom over 45 majar areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a disciplineand to preprefor a career mfurther study. Thus, through a balance of cuwicuiizr activities supported by full pre grams in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strim to educate its students in a ral wmldfar the ral wmld. Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts,the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The BS. degree is awarded to graduates with maprs in Chemistry (ACS),Computer Science (BS.option), Music Therapy, Nursing, Physics (B.S. option) and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Augsburg also offers a Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and Master of Social Work Augsburg follows the 4 1 4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4week January Interim. Full-time students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (SeeRegistration.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ different styles of teaching and learning and to investigatequestions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular t e r n The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classesoffered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the United Statesand abroad. Independent or directed study and internships are among the many Interim options. Augsburg offers two Summer School sessions. The Summer School catalog is published in the winter of each year and is distributed to all students, and is available by contacting the Summer School Office. Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs follow a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College and GraduatePrograms). The heart of any educational institution is its faculty and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree and all consider their teaching to be the f m s of their activity. Faculty are involved in research, including such varied studies as space physics, the history of medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union and homelessness in American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and national level and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty see their research as supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces them to current thought in many fieldsbut especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over 175,000 books,journals, records, sound cassettes, films and microforms. Music, chemistry and art history slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. A service-oriented staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, &nce service and guidance in pursuing research. Students have access to a wide variety of local, regional, national and international databases. Arrangements are made for access by students with physical limitationsand special needs. Students have access via a computerized on-line catalog and daily courier service to all the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges of the Twin Cities and the JamesJ. Hill Reference Library. The Library AudieVisual Center houses and supplies media equipment, films and video tapes free of charge for instructionaluse. Audio and video tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. Fees are charged for the production of transparencies and posters as well as for lamination. The Center supplies television sets, VCRs, video cameras, video editing tape recorders, microphones, slide, overhead, filmstrip, opaque and movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Film bibliographies and advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. The fall 1991completion of a new computer classroom and lab is an irnportant addition to the growing list of computer resources accessible to Augsburg students and faculty. Computing clusters located in the dormitories, the Foss Center computer lab, the Library and the Science Building are connected via a campus-wide network that offers a wide range of network services. Augsburg College became a member of the National Science Foundation's Internet in the fall of 1990, connecting Augsburg to hundreds of universities and other institutionsin the US. and around the world. Internet access and a focus on educational technology allows Augsburg to integrate these new electronic resources into many different areas of the learning process. The College curriculum is offered by 22 departmentswhich are grouped into four divisionsfor administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities -Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages,Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts, College Librarians Natural Science and Mathematics -Mark Engebretson (chaqmwn) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences -Richard Nelson (Chairperson) Business Administration/Management Information Systems (MIS), Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies -Marie McNeff (Chairpemn) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing Social Work MAJORS AND MINORS Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree. Studentsmay contact the Registrar about creating a unique major. Art Art History Studw Art Biology Business Administration Accounting, Finance, International Business, Mi2~gt??nent and Marketing Chemisty (B.A. or B.S.) Communication Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.) East Asian Studies1 Economics Applied Economics Economics-Business Administration Education Kindergarten-Elementary Secondary (non-major, licensure only) Engineering English Foreign Languages Chinese, French, Getman,Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Management Information Systems Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Education (BMS Music P e r ~ n c (BM.) e Music Therapy (B.S.1 Nursing (B.S.) American Indian Studies Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Foreign Languages Chinese' French, German,Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Health Education History International Business Phiiosophy Physical Education Physics (B.A. or B.S.) Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science social Work (B.S.) Sociology Soviet and East European Area Studies ' speech Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Management Information Systems Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Music Phiiosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies social Welfare Sociology Soviet and East European Area Studies Special Education Speech Theatre Arts Theatre Criticism Women's Studies It is possible for studentsto complete other maprs through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a rnapr offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrafs Office. I Cooperative Program of the Assodated Colleges of the Twin Cities and a g r m t s with the University ofMinnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning and intermediate courses in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrm, Japaneseand Russian. Other languages may be milable through special arrangement. Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology,Washington Unimsity School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological Uniwsity. Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: English-LanguageArts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-91, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-121, Band (K-12)and Classroom Music (grades5-12), Orchestra (K-12),Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (grade35-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their academic major(s). Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy or engineeringcan profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry -These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirementsat other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering-This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirementsin mathematics, science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engine* while others elect to participate in a dual degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri, or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts,including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Pre-Law -Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Robert Clyde. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Prelaw students should major in a discipline of their own choosing and will satisfy most law-school entrance requirements with a m r d of solid achievement in the liberal arts. Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and Chemistry Departmentshave majors which can fulfill the academic +rements for pre-medical students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), MAT 124,125; and PHY 121,122. The chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar and two or more biology courses. The biology major also requires BIO 111,112,201,491 and at least one from each of five groups -(367,386,471), (355,474), (351,353,473), (361,440), (476,481) -with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed to meet the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 111,112; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 112or 113; ENG 111and a second course; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122; electivesfrom humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology or religion Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy and Greek in the junior and/or senior yea.. Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 124; public speaking, one course; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; economics, one course; two courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or Upper Division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Honors Program The Honors Program is a set of opportunities designed to challenge the most academicallydistinguished students at Augsburg. Honors combines academic and cultural components with social and intellectual activities. The main components of the program include a one-per-term sequence of honors courses during the freshman and sophomore year, special topics seminars, a senior honors Interim course and a bi-monthly program of speakers and events in the city. Students gain an enriched academic experience with the support and camaraderie of other honors students. Through the program, the College can identify and meet the needs of its very best students. Members normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for transfers and others. Requirementscenter on full participation in the program components and a GPA of approximately 3.5. Please send inquiries for the freshman and sophomore program to Joan Griffin and the junior and senior program to Larry Gockett. Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center -Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the regional library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time weekday students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instructionin music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to parbcipate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools or to undertake a specific course or mapr not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles studentsbetween the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg, in cooperation with 17other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semes ters in Scandinavia, South and Central America and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinaryand address the critical issues associated with social change and the human community. The consortium also facilitatesinnovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies. Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effortbetween Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialiststo help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses. Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force RO'K program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information,contact the Office of the Registrar. Naval ROTC -Augsburg studentsmay participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Officeof the Registrar. Students are encouraged to consider study abroad as part of their educational program at Augsburg College. Study abroad provides opporhmities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience differentcultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. Eligibility and Application All students in good academic standingat Augsburg may apply for perrnission to study off-campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset to students studyingabroad, they are not required. Since it takes some time to prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their freshman and sophomore years. Students must apply by December 15to study off-campus for the next academic year. Costs and Financial Aid The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis an oncampus study. Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the Financial Aid Office in awarding aid to students studying overseas. Academic Requirements and Credit Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg but will add an international dimension to any academic program. Students majoring in a variety of disciplines, from the natural sciences and mathematics to the humanities, study abroad each year. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying oncampus. Coursesabroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs before departure. I E I A sample of study programs is highhghted below. For information on these or other programs overseas, contact the InternationalPrograms Office. Fall Term Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic development, social change strategiesand the connectionswomen are drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics. Students begin at the U.S./Mexico border, live in Cuemavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus. Application deadline: April 1 I Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America Each fall, Augsburg's Center for Global Education offers this program introducingparticipants to the central issues currently facing Latin America by focusing on new models of political organizing,popular education and human services. Students b e p at the US./Mexico border, live in Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus. Application deadline: April 1 HECUA Augsburg, in consortiumwith other colleges and universities, offers programs through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)in three different fullsemester programs in Norway, Ecuador or Columbia. All programs emphasize the impact of social change and crosscultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships and field trips. For more information on HECUA programs, see the Metro-Urban Studies listing in this catalog. HECUAlSouth American Urban Semester: Ecuador or Columbia (SAUS) This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the relationshipsbetween Third World development and the consequences of urbanization on the growth of cities in South America. Application deadline: March 15 HECUAlScandinavianUrban Studies Term: Norway (SUST) (Also offered Spring Term.) This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on contemporary Scandinavian societies and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving and urban life. Field study in Scandinavia and the U.S.S.R. is included. Application deadlines: November 1(Spring term), March 15 (Fall term) Interim Abroad Each January, 25-30courses are offered around the world by Augsburg professors and through the Upper Midwest Association for International Education W A I E ) . Course registration is held during the Spring and Fall terms for the followingJanuary. Application deadline: October 25 Spring Term Program in Global Community This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education examines the history of political change, the dynamics of social justice and the role of the chwch in Latin America. The program also explores the importance of community and the responsibility of U.S. citizens in working for social and political change. Students begm at the U.S./Mexico border, live in Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus. Application deadline: October 15 Minnesota Studies in International Development (MSID) Augsburg, in cooperation with the ACTC colleges and the University of Minnesota,offers the opportunity to study development issues in one of seven countries: Ecuador, Colombia, India, Jamaica, Kenya, Morocco and Senegal.The program consists of coursework in the U.S., a development related internship in the country and community outreach upon return. During the Fall semester, two required predeparture courses are offered at the University of Minnesota.Directed study, internship or field research is offered in the country during Interim and Spring terms. Application deadline: May 15 HECUNLiterature, Ideology and Society in Latin America: Educador (USLA) This interdisciphaxyprogram focuses on development and social change in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature and arts and the ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities. Application deadline: November 1 HECUNScandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway (SUST) See description under listings for Fall term. ACTC German Program: Germany and Austria Students participate in intensive language study at the Goethe Institute in Germany during January and February and in a course on AustrdXrman culture, language and civilization in Vienna, Austria. Application deadline: Odober 15 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) Augsburg participates in SPAN as a joint venture with other colleges and the University of Minnesota. Each January four countriesare selected and applicationsare accepted during Spring term. Students participate in language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study/research on the topic of one's choice during the summer, and writing a paper and community projects upon return Application deadline: May 15 Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in the Intemational Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the Internationaland American Independent School Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Education Department. EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS Internships, Cooperative Education and Service-Learning Through Internships, Cooperative Education and Community Service, Augsburg students integrate and expand their liberal artseducation by embracing the worlds of work and service. Each work or community service placement is closely related to a student's major, course work or career interest. Augsburg's Internship, Cooperative Education and Community Service programs link employers, community organizationsand the academic program in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience and personal development. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowingand doing" adds breadth and depth to the liberal artscurriculum and assists students in making more informed academic, career and personal decisions. The College's metropolitan location makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable learning experiencesin small and midsize companies, large corporations, non-profit organizations, schools, government agencies and community-based organizations. Academic Internships An academic internship is a carefully planned work-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with a faculty supervisor and work supervisor, outlining the internship objectives, strategies and evaluation methods is required. An academic internship is approved, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which the student wishes to earn the Internship credit. Upper Division Internships are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199. Registration for Internshipsconsists of the following steps: 1. Obtain the Internship registration permission form from the Internship and Cooperative Education Office and secure the signaturesof the faculty supervisor and Director of Internshipsand Cooperative Education. 2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The signed permission form must be tumed in at the time of registration. (Students may preregister without a placement seared, but a suitable internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add period.) 3. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Internship and Cooperative Education office) must be negotiated with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The completed original is turned in to the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester (or Weekend College trimester),interim or summer session. For extension of an internship beyond one term see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of four courses of Internship may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Cooperative Education CooperativeEducation is a college supported and monitored, paid, worklearning experience that is closely related to a student's major or career objective. The goal is to combine theory with practice. Students also earn money to help defray educational costs while gaining important on-the-job experience.Job placements typically are part-time during the academic year and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs are flexible and can begn and end anytime. Co-op Ed is not aedited in and of itself,but a nonaedit CooperativeEducation transcript entry is available during the academic terms the student is employed. Co-op Ed students are encouraged to complete at least one Internship for credit in conjunction with their Cooperative Education participation. Co-op Ed is available to Augsburg students who have completed their freshman year and are in good academic standing. Service-Learning Augsburg's ServiceL.eaming program combines response to human needs in the community with a conscious awareness and understandingof issues, reflection and educationalgrowth. Augsburg students learn from and about the community and society in which they live by participating in orientation sessions, direct servicelearningactivities and seminarsor class discussions. Through direct service, such as volunteering at a homeless shelter, tutoring building housing for low income people or working with environmental groups, students engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach which employs reciprocal learning between the student(s1and the community. The Service-I-eamhg Program works with community organizations and organizes @c projects to enhance student involvement and also assists with and supports the integration of service-learninginto departmental courses. The program works closely with the student directed Augsburg LINK program and campus ministry. Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second mapr or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. Although the Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day school program, the cumculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the followingmajors: Business Administration (specializationsin accounting, finance, international business, management, and marketing), Communication (concentrationsin human relations, marketing communications, public relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Computer Science, Economics, Elementary and Secondary Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing, Psychology, Religion and Social Work. Augsburg College offers three graduate degree programs: the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the Master of Social Work Designed for working adults, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. There are thnx trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. The Master of Arts in Leadership program is based on the subject matter and approaches of the traditional liberal arts.This cross-disciplinary program directs its acadanic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to orpnimtional leaders. AugsbUrg's program recognizes that today's leaders need broad-spectrum abilities to provide them with a more comprehensive understandingof their world. The Master of Arts in Education-Leadershipprogram values the role that good educators play in the lives of students, and operates from the belief that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without relinquishingthe role of teacher. The program promotes leadership as a process, promotes productivity within and beyond the organization and works toward progress. The Master of Social Work at Augsburg offerstwo concentrations:Family Practice and Program Development, Policy and Administration. In the Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective. The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and servicesthat respond to human need. Both concentrations are founded on the asumptions that analysis of complex social issues and solutionsmust be based on solid research, and that the world is interdependent in all areas, includinghuman needs and the services to address them. These programs bring working adults to the campus. They are complemented by the College's Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984) that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences. OrFmPRContinuing Education Program Augsburg College offers selected courses through ContinuingEducation. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Associate Dean for Graduate and Special Programs. Canadian Program The Canadian Program was inaugurated in 1985 with an endowment from the Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies. The program supports s p e d events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awarenessof the importance of Canadian/U.S. relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians through visits and exchanges. Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian Program Coordinator Center for Global Education The Center for Global Education, founded at Augsburg in 1985 facilitates crosscultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity. Students can participate in semester abroad programs, as well as Weekend College and Graduate Program courses offered at the Center's program sites in Latin America, the Middle East, Southern Africa, and the Asia/Pacific region. A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Full-time students normally register for four courses per semester and one course in the Interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4 5 courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to five days after the semester b e p s , registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancellingor adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the followingsemesters. As some courses are offeredonly in alternate years, students should also consult with Departmental advisers when planning their class registrations. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer School Office,Weekend College Office and Graduate Program Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specificinformationon registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar -Science 114, for Fall and Spring Terms Interim Ofice -Memorial 230 Summer School Office -2222 Murphy Place Weekend College Office -2222 Murphy Mace Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Place Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may preregister during the fall for the Spring and during the spring for the Fall terms. Class Confirmation All students must confirm their registration at the begnning of each semester and complete financialarrangements. Students who do not confirmtheir registration before the first day of classes (unless s p e d arrangementshave been made) will lose all classes. They may register and confinn during the first five days, but special late fees a= assessed and added to their account. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered because this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellationof courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student StandingCommittee. Withdrawal from College and resulting adjustments in accounts an? effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Leave of Absence Students may request a leave of absence for academic or personal reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Office of the Dean of Students. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office. A leave of absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension of a leave of absence is needed, it should be requested in the same manner as the original leave of absence, and the completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous leave of absence, or readmission will be required. Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by returning students. A leave of absence does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic Advisers, Department Chairpersons, the Associate Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. AU degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar'soffice prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors. 1. Completion of 35 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance)for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18for the The course total must include three Interimsfor students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This is calculatedon each transfer s t u d d s evaluationof transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses q d two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional grading (PIalso has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the minor if approvedby the department dxiqxmn Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrais Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2 Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall Orientationand Seminar. See the program section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure and certificationrequire higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensurein education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, socialwork.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence -The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of seven courses for part-time students)must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Because a new general education curriculumfakes effkc.3Septemberf 1991,other graduation ~equirementsdiffer depending on a studenYs class$katratrow Former Students Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission. Regular Students Enrolled Before June, 1991 Students enrolled b e f o June, ~ 1991, have a choice of using all graduation requirements in effect when first enrolled or c h a n p g to the graduation requirements in effect begmmngin September, 1991.No combination of requirements may be made. Students Entering Augsburg September, 1991, or Later Students entering under the followingclassificationswill follow the Distribution Requirements as outlined below. Students entering in 1991-1992 who are classified as Sophomores, Juniors, or Seniors; Those entering in 1992-1993classified as Juniorsor Seniors; Those entering in 1993-94 classified as Seniors . All other entering students will follow the requirementslisted in the section titled "The Augsburg General Education Curriculum Requirements" (see pages 81-89). Writing -A course in writing (English 111)or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of En@k Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts - An approved course from each of these seven mas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology English-Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Psychology-sociology Economics-PoliticalScience History-Philosophy Art-Music A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Foreign Languages-Two courses (111 and 112)of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a foreign language will take one additionalcourse at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112)of another foreign language. International students should consult with the Registrar. Religion -Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one may be an Interim course, are required. The number of religion courses required for graduation is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should check their Evaluation of Transfer Credit form, or consult the Reglstrar'sOffice. Urban Concerns or Women's Studies or Minority Studies -One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement arr published each t e r n Information is available at the w s t r a f s Office. Lifetime Sports -Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35-courserequirement. Rationale for the Augsburg General Education Curriculum: The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supportingcourses and elective courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal artsas expressed in the General Education component of the college curriculum. Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists 'To develop future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through its General Education curriculum, which Augsburg has divided under two headings: liberal artsperspectives and skills. The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage multi-disciphq reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the student a more effective learner and participant in society. The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission Statement are embodied in the General Education Perspectives: 'The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the City." These Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliationwith the Lutheran Church,its insistence on the value of howing the approach which derives from the Christian roots of the College and its location in the city, deserve s p e d considerationin Augsburg's educational program. The third feature-that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution -is also emphasized in the other Liberal Arts Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human life -of what it is to be human -form the core of the required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic disciplines. Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person. Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in which we understand ourselves derives largely from our Western heritage, students need to learn about and reflect on sigruficant aspects of this heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time, to focus on the West,alone would be ethnocentric:We live in a global society. Hence the Perspective on Inter-CulturalAwareness. Attention to moral values is found not only in the Perspective on the Character and Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic Values enables students to foms upon aesthetic works created by themselves or others, which convey fundamentalinsights, express beauty and enhance life. Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way we teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic excellence presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work. The General Education Requirements are couched in a context which pays attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entry-level skill requirements in a number of critical areas, including reading, writing, quantitative reasoning and critical thinking, will be assessed and help given to students who need it. Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg experience. The General Education Requirements provide a coherent way to address the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, neither do they guarantee that students who graduate from Augsburg possess the desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear statement of expected outcomes and an opportunity for students to see and understand the complexity of what it is to be human and Christian in an urban setting. Entry Level Skills Requirements The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in: reading writing word processing critical thinking quantitative reasoning (along with Math Placement) Placement in writing courses and math courses is determined by these inventories. Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) Transfer Students: Take entry level skills tests and satisfy requirements. If skill levels are deficient, students will be enrolled in the appropriate course or advised on preparation for retaking the respective tests. Students are q i i r e d to take the assessments before registering for the second term and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first year at Augsburg. Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy the entry level skill in writing will be required to take Developmental Writing before Effective Writing. Freshmen must complete the writing requirement before the begnmng of their Sophomoreyear. Students who pass the writing assessment inventory at the advanced levels (to be determined by the English Department)will not be required to take Effective Writing. Those with demonstrated word processing skills; e.g. recent verifiable work experience, are exempt from the word processing inventory. Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt from the critical thinking inventory. Students with an acceptable transfer mathematics course are exempt from the quantitative reasoning inventory, and will be given information about taking the Math Placement Test based upon previous mathematics courses. Freshman and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) transfer students will be required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements. Junior and Senior Transfer Students Entering Junior and Senior transfer students (entering 1993294 or after) are I exempt from word processing, reading and critical thinking assessments. Those who have not taken an Effective Writing course or a college level mathematics course must take entry level tests in writing and/or quantitative reasoning. If they do not achieve exemption from those mpirements, they must satisfy the requirement in those areas. Those who have a transfer mathematics course accepted for college credit by Augsburg College are exempt from the quantitative reasoning inventory and will be given information about taking the Math Placement test based upon previous college mathematics courses. Junior and Senior transfers (entering 1994'95 or after) are required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements, except that only one writing component course is required. 1 Graduation Level Skills General Education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking spealung and quantitative reasoning are deliberatecomponents of certain courses. Completion of the requisite courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for graduation. Students are required to have two courses with writing components and one course each with critical thinking, speaking and quantitative reasoning components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and graduation requirements for the major or general education perspectives. 1 Lifetime Spohs Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35course requirement. The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for begmmng to understand what it means to be a human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the criteria established for each Perspechve. Although courses approved for each Perspective meet the General Education requirements, not every course meets all the goals of each Perspective. Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the Registrar. These choices are controlled by the following policies: A student will choose one course from each category. No single course can fulfill the requirementsin two or more categories. No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the same department in meeting perspective requirements. No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective except: 1.Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith." 2. Up to two courses in a year-long sequence (biology, chemistry or physics) may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World." 3. Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to meet part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness." Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith This Perspective focuses on Augsburg as a College of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its educationalprogram the doctrines of the Christian faith as ~vealedin Scriptureand the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scrip tures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values and dgious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1.The Bible ( for example, its origins, structures, content or interpretation). 2. Christian theological and religious concepts and their own religious beliefs. 3. Religious concepts and practices found in religious traditions outside the Christian faith. 4. Their own and others' values, their relation to Christian values, the possible grounds for these values, how these values might be critiqued and defended and the role values play in the issues that confront our society. Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following 1. Junior transfer students will be required to take two courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg; and 2. Senior transfer students will be required to take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City This Perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges.In addition, students should experience the community and should explore opportunities for service in the community. This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship and cooperative education experiencesor by designated or college a p proved noncredit experiences (such as volunteer service or college pmgrams). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by seminars related to the experience. One course is required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: Western Heritage This Perspective is intended to help students critically examine themes (found, for example, in literature, philosophy and the arts) and events that have historically shaped Western civilization Attention should be paid to the contributions to or critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic minorities. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1. Central ideas, texts or works of art that historically have been sighcant for Western society and the relation of these to present world views. 2. S p d c historical themes, trends, events and persons and their roles in shaping both the past and the present. 3. Historical and literary methods of ascertaining and conveyingthe past. Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: Human Identity This Perspective is intended to help students view themselves as persons, men and women with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiencesand behaviors. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1.Methods and approachesthat attempt to explain how individual persons think,feel and ad. 2. Scientific or humanistic interp~tationsof their own development as persons. 3. Questions of faith, ethics and moral choice in their personal and professional lives. 4. Fadors involved in physical and mental health. One course is required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: Aesthetics Aesthetic creationsconvey fundamental insights and values, expressbeauty and enhance life. This Perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by oneself and others. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1.Forms of artistic expression. 2. Historical development and variation in aesthetic taste and performance across cultures and how different cultures have expressed themselves through various aesthetic forms. 3. Different theories of aesthetics. 4. Their own creation or performance of a work of art. One course is required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: The Social World This Perspective is intended to help students learn to identdy, examine and critique &, economic or political systems:to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connectionsamong these systems and to use this knowledge as a participant in society. I From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1.The characteristicsand dynamics of human organization at the group and societal level. 2. Current theories and methods for understanding social, political or economic systems. 3. The historical development of selected social, economic or political structures. 4. The relationship between various social, political, or economic systems and the student's own responsibilities in society. 5. The ways that social, economic or political structures differ across cultures and affect diverse groups in society. Two courses are required for this Perspective. Perspective: lntercultural Awareness This Perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better able to communicate with persons of other cultural backgrounds partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstreamNorth American cultures. In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by learning to speak and read a language other than their native language. For this part of the Perspective, studentsare required to have demonstrated proficiency in a foreign language. The foreign language requirement will be based upon placement: Foreign Language Placement Course Requirement 111,112 112 211 212 No course required Students who are m p r e d to complete two semestersof foreign language must complete the requirement with sequential courses in the same language. Perspective: The Natural World This Perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers, and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts and methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1.Selected aspects of the natural world. 2. The characteristics, strengthsand limitations of science and the scientific method, and the complex relations between data and theories, at least in part through practical laboratory experience. 3. The history of science, its relations to other historical/social develop ments and the variety of ways persons and civilizationshave approached the natural world. 4. The relations and differencesbetween science and theology; the mutual influences of technology, values, and the natural/physical environment; the limits imposed on humans by the natural environment, and the interconnectedness of all living systems. 5. The importance of symbol systems such as mathematics in attempting to describe, classify, and model objects and events. Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students who chose the P/N option are cautioned: In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0 Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". For transfer students, P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 14traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See P/N limitationsunder Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 and several Interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only PI 1.0 or N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/N. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/ N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performancebelow basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P 8ass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request, the work q u i d to complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work, and comments from the instructor; and must gain the approval of the R e t r a r . Ifpermission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0. Internships, Independent Studies and Directed Studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactoryprogress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration would be necessary. A course in which a grade of 0,05,1.0,15, N, I or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beguuung of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expestations have been met, the course will be listed on the tramaipt as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: GPA = Total a a d e mints - 2 (P or TransferCourses) Courses taken - 8 or Transfer Courses) Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim terms. Sophomores-Seven courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Juniors-16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors-25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Advanced Placement Program Test Advanced placement in courses beyond the begnning level is granted to students with scores of 3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. International Baccalaureate Program Coursesearned from the International BaccalaureateProgram will be considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate d Departmental guidelines are available from the Office of the Regstrar. t Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: The College Level Examination Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject e&nination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the Office of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams -These are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: There is a departmental instrument available for s u b j j area in question. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. The Student StandingCommittee approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/no credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)-This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty members from fields of study diredly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the followingcriteria: There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experiencethat involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript if credit is approved. Transaipt credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements I and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning -While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, thii learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (onefourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmental exams and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. English as a Second Language (ESL) Program Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing or Effective Writing will be detenriined by their scores on the Michigan test (8@90 range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade earned in the class will determine whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a course grade of 35 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 217/ 218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally be granted for no more than two courses. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the foreign language requirement for graduation. Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative grade point averages (GPA): Freshman -A student who has taken fewer than seven courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher Sophomore-A student who has taken fewer than 16courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher Junior-A student who has taken fewer than 25 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher Senior -A student who has taken 25 or more courses with a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher. It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is q u i r e d for graduation with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA. Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelineswill either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, d i s missal fromthe College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the studenfs commitment to academic progress is the major considerationin deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Studentswho have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw beforethe end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll. Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels stated above. Studentsplaced on probation as freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades may be removed from probation if their classificationchanges to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing. Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, for a weekday schedule student or two full courses, or equivalent, for a Weekend College student, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. If permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper of each student on the Dean's List. / Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinctionis determined as follows: Summa cum laude -3 8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA M a p cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 38 cumulativeGPA Cum laude -3 3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulativeGPA To quahfy for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is appmveci by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Augsburg's standards of academic progress are given in this Catalog.When a veteran or eligible person fails to maintain these p&bed standards of progress, the College will so inform the Veterans Administration. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it is for all students. If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent for which they had been certified. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirementsof the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. m DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS Aands atruth liberal a* institution, College beliews thnt knaoledge are infmrehtai and are infiegrakd infoa whole. The ktiditwn Augsburg ofthe academic world, however, divides this unified truth into m e manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of indid u a l disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more ac:cmItrleto studenti 17fese c o u can ~ be arranged in various ways to coastruct majorsI fo crmte the suhtance of a broad general education atd fo give M a t s the oppfunihj to study areas of particular individual interest. Wm'ptions qf c m r m are arranged by departments and programs. k d s u i p i i ' i o p r s ofu a brkf summay ofthe subject matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach arid requirementsfor a partkular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its gmls and its place in the College's program. A listing of requirementsfm individual majors and minms follows the narrative. Class Schedule Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/ or Spring terms. The ACTC Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Since some courses are offered in alternate years, it is important that the student review major requirementsand course offeringswith an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met. Descriptions and schedulesfor courses offered in January Interim, Summer School, Augsburg Weekend College and the Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in Leadership-Educationand the Master of Social Work programs are published in separate catalogs. Credits A full course is offeredfor one credit A few fractional courses, for one-half or onequarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 6Gminute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Coursesnumbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors, and 400sfor seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description.A student ky enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not beenfulfilled if there is prior approvalby the professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Augsburg College offers a minor in American Indian Studies. See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies (INS). Am DETT~~ENT (ART) Art is important as a field of study for our modem age. Our suryival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this,we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher and art historian is to celebrate visual experiencethrough a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts,the visual arts,as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language,history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education and science. A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, I lI I I disciplines and attitudes. At Augsburg art study is further enhanced by associations with a sigruticant number of artgalleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history provide on-the-pb, supervised, evaluated experienceswhich contribute to the student's overall education and development. Primary goals include improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative strategies. Hundreds of s m c careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making antique restoration and sales, film and video work, portrait painting and gallery and museum work. The f u t u holds ~ a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills with a breadth of understanding. Art Faculty Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen Studio Art Major: Nine-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; three art history courses including 240. One course must be in two4imensional art (118,223, 360) and one in three-dimensional art (221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with approval of a portfolio by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; four studio disciplines from 118,132,221,223 and 250; second level courses in two areas; 240 and two other art history courses. Consult with the Education Department for requirements in education for teacher licensw. Art History Major: Eight art history courses including 240 and 388; two studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118or 221. Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the Department Chairperson before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor: Four studio courses including 107and 240. Art History Minor: Five art history courses including 240. Certificate in ATt: Eight art courses, including one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art 102 Environmental Design Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciationand criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work. 225 Communication Design I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type, symbols and pictorial images. An emphasis will also be placed on the creative thought process. Studio Art 100,300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the Department. 106 108 Calligraphy Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broadedged pen. Attention is given to the historical development of calligraphyand the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. This course also has an Upper Division option. Introduction to Art Therapy An introdudion/overview to art therapy as a human setvices profession, recognizing individualdevelopment through art and the creative process. This course will study the various populations served through art therapy and explore the various media and processes used. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Students need access to a 35 rnm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $1!5&175. 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 221 Sculpture l An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silk-screen and woodcut. Publication Design An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to publication design as well as design for desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinatingvisual images and typography with content in publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters, books and miscellaneouspublications. Students design and produce a publication as a group project. (Weekend College only.) Life Drawing See Interim Catalog. Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. Tribal Arts and Culture (see INS,American Indian Studies) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Communication Design II A study of visual communicationsin magazines, television, film,advertising symbols and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography and illustration. (Prereq.:225) Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: W)) Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118) Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching and woodcut, includingJapanesewoodcut technique. (Prereq.: 223) Internship Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine prow. Sculpture II Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster and plexiglass. (Prereq.: 221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art maprs. Art History 240 Art History Survey A survey of Western art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research,viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: Thefollowing m r s e s are @ad infemitfently, usually one or two sections a yem. 352 Women and Art A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, includingthe fine arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from prehistory to modern times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proteenaissance painting, sculpture and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculptureand architecture, from the 14ththrough the 18thCenturies. 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculptureand architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th Century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. BIOLOGY DEP- (BIO) Biology is the study of life and it is natural that we, as contemplative living matures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological world, an understandingof the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain seIf-understanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions. Another si@ant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp of biologists. This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research for many years to come. Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organismshas accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made in understandingimportant biological processes, particularly those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agricultureand food science have depended on the findingsof basic biological research. Because the biological world reveals such variety, complexity, and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based. Because a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applicationsof the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists. For many, an undergraduatemajor in biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology. Biology Faculty Robert Herforth (Chairperson),Thomas Herbst, Esther McLaughlin, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud Major: Nine courses, including 111,112, 201 and at least one from each of the following five groups: Molecular and Cellular: 367,386,471; Cellular to Organismal: 355,474; Organismic/Animals: 351,353,473; Organismic/Plants: 361, 440; Environmental: 476,481. The ninth course may be BIO 203 or any Upper Division biology course, including an Interim course. BIO 491,a noncredit seminar, is required of all juniors and seniors. Also required: CHM 105 or 115,106 or 116,and 223; PHY 103;Math Placement Group III. Studentswho intend to enter graduate, medical, or other professional schools should consult with the Department because these schools vary in their science admission requirements. These may include CHM 351,352 instead of 223,PHY 121, 122instead of 103,and MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also q u i r e s three courses in earth and life sciences. For secondary teaching we recommend the broadest possible program in biology. Studentsplanning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their academic program. The Department works with the CooperativeEducation Office in identifying and defining Co-op Ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities. This experience is open to juniors and seniors. Students interested should consult with the Biology Department CooperativeEducation Coordinator. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior yea.. Minor: Five courses, including 111,112 and three Upper Division courses; CHM 115,116 (or CHM 105,106). 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentricpoint of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes a human just another member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the -system? What influence do humans have on the environment?What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on humans? (Three hours lecture. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor) 102 The Biological World The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to gather and analyze data and propose and test theories is considered. No animal dissectionswill be done in the laboratory. (Three hours lecture; three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor.) 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor) 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? A survey of the environmental and health implications of pollution, non-renewable resource depletion, waste disposal, war, occupational safety and health. An historical s w e y of American agriculture, world food supply and biological determinism.A critical evaluation of the socialapplication s of biological concepts. (Three hours lecture. Does not apply to the mapr or minor) Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. For student nurses, health maprs, or consent of instructor. Prereq.: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Weekend College only. Does not apply to the mapr or minor) 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionarymechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instrubor. (Three hours lecture; fourhours laboratory) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. (Rereq.: 112) 201 Methods in Biological Research An examination of methods commonly employed in biological research, which may include electrophoesis, column separations, ultracentrifugation, microscopy, cell culture, radioisotopic techniques, gas chromatographyand physiological recording. The theoretical basis of each method is discussed and experiments are conducted to demonstrate the utility of each method. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Pweq: 112) 203 Principles of Nutrition A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption, transport, metabolism, interaction, storage and excretion. A special effort will be made to differentiate"fact from fiction" in this controversial biological field. Clime hours lecture. Prereq.: 112or consent of instructor) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: 112) 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history and evolutionaryrelationships. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparativestudy dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the verte brates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (Threehours lecture, fourhours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) Plant Biology A survey of the mapr divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. kereq.: 112) Biochemistry An introdudory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (Three hours lecture. Prereq.: 112,CHM 223 or 352or consent of instructor. ) Immunology A study of the structureand function of the immune system at molecular, cellular and tissue levels. Both basic immunology and fundamental principles relating to clinical immunology will be considered. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) Internship Upper Division Internship. Students must be juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112) Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationshipsof these processes to plant structures. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) Cellular Biology A study correlating functionwith ultrastructure in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.Prereq.: 112, 367 or consent of instructor. ) Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112;CHM 106 or 116;PHY 103 or 122 or consent of instructor) Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as desaiptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging and regeneration are discussed. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.) 481 Ecology A survey of representativebiological communities; the study of reciprocal relationshipsbetween organisms and their environments. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361 or consent of instructor. ) 491 Seminar A weekly meeting of biology majors under the direction of Beta Beta Beta Biological Honor Society. Active participation by juniorsand seniors is required. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) BUSINESS ADMINERMION (BUS)AND MA NAG^ INFO-ON SYSTEMS (MIS)DEPANMEW The Department of Business Administration and Management Information Systems (MIS) is committed to developing both the theoretical and practical tools necessary for entry into and advancement in business and other organizations as well as preparation for graduate study. To this end, three majors are offered: Business Administration, Management Information Systems (MIS) and a combination major in Economics-Business Admhistration. Business Administration and MIS should be considered separately in regard to the limitation of no more than 13courses in any one department. Within Business Administration, there are five specdizations:Accounting, Finance, Management, Marketing and InternationalBusiness. Each of these areas is dependent upon a strong foundation in the liberal arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skills. Recognizing the occupational realities of the business disciplines, the Department is equally committed to maintaining an application-oriented balance. This balance is achieved in part by fosteringclose ties with the corporate community, which in turnprovides a wealth of practical expertise and a wide variety of Internship opportunities as well as future job prospects. Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by contributing to an education which is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware. Business Administration Faculty:Amin Kader (Chairpason), Diane Busico, Thomas Busico, John C. Cenito, Mary Dean, Earl Eames, Steven Freimuth, Peter Gillen, Abo-el Yazeed Habib, M. Anaarn Hashmi, Wendy B. Hines, Marilyn Horowitz, Jane Kammerman, Myron J. Kapel, Roy LaFayette, Lori L. Lohman, Linda McKeag, Robert Kramarczuk, Fekri Meziou, Kinney G. Misterek, Thomas Morgan, Robert M. Murphy, Paul Pender, Paul E. Portz, Hamed Sallam, Milo Schield, Gregg Schneider, Robert Schultheis, Stanley H. Solnick, Stuart M. Stoller, James Urbach, Cheree Waiters, Robert D. Wykstra BUSINS (BUS) Business Administration Major (BUS) Core courses for the Accounting, Finance, Management and Marketing specializations:BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331, 391, ECO 112,113,313,311 or 312 or 315. *Specialization in Accounting: 12Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or 425. Specialization in Finance: 12Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or 415. Speckdimtion in Management: 12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or SOC 349. Specialization in Marketing: 12Core courses, 352,355 or 357,450, ECO 415. Specializationin International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO 112,113,313. BUS 399 or 499 is required, as well as three semesters of a foreign language (or tested equivalent).Also the following: one International Economics course and BUS 362,364 and 466. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Combined major in Economics-Business Administration: Six Economics courses (112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division); eight Business Administration/ MIS courses (221,222,242,252,279,331, and two other Upper Division). Notes: Studentswho plan to major in the Business Administration department are strongly encouraged to select a Department Adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and camp* hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration. Minor in Business Administration: Six courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO 112and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Minor in International Business: Six courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113, and three International Business courses. Other configurationsmay be permitted on consultation with the Department. *CPA. Certification: Studentswho wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) examinationprior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the mapr in Business Administration-Accountingand taken all accounting and business law offered. Students mapring in Business AdministrationAccounting are qualiiied under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination during their last semester. *C.MA Certification: Students who have taken a prescnied course of study in accountingmay take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination prior to fulfilling the experiencerequirement. This certificateindicates proficiency in the area of managerial accounting. Notes: Students who have taken a prescribed course of study in accounting may take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination prior to fullilling the experience requirement.This certificateindicates profiaency in the area of managerial accounting. In addition to the comes listed under Ihe title "Topics in Business Administration" (BUS295,495), the Department has also offered: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, M i m Computer Accounting, Ethics in Business, and Risk Management and Insurance. 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS (see under MIS 175) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities,basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 222 Principles of Accounting II A continuationof 221. Introductionto business activities, accounting for corporations.Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations.(Prereq.:BUS 221) 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 279.) Topics Ledures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Accounting Theory and Practice I An analysis of h c i a l accounting with emphasis on accountingtheory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222 and ECO 113) Accountlng Theory and Practice II A continuationof 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to liabiities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: BUS 322) Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for manage rial decision making. Manning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,242,252, 279, or consent of instructor) Tax Accountlng The more common and important provisions of planning apd compliance for income taxes. (Prereq.: BUS 221,331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor) Financial Management Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long- and short-term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,279; ECO 113) Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.:BUS 242) Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.:BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) Marketing Communications This course looks at the communicationsaspects of marketing by integrat- ing advertising, public relations, sales promotion and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communicationsprograms, particularly advertising; selection of media; copycreative effort; advertiseragency relationship; management of the personal selling function including sales force selection, compensation, territorial design and performance appraisal. (F'rereq.: Bus 252) Note: Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit. Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Note: Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit) International Business Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the prospective required for successfulplanning and management of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeingboth the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in internationalbusiness. (Prereq.: Two Business and Economics courses or consent of instructor) Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with some organization.In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to form the basis of opinion on a &t of financial statements. (Prereq.: BUS 323) Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323) Financial Theory: Policy and Practice A system's approach to financial struchue and policy. Emphasis on decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lechrres and case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331) Investment Theory Appraisal of the risk/rehun relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: All Core courses or consent of instructor) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor) 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies. (Prereq.:BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357) 465 International Management To provide the student with a private sector manager's perspective on the influence of national and international institutionson the multinational corporation and on the strategies, structures, practices and effects of the national co'potation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242,362) 466 International Marketing Designed primarily for students interested in the study of business activities on a global xale. More specifidly, the majority of the come will be devoted to those issues and activities unique to marketing a product or service in an "international setting." Topics will include internationalenvironment scanning and analysis; comparative marketing research; strategic planning; produd, price, promotioiand distribution issues in multinational markets. (Prereq.: BUS 252,362) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 479.) 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. Brereq.:consent of instructor) Major in MIS: Eve business courses (BUS 221,222,242,252 and 3311, four Economics courses (ECO 112,113,313 and 318), one Mathematics course MAT 121or 171), two Computer Science courses (CSC 170 and 210), and six MIS courses (MIS175, 279,370,375,475 and 476). CSC 352 can be taken in place of MIS 370. Notes: MIS maprs are strongly urged to consider PHI 130, MAT 122, ECO 425 and MIS 479. Students who wish to major in MIS should select an MIS faculty adviser as soon as possible to plan their degree program. Transfer Students:MIS maprs must either earn at least four of their Upper Division courses at Augsburg or must receive an exemption from the Department faculty. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and an oral examination on some aspect of the major. Course Prerequisites: If you lack either the course mpkements or the Mathematics Placement Group (MPG)quimnents, you may not be admitted by the instructor. Mathematics Placement Group (MPG) requirements: MIS 175,279,370,479, CSC 170,210 and all 100 level Math courses have Placement Group requirements. Since all maprs in Business, Economics and MIS must take MIS 279, they all must have at least MPG 111. Mathematics Placement Group Information: To obtain your current Placement Group, contact the Mathematics Department, Weekend College, or the secretaryin the Departments of Business, Economics, and MIS.A Mathematics Placement Group (MPG) is based on: 1) a review of course transfers, 2) the score on the most recent placement exam,or 3) passing various 100level Mathematics coqrses at Augsburg. If you have previous courses that are not in your MPG, submit your transcript to the Mathematics Department for review. If you plan to take the placement exam,consult the Mathematics Department for specific information on the exam schedule, the materials covered and the availabilityof computerized tutorials. see which mathematics courses will generate a particular Placement Group, consult the Mathematics Department. Placement Group time limits: The MathematicsDepartment may disregard courses taken more than five years ago and may choose to lapse an MPG given more than five years ago. 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123(graphics, database and logical functions)dBase HI+ and Minitab. May study other applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (prrreq.: MPG 11or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course). 199 Internship Lower Division Internship (see MIS 399) 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS An introduction to quantitative reasoning,descriptivemeasures, probabil- ity, sampling distributions, infaence and estimation. Emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. Minitab may be required to analyze and survey data. e r e q . : MIS 175and either Math F'lacement Group III or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104). Topics Lebures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of Management InformationSystems. Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit (see MIS 499) Advanced Computing for Business, Economlcs and MIS An investigation of programmable systems. Examine basic algorithms and associated flow charts and pseudocode. Apply these concepts by programming some of these software: BASIC, DOS, Lotus and dBASE. (Prereq.: MPG III or a Pass in MAT 104. Also, MIS 175 or CSC 170, or, with permission of instructor, extensive knowledge of Lotus and DOS). Management lnformation Systems in the Organization Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in organizations. Review the features of computers (hardware and software) and various types of information systems. May involve several case studies: review business needs, summarize the relevant findings (hardware, software, systems, etc.), identify the options and communicatethe recommendations.Learn to use a CASE tool such as Excelerator for systems analysis. (Preq.: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175or 370). Consult with the instructor about variances in prerequisites. Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223. Internship Program A student may receive credit through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with an organization. In addition, the students prepare a written report on the activities involved. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Systems Analysis and Design Identifythe necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate various representations for information, processes and relationships. Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Preq.: MIS 375) lnformation Systems Projects Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.:MIS 475) Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business Economics and MIS Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages. Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inhence plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq.: MIS 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. Recommended:MIS 370) 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to provide an opportunityto analyze a topic in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves. Chemists as scientistsmust be well versed in the science of chemistry, howledgeable in fad and theory for solving scientific problems, capable of providing a public understandingof their work including potential problems as well as benefits. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly human and therefore truly scientific. The Department is on the List of Approved Schoolsof the American Chemical Society (ACS)and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change after graduation and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences; and To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of mapr concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world and the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemistry Faculty:Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin E. Gyberg,John R. Holum, Joan C. Kunz, Michele Nielsen Graduation Major (Bachelor of Arts) in Chemistry:115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352, 353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481,483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125. Because Upper Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. Teaching Major: Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science): Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires General Chemistry (115,116 or 105, 106); CHM 351,352,353,361,363,491; and one advanced course; PHY 121,122 and two additional physics courses. Modem Physics and Electronics are recommended. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation mapr. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry Department for assistancein planning a course program early in their college career. Bachelor of Science: Persons completing the ACS mapr and meeting the graduation requirements of the College shall be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree. American Chemical Society Approved Major (Bachelorof Science): 12 courses including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399, 497,499); Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 124 or 145, MAT 125 or 146, and 224 or 245; PHY 121,122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to two semesters, computer proficiency, Modem Physics, additionalmathematics and research experience are recommended. Honors Major: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor: Five courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106), 353 and two other chemistry courses from 223,351,352,361 or BIO 367. Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Other restrictions are in course descriptions. E Most courses in this Department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a tw* term course in registering for the second tam. Placement in 105or 115is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement Examination: 105requires Group II placement; 115requires Group I11 placement. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115. 105,106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students who will not mapr in chemistry, although students may go from 106to 351,353. This course covers basic concepts in chemistry, often from an historical, technological or environmentalperspective. (Three onehour lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: Math Placement Group II) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education and others. Open also to students in the humanities and social sciences. Fmt term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applicationsto human physiological chemistry. (Three onehour lectures, two hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the mapr or minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109and 105 or 115, nor can credit be earned for both 110 and 351. Prereq.:High school chemistry within the last five years) 115,116 General Chemistry An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. Many topics are presented from an historical approach and bring in discussion regarding technologies and values resulting from science, with recognition of current events or concerns. (Three onehour lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school chemistry, Math Placement Group III) 199 Internship A work-based learning experienceat the sophomorechemistry level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Partidpation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding quirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriateplacement site by registering with the Intanship and Cooperative Education Office. 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry This onsemester course is designed for students whose professional goals require some background in organic chemistry but not the rigor of the year-long organic course. As a survey course, topics covered will include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward a Chemistry major, nor will credit be given for this course if Chemistry 351,352 is taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for Chemistry 352. Credit cannot be given for Chemistry 110and Chemistry 223, nor does Chemistry 223 meet Biochemistry requirements for other programs. (Preq.: 106 or 116.Three lectures and one threehour laboratory per week) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit/sophomore standing. Students interested in directed study projects should contact a faculty member in the Chemistry Department. 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theohesif chemical bonds, energy relations and reaction mechanisms; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmentaland industrial fields. (Three onehour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prerq.: 106or 116) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysisand solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lech.m, one four-hour laboratory. Pweq.: 106or 116) 361,364 Physical Chemistry The basic theoreticalconcepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistryin the second semester. (Threeone-hour lectures. Prerq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121,122; MAT 124or 145, MAT 125or 146) 363,365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (112 course each) Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and analysis and experimental application of concepts p r e sented in Physical Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken the first half of the semester and involves experiments related to 361. CHM 365 is to be taken the second half of the semester by aJl persons taking 364, except that special students may ask the Department for exemption. 399 Internship A work-based learning experienceat the junior-senior chemistry level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is ex@. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifyingorganic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include struchm-spectra correlations for IR, UV,N M R and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (Threehours of lecture, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of instructor; some reading knowledge of German.) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical mkhods as well as chromatographic and eledroanalyticaltechniques of analysis. (Three hours lecture, one four and onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353,361, or consent of instructor.) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Selected topics, including descriptivechemistry, spectroscopicdata interpretation, correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (Threeonehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. kereq.:352,361, or consent of instructor.) 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodingeis wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (Threeone-hour lectures. Prereq.:364 or consent of instructor.) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry maprs under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.Juniors and seniors are expeded to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are also invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experiencemay be obtained by working on a summer research project in the Department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunityto be involved in industrial research projects. @mior or senior standing) 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. aunior or senior standing) COMMUNICATION (See listing under Speech, Communicationand Theatre.) Khin Khin Jensen, Director Major or minor in East Asian Studiesare offered through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an intercollege, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with socialand recreational agencies or graduate studies. Two years of Japaneseare taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University. There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Japanese and Chinese language studies. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hong Kong and Singapore. Summer institutesare available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the Director for information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Major in East Asian Studies: 10 courses, including four courses (two years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; two courses in history; two courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies, and two courses from a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the Director of the program. Minor in East Asian Studies: Five courses, includingtwo courses (one year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; one course in history of East Asia; and two Upper Division courses in cultural specializationfrom a list of approved electives. Minor courses must have the written approval of the Diredor of the program. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentrationat Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies: Five courses, two from HIS 322, 323,324; one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336; one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,282; and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is stronglyrecommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under History Department.) 299 Directed Study (See Director of Program.) 322 Modern Southeast Asia (See under History Department.) 323 Modern China (See under History Department.) 324 Modern Japan (See under History Department.) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Political Science Department, Comparative Politics and Analysis.) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Political Science Department, International Politics.) 382 From Marx to Mao (See under Political Science Department, Political Theory and Analysis.) 399 Internships (See Director of Program for guidelines to apply for an internship.) 474 The World and the West (See under History Department.) 495 Seminar (See Diredor of Program.) 499 Independent Study (See Director of Program for guidelines.) ECONOMICS (ECO) D E P . The Department of Economicsat Augsburg College offers a program stressing a strong theowtical background, quantitative techniques and an emphasis on both national and international issues. Students who graduate with a degree in Economics are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields due to the strong liberal arts emphasis within the mapr. Three majors are offered to students within this Department. The General Economicsmajor is designed for students who are planning graduate or professional studies. The Applied Economics mapr generally leads to careers in the business world. Finally, the combined Business Administration/Economics major is designed for those who wish to have more flexibility in plannning their program of study. Economics course offerings are designed to meet the needs of students preparing for advanced studies as well as for those who, immediatelyafter graduation, are interested in starting a career. An Augsburg Economics mapr provides a solid foundation on which to build national or international careersin business, law, government or public service. The program allows students, once they have completed the core courses, to concentrate on their specrficareas of interest. Studentsare able to combine an Economics major with other disciplines. For example, business, international relations, mathematics, management information systems (MIS), political science, Soviet and East European area studies or Scandinavian area studies are often combined with economics. Economicsmajors and minors are available both through Day School and Weekend College. Economics F a d * Satya P. Gupta (Chairperson),Jeanne Boeh,Magda PalecznyZapp, Edward Sabella. Adjunct Faculty: Paul Halverson, M. Shahid Islam, Eli Ndosi, Edward Raupp, Hamed Sallam, Yong Narn Song Major in Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 279; and MAT 114. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. Computer courses are also strongly recommended. Major in Applied Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and three other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 175,279,479; MAT 121;and PHI 130. Combined Major in EconomicsBusiness Administration:S i x Economics coursg (112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division);eight Business Admhktration/MIS corn (BUS221,222,242,252,331; MIS 279 and two other Busings Upper Division) Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and compre hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration. Minor in Economics: ECO 112,113,312,313, and one additional Economics Upper Division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Notes: Students who plan to mapr in the Department are strongly encouraged to select a Department Adviser as soon as possible in order to c a d y plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, DecisionMaking with Finite Markov Chains, and Soviet Economy. 110 112 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metreurban environment.Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis," Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration, MIS and/or Economics should enroll in ECO 112and 113 which are also open to non-majors.) Principlesof Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, internationaltrade, economic growth. Application of elementaryeconomic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of 113or 110. ECO 112and 113maybe taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress rapidly to the other courses. 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics,the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or 113. ECO 112and 113may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress moR rapidly to other courses. 175 Computers for Business, Economicsand MIS (See Business, M I S 175.) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 215 Elements of Mathematical Economics Economic concepts explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from finance, management and marketing are also examined. Prerq.: ECO 113) History of Economic Thought A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political, economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. Major topics may include anaent, medieval, mercantilist, classical, socialist/utopian and modern economicthought. Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See Business, MIS 279.) Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodologyand current national and international economics problems and policies. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112) lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113) Contemporary East-West Economic Relations This course explores the motivations for economic cooperationbetween countries with different political and economic systems. The conditions for East-West economic cooperation and its will be analyzed. The focus is on recent developments in joint economic and industrial cooperation. The institutions and systems that drive commerce and governance will be explored and explained (including institutional changes in the directing of foreign trade in centrally-planned economies).At the global level, effects of GATT, IMF, the World Bank, EEC and CMEA on EastWest economic relations will be examined. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commer- cial banks, the Federal Resenre System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) Comparative Economic Systems This is an interdisciplinarycourse with emphasis on the differences and similarities between market and planned economies and the recent institutional changes in Eastern Europe. The course evaluates the performance of different economic systems with resped to their allocation of resources. Different theoretical models are examined and compared to their real-world variants in an attempt to assess the relevant merits of capitalism, socialism and market socialism. (Prereq.: ECO 112or 113) Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.:ECO 313) International Trade and Finance A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (kereq.: ECO 112or 113) Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with an organization.In addition, the student &ill write a report on his/h& activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.:ECO 313. On demand.) Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313) Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and correspondingpractices in business. Among the topics considered are theories anapractices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations and an analysisof economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.:MIS 279, ECO 313) 416 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macm-emnomictheory. (Prereq.:ECO 312,313 and at least MAT 122or equivalent.On demand.) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See Business, MIS 479.) Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunityto analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Renq.: consent of instructor.) E D U ~ ODEPARTMENT N (EDE, EDS, EDU) Studentsintemted in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will find opportunities in the Department of Education Professional education combinesthe study of theory with practice, and field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin Cities. Classroom teachingis the career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education pmgmns. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities m.In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries. The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves as a solid base for graduate education Some teaching fields mquire graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementaryor secondary education However, not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in management, sales, production and service areas. As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to take basic competency tests (prescribedby the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics prior to begnning Upper Division courses. All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department. Any course grade below 2.0 must be retaken. Licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education is availableboth through Day School and Weekend College.Selected secondary education programs are also available in Weekend College. Education Faculty: Mary Ann Bayless, Carolyn Clemmons, Bruce Drewlow, Mary Endorf, Marian Enos, Joseph Erickson, Ann F'leener, Ethelind Garetz, Rich Gerrnundsen, Hamet Johnson, Marie McNeff, Phyllis Metcalf, Vicki Olson, JacquelineRichardson, Mary Jo Stump Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 265,341,351,352, 381,382,383,384,386,387,388,481,482,483; HPE 114,115; SWK 260; PHY 103; and an academic minor. If those persons also desire kindergarten licensure, EDE 375: Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten, is also required. A GPA of 2 5 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses is required for licensure, as well as minimum grades of 2.5 in all Education courses. Students must also fulfill requirements of the Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The criteria for acceptance into the Department Licensure Rogram are available in the Education Department. PHY 103 Conceptual Physics The examination and preparation of materials and resources for Elementary School science teaching. This course fulfills the math requirement for licensure as well as the science methods course. Students must have a Level I11 Math Placement before enrolling in this course. 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore education as a major and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek a n appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 245 International Education An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possible careers in international education. 255 Orientatlon to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experlence Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. @rereq.: sophomore standing or above) EDU 263 Critical Thinking Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine validity of claims and position as well as articulate positions and reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines. EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s This course provides an opportunityfor students to serve as tutors in urban educational environments. Students will be trained to understand the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban educational settings. EDU265 Orientation to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (kereq.: Sophmore standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education.) 295 Topics Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offaings. Specifictopics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Lower Division Independent Study. EDU 341 Media Technology (1 12 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audievisual materials for teaching/leamingsituations. Computer training will be included in this CO351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in reading, and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary and Fleld Experience The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. 370 Classroom Management A class for Elementary and Secondaryeducation students. The content of this course includes theories, issues and strategiesof classroom manage ment techniques. EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategiesfor teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the student at risk Students are encouraged to take introduction to Special Education (282) prior to registering for this course. 375 Discovery Learning In the World of Kindergarten (1/2 course) Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. (Required for all persons seeking kindergarten licensure.) 381 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementarylevels. Laboratory experiences. 382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. 386 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resouKes for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. 387 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. EDU388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Partidpation in a c o n m t seminar is acpebed. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 478 School and Society (SeeSecondaryEducation.) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. Students must apply to student teach at least three months prior to enrolling for the courses. Four courses in student teaching (481,482,483 and 484) are recommended unless otherwise advised by the Education Department. (Prereq.: All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily completed or permission of the Department for an exception. Admission into the Education Department Licensure Program and admission for Student Teaching) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (SeeSpecial Education.) 495 Topics Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 498 lndependent Study (112 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunityfor advanced and specialized reseamh projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary faculty. Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in the International Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the international and American School network Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Metro area under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's mapr field adviser. Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Licensure Program: Baccalaureatedegree; academic mapr in an approved teaching area; EDS 265,354,388,478, methods course(s) in major area, EDS 481,482 (and 483 for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching maprs); HPE 114,115; SWK 260; GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in all education courses, 2.5 in academic mapr and P in student teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure &gram q u i d . Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education Department. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do %me student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art mapr will register for 361,362; the physical education mapr for 365; and the music mapr for 355. Art and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1) Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 3) Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and classroom music (5-12). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), see Foreign Language Department for information on the required competencyexams. Teaching in the Minor Field: Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor subject area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive licensure or be recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College. The Professional T e r n School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at student teaching seminars is required. All students are expected to be involved full-time in the activities of the professional term. 199 Internship A work-based learningexperiencein which a student, faculty member and site supervisordesign a learning agreement which enables the student to explore education as a mapr and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/ registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by register- ing with the Internship and Cooperative Education Ofke. 245 International Education An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in internationaleducation. EDU 263 Critical Thinking Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine validity of claims and positions as well as articulate positions and reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines. EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s This course provides an opportunity for students to serve as tutors in urban educational environments.Students will be trained to understand the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban educational settings. EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigatesvarious aspeas of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prerq.:Sophomore standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See SpecialEducation.) 295 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. EDU 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Elementary Education.) 350 Reading in the Content Areas (1/2 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for Secondary Education. Upper Division. 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The developmentof music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (1/2 course each) Study and application of instructionalmethods, materials and techniques. 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching maprs only. 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (To be taken concurrentlywith 361.) 364 English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literatureis included. (Prereq.:EDS 354: Creating Learning Environments) HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Health and Physical Education Department.) 366 370 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department) Classroom Management A class for Elementary and SecondaryEducation students. The content of this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom manage ment techniques. EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategies for teaching specla1education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the student at risk. Students are encouraged to take EDS 282: Introduction to Special Education prior to registering for this course. 374 Natural Science Methods (1/2 course) Course structures, goals and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. Consult with the Education Department. 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategiesand curriculum development.Consult with the Education Department. 376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and theatre and the directing of d c u l a r speech and theatre activities. 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. Consult with the Education Department. EDU 388 Human Relations (112 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expeded. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. HPE 410 Health Methods (See Health and Physical Education Department, HPE 410: Admiistration and Supervision of the School Health Program.) 478 School and Society Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society and final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (Prereq.: Senior standing; concurrent registration with 481,482,483, or 484) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses recommended of all majors and four courses required of Art, Music, and Physical Education majors. Four courses required of double majors. (Concurrent registration with 478) 495 Topics Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 498 Independent Study (1I2 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 Independent Study Opportunityfor advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the Departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Phyllis Metcalf, Coordinator Minor: Minimum of six courses (282,491; PSY 351,357; one course chosen from HPE 354, MUS 110 or 395; PSY 362; EDS 385 or SWK 304); and one course chosen from PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course. 282 Introductionto Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes and educationalinterventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, l e g disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar.(Prereq.:completion of courses for Special Education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.) Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineeringdegree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis,Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Becau~of the specla1requirements and opportunitiesof these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary.Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Stuart Anderson, Adviser University of Minnesota The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineeringprograms: Bachelor of Amachelor of Engineering ( B A K E . ) enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Bachelor of ArtslMaster of Engineering (BAJME.) enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota.This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology. The curriculum is thesame as the B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum.The number of such courses varies by lT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A./M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participantsin the B.A./M.E. program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Washington University (Three Year Plan) Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan) These two programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a fiveyear period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they will complete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College. Students are also enmuraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further informationon these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. FinancialAid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineeringschool of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. E Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116;CSC 170;ENG 111;MAT 124,125,224,226 or MAT 145,146,245,247; PHY 121,122;additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 or 145, 146 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Studentsinterested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351,352. Those who study Enghsh believe that an intense concern for words, ideas and images helps people understand who they are and who they can become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the study of English we see life's complexity, experiencelifeas others do and undentand better the world in which we live and work English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and socjology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With sciencerEnglish is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication,English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films and readings available near the campus. Enghsh majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills through Internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second -ge (ESL ) studentsrtutoring in the Writing Lab or participating in the Cooperative Education Program Students with an Augsburg Enghsh major pursue careers in elementary, secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the minis try,library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing and other professions and businesses. English Faculty: Kathryn Swanson (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Cathleen Dalglish, Douglas Green,Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, John Schmit Major:Nine courses above 111,including 225 and 245;one Upper Division course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged to consult their Departmental Adviser regularly. A student with a double mapr or special program that involves considerable work in the English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the D e v e n t . Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. English-Language Arts Teaching Major:Ten courses, including those listed under the major, ENG 345,and an Internship in the teaching of writing. One course must include a component in non-Western literature. In addition, the ACTC courses, Communication Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media, are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their mapr during the freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education not later than the spring of their junior year. Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as the requirements for the mapr. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to Department Chairperson by October 15in senior year for Department approval. Submit and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an Independent Study program (refer to Departmental guidelines). Minor: Five courses above ENG 111,including ENG 245, an Upper Division literaturecourse, and an additional writing course. Note: Transfer students must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg. Note on Concentration:In addition to meeting requirements for the rnapr, English maprs may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the mapr, by the design of an Independent Study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the Department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. The English Placement Test: A writing sample is q u i r e d of students to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not show competence in composition skills such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructingparagraphs and sentences are required to enroll in Developmental Writing where they will receive more individual instruction than is possible in Effective Writing. These students must pass Developmental Writing before enrolling in Effective Writing. Note on Prerequisites:ENG 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature course is ENG 245 or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Writing A preparatory course for ENG 111:Effective Writing required of students identified by a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing additional preparation in composition. Students write short papers based on their own observations, experiences and thoughts. P/N grading only. Students receive a course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. 111 Effective Writing Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing a-itical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developingtopics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0. 216 American Indian Literature A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected Arnerican Indian writers. Discussion and analysis will focus on ways in which literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. 217,218 English as a Second Language (ESL) Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments and sessions with ESL tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and i n m their fluency. Understanding spoken Akerican English, speaking,reading college-level materials and writing are the skills emphasized in these two cow&. Testing will determine in these courses, and testing, as well as other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is met. These courses are graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. By successfully completing the courses, students will have fulfilled the foreign language distribution requirement. 223 225 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111) Intermediate Expository Writing This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing, ENG 111.Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation and the relationshipbetween reading and writing. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Introductionto Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction but including journal keeping and creative prose. Journalism This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and television as well. Students will consider how to recognize news, how to gather and verify facts and how to write those facts into a news story or news feature. The course will cover basic copy preparation and editing practices and include an introductionto legal and ethical questions faced by journalists. (Prereq.: 111) 241 lntroduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and historical evolution of the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of both feature length and short films illustrating the international develop ment of film form and selected esthetic movements such as the American Studio Film and its Genres, German Expressionism, Soviet Montage, Italian Neorealism and the French New Wave. 245 lntroduction to Literature In this course students are initiated into the formal study of narrative, drama and poetry in order to appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature. The course aims to expand students' exposure to literature and therefore draws on works from several periods, from different cultures and races, from male and female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper courses in literature, Introduction to Literatureaims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading about literature. 251 Readings in American Literature An introduction to representative works by 10 to 12American authors focusing on themes that yield an understandingof the Western heritage and American world views. These themes could include the emergence of national identity, the relationship between humankind and God, the nature of nature, definitionsof the American self, individuality, the place of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the development of American thought and the continuity of Western culture in America. 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature -for example, the epics of Homer and Virgd, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's "Metamorphoses." Dante's "Inferno" will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature and their enduring relevance. 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modem period, including such authors as Cervantes, Rabelais, Molike, Voltaire and Ibsen. E Topics In Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed t have included in the ACTC Class schedule for that year. ~ e c &offer& ContemporaryPoetry and Women and Hction. Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit. Playwriting An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film. Students learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: 111,245;226 also recommended, or consent of instructor) Advanced Journallsm: Interviewing and Editing Emphasis is placed first on interviewingand then on organizing and writing the i n t e ~ e w story. The second half of the course will concentrate on editing the work of others and learning layout and design. The course will include workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of fellow students. There will also be laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: 227) British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the develop ment of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (F'rereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the 19th Century,emphasizingRomantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationshipto their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) Creative Non-Fiction Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course will emphasizethe conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects and techniques for gathering information. l3y the end of the course, the student will be expected to write reliable reports and articles of publishable quality. (Prereq.: 225 and consent of instructor) 341 Advanced Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the ACTC Class Schedule. (Prereq.: 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work Offered on demand.) 345 Introduction to the English Language This course is designed to give students a structuraland historical overview of theoreticaland social issues concerning the English language. It will include a summary of theories of language development and the impact of cultural, social,economic and geographic forces on language acquisition. Students will be introduced to the primary componentsof linguistics and to the development of the English language. F i i y , this course will consider the social impact of language as a marker of identity and membership in a speech community. ((kereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 350 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysisof some works of selected American writers from colonial tim& to WWI. We will study established writers such as Hawthorne, Dickinson and Twain along with some lesser known writers who also demonstrate the rich variety of written responses to American civilization. Attention will be given to the ways writers approach issues relating to race, class and gender. Conceptions of the individual in relation to society, the nature of nature and regional differences will also be studied. The approach will be historical as well as topical. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 351 American Literature since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American l i i . (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 361 Studies in Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European and nonWestern, of the 20th Century. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 399 Internship The Department offers oncampus Internships in teaching writing and ESL, and various off-campusInternships. Interested students should consult the Department Chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th Century beginnings up to the 20th Century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot and Hardy. Attention will be given to the conditions contributingto the rise of the novel and its emergence by the 20th Century as the dominant literary form. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 438 Shakespeare Study of 10 or 12 major plays -comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 482 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the A f f C Class Schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary Poetry,Women and Fiction and Literary Criticism. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a GPA of 3.0 or consent of Department Chairperson.Provides Independent Study in the area of the student's choice. The initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students to make the transition to being a college student successfully and to help them become part of this academic community. Students are introduced to the character of the College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being a college student. The First Year Experience (FYE) is composed of four parts: Summer Registration, Fall Orientation, FYE Seminarsand FYE Interim Term Courses. Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the FYE Seminars is required of all students who begm Augsburg College as freshmen in the day schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily by attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a notation of a passing (P) grade for FYE 005 on their official transcript. Studentswithout a P for FYE 005 will not be permitted to graduate with an Augsburg degree. 005 FYE Seminar A series of Fall term meetings with an FYE faculty adviser to discuss issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College communityof learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a variety of disciplines and sources colleded in "The Augsburg Anthology." (P/N grading only; evaluationbased on attendance and participation.) The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for b c e in today's world. The Department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, foreign language study goes beyond the developmentof new cornrnunications skills to foster an abiding awarenessthat the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures and cultures represents a rich historic legacy developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The Departmental faculty believes that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of global perspective and hence is indispensablein the education of Augsburg students. The Foreign Language Department offers language, literatu~,and culture courses in French, German,Norwegian, Ojibwe, Russian and Spanish. Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin and Greek are available to Augsburg students through the College's affiliation with A m , a consortiumof Twin Cities colleges. A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department. Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the general principles which operate in and shape all languages. In thisway the study of linguisticsaffords the student a unique view of one of the most intriguingand central facets of the human mind. Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable specla1qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of n teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps or fields such as f o ~ i g language international business may require a foreign language major, perhaps combined with a major in some other field. In addition, students pursuing careersin many other fields such as health care, social work, the ministry, psychology or philosophy, to name just a few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special assignmentsin their chosen field. [i Foreign Ianguages Faculty: Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Nancy Aarwold, Ruth Aaskov, Rick Greczyk, Roxie Hale, Nelly Hewett, Gunta Rozentals, Frankie Shackelford, Donald Steinmetz, Ronald Walter Placement Levels: Students with previous foreign language study must register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of high school semesters one has studied that language: zero-two = 111;threefour = 112; fivesix = 211; seven = 212; eight = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the Chairperson. Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language. Students who elect to takea course below the one in which they are placed by the Department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The Language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was originallyplaced. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. Basic Requirements: Maprs must take four of the Upper Division courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the Upper Division courses at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisiteto all Upper Division courses. Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a m i n i of one Upper Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program as well as for information on Special Methods courses. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a Departmental requirement for teaching maprs. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools under Department of Education. Honors Major: Majors seeking Departmental honors must apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall and honors thesis demonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department Chairperson for details. Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACI'C East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. Major Eight courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,350 or 355, 351 or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required. Minor: Four courses above 212, including one in conversationcomposition,one in civilization and one in literature. Interim, summer or semester in France strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor:Five Upper Division courses beyond 212, including one in conversationcomposition,one in literature, one in civilization. Study in France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim Catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Ondemand) 111,112 Beginning French Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 211,212 Intermediate French Selected articles, interviews and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, studentsbecome acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (Ondemand) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Conversation and Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effectiveorganization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A pmquisite to other Upper Division courses. 312 French Expression A twepronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use.French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.:311 or consent of instructor) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in 20th Century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understandingof French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.) 350 Introduction to Ltterature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to a l l qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351,353 Survey of French Literature The study of mapr French authors and literary movements in France through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lebures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the mapr French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 399 Internship Upper Division Internship. 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvementand selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story Indepth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presenta- tions in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Preq.: 311 or c o m t of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement or genre at an advanced lwel. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individualinterests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) GERMAN (GER) Major: Eight upper division courses, including 311; 411, one in civilization, and one in literature. Semester in Germany required. Minor: Four Upper Division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: Eve courses beyond 212, including one in conversation<omposition, one in literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be Upper Division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended. Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. 111,112 Beginning German GER 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understandingand reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 199 Internship Cower Division internship. 211,212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporaryGerman life and literature. 244 German Lierature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore standing. On demand) 299 Independent Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-EUIY)~~& origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the reemergence of cultural selfawareness during the Middle Ages and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Rereq.:311 or consent of 332 German Civilization and Culture II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351 German Literature through the 18th Century Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussionsin Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitcal context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in &rman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism,Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussionsare designed to aid students' selfexpression in German.(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 lndependent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. 411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th Century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 lndependentStudy Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the A C E East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department.See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 289 Introduction to Llnguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general liiguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizationalprinciples and features common to all languages) and psycholiiguistics (inquiry into the mechan- ics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language).Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of illuminatingunderlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic and communication theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequaciesof traditional grammar. (On demand) 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. NORWEGIAN (NOR) Major: Eight courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in Norway required. Minor: Four courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition,one in civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation:A second foreign language, linguistics, European history. 111,112 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to &fferences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent) 331 Norweglan Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as much as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work (Preq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined and considerableattention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Ledures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent) 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa)are offered at Augsburg,both as part of the Foreign Language Department and as part of the American Indian Studies minor. 111,112 Beginnlng Ojibwe Aimed to develop basic vocabulary and grammar in order to use Ojibwe at an elementary speaking and understanding level. Emphasis on spoken Ojibwe, but secondary goals with be to develop reading and writing skills as well. Courses taught with assistance of Ojibwe elders. Through dialogues, classroom practice, oral stories from elders and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of Ojibwe culture and tradition. It will help Ojibwe students re-connect with their rich tribal heritage (though all students are welcome). Beginning Ojibwe 112continues to develop basic vocabulary and grammar in order to use Ojibwe at an elementary speaking and understanding level. Two years of Russian are offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Soviet and East European StudiesProgram, which requires two years of language for the major. See Soviet and East European Studies Program Campus Coordinator. 111,112 Elementary Russian Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short compositions and acquaintancewith Russian culture.Extensive use of the language lab. 211,212 Intermediate Russian Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking with an added emphasis on reading. Introduction of advanced grammar topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACT0 SPANISH(SPA) Major:Eight courses above 212,including 311,411,456 or 457, two of 352,353,354, and either 331 or 332 Study in Spain or Latin America is required. Minor:Four courses above 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in literature, one in civilization and two electives. All courses must be Upper Division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended. Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, another language, preColumbian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult Department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginnlng Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with two to four years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (See Global Education, Program in Global Community.) 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomorestanding preferred. (Ondemand) 261 Spanish Language (See Metro-Urban Studies, South American Urban Semester (SAUS) and Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA.) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice in correst expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work This course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. (Prereq.:212 or equivalent) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to i m p v e oral and written e x ~ s i o with n emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (Ondemand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary and artistic move ments. In Spanish. (Prereq.:311 or consent of instructor) I 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the precolumbian avilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with consent of instructor.) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading, analyzingand discussing selected works of literature. Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. @rereg.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: one survey course) 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstandingnovelists of the 19th and 20th Century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Rereq.:One survey course) 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. GENEIRAL STUDIES (GST) Some courseshelp to integrate learning around topics in ways which are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include speciakd academic enrichment programs, an integrative p m s m h a r created by cooperating faculty and offerings of the Center for Global Education. General Studies Faculty:Joel Mugge, Donald Warren 009 Cooperative Education Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Co-op Education staff.No course credit. 140,141 Introductionto the Liberal Arts (1/2 course each) An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The course also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning and making decisions. 230 Cultural Issues Seminar (See under Program in Global Community.) The Center for Global Education, a program of Augsburg College, facilitates crossculturallearning experienceswhich prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the p p e d i v e s of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity. The Center for Global Education offersa Spring semester program, the Program in Global Community, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is an academic program that explores the history of political change, issues of social justice and the role of the church in Latin America. Studentslive together as a communityin the Augsburg Study Center, but wiU also live with Mexican familiesin their homes for several weeks. The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg. Coursesare offered for credit in the disciplinesas listed. SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. macement level determined by Program Director.) GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar This seminar consists of a series of minicourses offered in a number of relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each minicourse consists of 12 hours. Any four minicourses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required.) INS 311 The Development Process An integrative seminar providing opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies will be examined. HIS 347 Mexico: An Historical Perspective Four specific minicourses together provide an overview of Mexico's historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day. (Either this course or GST 230 required.) REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca. (Prereq.: one course in religion or theology) The Center for Global Education offers a semester program, Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America, each fall in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Throughout Latin America new models for education and human care have evolved during the last 25 years. The methodologies used attempt to teach critical thinking skills, raise people's consciousnessand increase their ability to work together to change their situations.SocialPolicy and Human !%mice in Latin America is a three and one-half month study program designed to introduceparticipants to the central issues currently facing the third world, and to focus on Latin American models of education and serviceand their contribution to the process of socialchange. These models have grown out of the sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes hand in hand with the empowerment of individualsand groups to control their own lives. The semester includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg College. Courses are o f f e d for d t in the disciplines as listed. SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director.) POL 295 Development Issues: Latin America A survey of global issues affecting the human condition in a rapidly changing and increasingly interdependent world: modernization and development, economic change and international trade, diminishing resources, war and revolution, peace and justice, cultural diversity. Emphasis on the development of a global~Fspective which recokizes human commonalities as well as diversity in perceptions, values and priorities. SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs Social Work is social policy in action. Currently social workers are involved at many levels of a nation's social system -with natural helping networks, families, community groups, volunteer organizations, formal government services and private initiatives.Through a series of four minicourses, the course explores the different approaches to w i a l work in several countries in order to compare methods and service and to analyze the current response to human needs in Latin America. SWK 399 Internship A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on acquiring an overview of how the agency functions and how populations are served. The placement will be for 80 hours during the Fall term. Thae are a limited number of internship placements. Preference will be given to Social Work maprs. One and onehalf years of Spanish study (or demonstrated proficiency) is required for placement. EDE IEDS 412 Latin American Models of Education A comparative approach to learning methods of educational models being developed in Latin America. Studentswill apply their knowledge of educational concepts used in the U.S. to an understanding of basic processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical thinking, consciousness-raisingand cooperative problem-solvingExploring the transferabilityof these learning models to North America will be a focus throughout the course. SWK 465 or 468, or SOC 271 Social Policy and Social Justice (Social Work - Upper Division or Sociology - lower division) Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members of Mexican and Central American societies. The course will examine the distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups, the impact of international economics and politics, and movements that have emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies. (Note: Augsburg students majoring in Social Work can take this course as SWK 465 if they agree to take a .5Independent Study to supplement the North American legislative procedure and mini-policy study they do on the Augsburg campus.) The Center for Global Education offers a second Fall semester program Women and Development Latin American Perspectives -in Cuemavaca, Maico. It is a three and onehalf month intensive program of study and travel designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Latin America with emphasis on the experience of women. The program explores gender roles in Latin America; women's roles in development; connections that Latin American women are drawing between gender, race, class, and global economics; and the ways in which liberation theology and feminism interface. The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are approved for credit in Women's Studies. POL 495 may be taken as a course in Women's Studies, depending on the mini-courses chosen. SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency lwels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director.) INS 311 The Development Process An integrative seminar pmviding opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies will be examined. POL 359 Toplcs: Women In Comparative Politics -Women In Latin America An examination of critical global issues affeding Latin America, and the impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and internationaltrade, political ideologies and revolution. REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca. Special attention will be given to the complex interactionsbetween women and religious institutions. (Prereq.:one course in religion or theology) POL 495 Seminar Any three mini-courseoffered in POL 359 plus an independent study minicourse in order to do substantial research into one of the course themes. Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the N e d athlete as well as the occasional player will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and minor programs general education in Physical Education; men's and women's intercollegiateathletic programs; intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilitiesfor developmental and recreational activities. Department graduateshave traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunitiesare possible in YMCA and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities. Health and Physical Education Faculty Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), Brian Ammann, Carol Enke, Marilyn Pearson Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Jack Osberg, JoycePfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad, Pam Schreurs,Jeff Swenson. Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410;BIO 103,108,111;CHM 105 or 109;PSY 105;SOC 231 or HPE 216,336. Teaching Major: Same as Health Education major plus 355. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Teaching Minor: 110,114,115,320or 410;â¬310103;SOC 231 or HPE 216. Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individualand the community. Health and Safety Education (It2 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes informationabout xhool health programs and prevalent health needs, problems of school age children and American Red Cross Erst Aid course. Health and Chemical Dependency Education (It2 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about xhool health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. lnternship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career alternatives.Studentsshould consult with the departmentalInternship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Human Sexuality A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human sexuality. Open to all students. Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.:All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series and consent of instructor) Introduction to DevelopmentaltAdapted Physical Education (112 course) A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from early childhood to grade 12and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. (Prereq.: HPE 243) Tests and Measurement (112 course) S m e y of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. lnternship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materi- als in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community.(Prereq.: 320.Odd number years) Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Major: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475;BIO 103. Teaching Licensure Major: 114,115,354,355;223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471, 472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult Department Chairperson for individualprogram planning. Minor: 114,115;223,231,232 or 472,243.There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota Public Schools. Coaching Endorsement: 243,351 (Prereq.:BIO 103), 475 (Prereq.: 350), a coaching theory course from 476483,and pradicum in coaching (499is an optional method for meeting the practicum requirement). Notes: Coaches entering their first assignment as head coach in Minnesota high schools are required to have a coaching endorsement and a current Minnesota teacher's license. 002,003 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department Chairperson) No course credit 101 199 Fitness for Life A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal health and fitness. Internship A workbased learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career altematives. Studentsshould consult with the departmentalIntanship Coordiitor regarding requirements and permission to register. I 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching and officiatingteam sports. 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiatingindividual and dual sports. 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances. 243 History and Principles of Physical Education and Sport History, principles and philosophy of physical education and sport. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.:BIO 103) 35t Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103) 354 Introduction to DevelopmentaVAdaptive Physical Education (1 /2course) (SeeHealth Education.) 355 Tests and Measurement (SeeHealth Education.) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 471 Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decisionmaking for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.:243) 472 474 Gymnastics (1/2 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics.Opporhmityto teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. Swimming and Aquatics (1/2 course) Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: swimming competenceas determined by pretest.) 475 476 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.:350. Even numbered years, Interim) Coaching of Football (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd numbered years) 477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching basketball. (Odd numbered years) 478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.(Odd numbered years) 479 Coaching of Track and Field (112 course) Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching track and field. (Odd numbered years) 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball(1/2course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coachingbaseball and softball. (Odd numbered years) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd numbered years) 499 Independent Study D i e d intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. ~ R DEPARTMEW Y (HIS) History is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalistJ.R Strayer expressed it this way: "No community can survive and no institu- tion can function without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past It is thememory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community." A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us to deal more knowledgeablywith the continuitiesand changes in m m n t issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by developingconcepts and skills that enable one to deal with masses of information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer enjoyment of travel, cultural events and the broad reading enjoyed by the educated person. Accordingy, history has long held a mapr role in the liberal arts.This is true at Augsburg. The Department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States and the non-Western world. The Department's graduates are well represented among professional historians; at present, some are in graduate schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social studies teachers in elementaryand secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history majors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices. History Faculty: Richard Nelson (Chairperson), Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these courses must be Upper Division. A mapr must have at least one course (either survey or Upper Level) from each of the four areas: ancient and medieval; modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may take a History mapr in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. Minor: Eve courses, at least three of which must be Upper Division. Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. Notes: First year students should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses. Distribution/general education credit is normally given only for courses 101-104. 200 level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or Upper Division students. Upper Division courses are numbered 300 and up. Lower Division students are normally required to take at least one 100 level course before enrolling for an Upper Division course. The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th Century. The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. The Modern World A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. The Modern Non-Western World An introdudion to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. Internship Lower Division Internship. U.S. History to 1877 A survey of U.S. history from Jarnestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by the Civil War. U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and events that have created the modern United States. A Tale of Twin Cities: MinneapolisISt. Paul A local history course using the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area as a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S. urban history. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic change, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and urban politics and reform. Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century An exploration of the experiencesand contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines and the state of Hawaii. Includes a p s d i u a l perspective, gender and class issues, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. Directed Study An opportunityfor a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the direding faculty member and the chairman of the Department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. Modern Southeast Asia A study of the mapr historical events, personalities and political develop ments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. Modern Chlna A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839.The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th Century. Modern Japan An examination of the emergence of Japan as a mapr world power in the 20th Century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive fea-s of the PreMeiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. American Indian History: PreColombian to Modern (See under INS, American Indian Studies.) Topics in U.S. History In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. The American Century: The U.S. Since 1900 The interaction of popular ideas and formal thought within United States society during a time of national ascendency and worldwide crisis and unrest. Topics considered include American nationalistic exceptionalism, social Darwinism, refonnism, racism, radicalism, liberalism, conservatism and other ideologies and movements. The American City A study of the development of urban centers in the United States: their colonial and frontier roots, their growth during the age of industrialization and immigration, and their adjustment to new realities in the late 20th Century. Topics for study include the dynamics of urban growth, politics and reform, urban planning, the growth of urban culture in America and shifting definitions of community in U.S. cities and suburbs. Mexico: An Historical Perspective (See under Program in Global Community.) The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks.Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 AD. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences, and Rome's contributionsin law and the political process. 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 Internship in History A limited number of Internships may be available for qualified Upper Division students mapring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program. 440 Topics in World History This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included in regular course offerings.The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 474 The World and The West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 Seminar Selected topics which will be announced prior to registration. This course is designed for history majors of at least junior standing. Admission by permission of the instructor. Offered at least once each year. 499 Independent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for directed Independent Study. A maximum of one course in Independent Study may be applied toward the major. The Humanities major provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, to experiencethe ways in which different academic disciplines appmch similar questions and issues and to participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own major by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study and then by taking courses in various departmentsrelating to that theme. The major was created especially to encourage students not majoring in the humanities but in such areas as science, business or social science to broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second major. Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiirson),John Benson and Richard Nelson Major: Nine courses, five of which must be Upper Division. Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments -Art, English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used to satisfy the requirement. Note: Each student taking a Humanities major will focus on some particular theme or Six of the nine perspective which will constitute the core of the major .pcourses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the student in consultationwith an adviser in the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook A student may not list a double major in Humanities and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the Humanities major is significantly different from the other major. 499 Independent Studies Individual study and research on some interdisciplinaryhumanities topic, worked out in consultation with an adviser. The study must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. &CAN INDIAN Smm, ETHNICS m m & W O ~S m Sm InterdisciplinaryStudies covers a broad spectrum of experienceand coursework. Through Interdisciplinarycourses, students gain greater insight and understandingof cultures and perspechves different from their own. Through these experiences studentsare better prepared to become contributing members of the global community. For other Interdisciplinarycourse listings, see Global Education Programs and Metro-Urban Studies. Courses listed in these areas may be used to fulfill the Urban Concerns, Women's Studies or Minority Studies requirements under the general distributionrequirements.Consult the General Education list for courses which fulfillthe specihc Perspectives. Augsburg also offers students the opportunity to minor in American Indian Studies or Women's Studies. The American Indian Studies program offers courses that encompass the range of American Indian contributions to North American culture including art, religion, literature and history. Also offered m two begnning courses in Ojlbwe (Chippewa),the original language of one of Minnesota's native people. Mildred Mueller, Coordinator Minor:Five courses including INS 105 and at least one Upper Division course. Indian Studies courses may also be taken as part of majors or minors in other academic subjects or to meet distribution/general education requirements. INS 105 Introduction to American lndian Studies An introduction to the content areas of American Indian Studies, including an overview of American Indian history, American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, crosscultural influences, art, music and language. Required for American Indian Studies minor. OJB 111, OJB 112 Beginning Ojibwe An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa) Indians including vocabulary, reading, writing and conversational skills. Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction. The second course continues vocabulary, reading, writing, oral skills and culture, with increased emphasis on comprehension.This course is crosslisted with the Foreign Language Department. ENG 216American lndian Literature: Traditional and Modern Comparative studies of tribal oral traditions, early writings and modem literature written by or about American Indians. Problems of translation, interpretation and exploitationwill be examined. Modern novelists, poets and historians will be included. This course is cross-listed with the English Department. HIS 223 American lndian History: Pre-Columbian to Modern The government, tribal structures, philosophy, agricultureand commerce among the native people of North America are explored from p r e Columbian eras through European exploration and settlement. American Indian contributionsto world economics, agriculture, government, architecture, art and philosophy are included, as are wars, treaties, relocations and inter-governmentalrelations. This course is cross-listed with the History Department. INS 260 Contemporary American Indians The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934)with an emphasis on current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/ cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific and Southwest Indians, some content will include drama, dance, poetry, mythology, rituals and religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints. This course is cross-listed with the Art Department. INS 320 American lndian Women This course focuseson the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of native North America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time as well as changes in these roles as a result of the influence of Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women of the past and present and assesses the contributions made by women to Indian community life today. (Rereq.:one course in Women's Studies or American Indian Studies or consent of instructor) This course is applicable to Women's Studies also. REL 370 American lndian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought Religious beliefs, spiritual customs and philosophy of North American Indians are studied. Within these broad areas,the subjects of medicine, healing, shamanism, dreams, visions, myths and spiritual power are also included. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies and beliefs in an afterlife. This course is cross-listed with the Religion Department. Also approved as an elective: INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective (See under Women's Studies.) 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism.This course is cross-listed with the Religion Department. 232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the mapr issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion, art, economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American society. Women's Studies values the experiencesand perspectives of women by placing them at the center as it branches out to critically examine women's contributionsin life and learning. Women's Studies seeks to complement other disciplines by expanding knowledge about women, addressing misconceptions and raising new questions which spark further investigation. It seeks to empower students for leadership. Women's Studies tries to be explicit about its goals and issues. It seeks to raise awareness of diversity, to critically examine all disciplines and existing social practices, to recover past achievements of women and encourage the work that women now do, to expand perspectives and to provide a basis for decision making and critical evaluation of future learning. mi no^: Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives, one of which must be Upper Division, and INS 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator. INS 199 Internship in Women's Studies INS 201 Foundations in Women's Studies This multidisciplinary course is designed to raise awareness of women's status and women's diversity; to critically examine disciplines and social practices through the lens of feminist theory; to recover past achievements of women and survey the work that women now do; to expand perspectives; and to provide a basis for critical evaluation of future learning. INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionaryand historical origins of women's roles a i d status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Navap, 0jib;e and Iroquois; African models such as the Pygmies and other tribal groups; the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East and China. INS 265 Women in American Culture Through discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of Black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. INS 281 Topics in Women's Studies INS 311 Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives (See Global Education Programs.) INS 320 American Indian Women (See American Indian Studies.) INS 399 Internship in Women's Studies INS 481 Topics in Women's Studies INS 495 Women's Studies Seminar Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study. To be completed after the introductory course and electives. INS 499 Independent Study In consultationwith a faculty member and with the approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator, a student selects a specific topic for study. Required of minors who do not elect to participate in the seminar. See department listings for descriptionsof the following approved electives from other departments: ART352 Women and Art ENG 282 or 482 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction HIS 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century WL421 Topics in American Politics POL459 Topics in Comparative Politics PSY 371 Psychology of Gender REL441 Feminism and Christianity International Relations is an interdisciplinarymajor which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and six electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required and some students study two languages. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studieswith considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia and others. Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the InternationalRelations major. Norma Noonan, Director Major: 13courses. (1) Seven required courses: ECO 112or 113, HIS 103or 104, POL 158or 160; two of the following: HIS 332, POL 363,461; POL 490; the fourth term of college work in a modem foreign language. (2) Six of the following electives (not more than three from any one disciplinemay be counted toward the mapr): ECO 360,495; HIS 322,323,324,440,474; PHI 355; POL 350,351,381,382,455,459; Rn 356; SOC 336; Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the approval of the Program Direstor; fourth tern or higher of college work in a second language. Minor:Seven courses and one year of foreign language. Required: ECO 112or 113, E3IS 103or 104, and POL 158or 160. One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of foreign language. Any three courses from the list of approved electives for the major. Not more than two courses from any department could count toward the minor. Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13required courses. Students should confer with the Program Director about regional and disciplinaryconcentrations possible within the mapr, for example, a concentration on a geographic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program. At least since b t e s , scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understandingabstrad concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs of quantitative reasoning, these skills are still essential for any liberally educated person. Mathematics and computer science courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills. 1 Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on the development of civilization and the development of compute& has also influenced modern society. To the extent that a liberal education must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of these influences is important. An increasingnumber of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This Department serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields. Majors within this Department are prepared for graduate school, work in industry or service professions, with opportunities to focus on either the theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. In fad, the Department offers a concentration in applied mathematics as well as the more traditional major. Internshipand Cooperative Education options help studentstake advantage of Augsburg's proximity to the many technicaUy+riented enterprises in the city. Thus the Department aims to provide its own majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of m s . MathematidComputer Science Faculty: Larry Ragland (Chairperson), Larry Copes, LarryCrockett, Suzanne Dor&, Beverly Durkee, Ken Kaminsky, Noel Petit, Beverly Stratton, Stephen Zhang Mathematics Major: Nine courses in mathematics including MAT 145,146,245, 246,324 and three electives from MAT courses above 210, at most one of which is at the 200 level; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during junior and senior years. Also required: CSC 170 or CSC 270. At least two of the Upper Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. For teaching licensure, the three electives must be 351,373, and 441. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for other require ments. Mathematics Major with concentration in Applied Mathematics: Nine courses including MAT 145,146,245,246,324 and three electives from MAT 327,328,355, 373,374, and approved topics courses (MAT 481). Also required: CSC 170 or CSC 270, PHY 121,122; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during junior and senior years. A minimum of two Upper Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent Study at an advanced level. Mathematics Minor: Five courses, including 145,146,245, and 246 or 247, and one elective from MAT courses above 300. For a teaching minor the additional course must be selected from MAT 314,328,351,373,441. Prerequisites/PlacementExam -Before enrolling in any mathematics course the student must have placed appropriatelyon the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam, or have completed college courses equivalent to prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite. The Placement Exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. It is required of all entering students except those who have received a grade of C or better in a college-level mathematics course taken at another college or who have passed the College Board Advanced Place ment Exam. These students and those who place into Group V should consult with the Department about appropriate courses to take. 103 Basic Mathematics A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, metric system, exponents, radicals and evaluation of algebraic expressions.Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Test. (kereq.:Placement Group I. P/N grading only) 104 Intermediate Algebra A self-paced course for students needing a review of basic algebraic skills and concepts. Topics include operations with polynomials and rational expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic functions. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. (Prereq.: 103or Placement Group 11. P/N grading only) 114 Elementary Functions A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric. For students planning to take 124 or 145. Students who have completed 124 or 145 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111) 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of finite mathematics (combinatorics,probability, matrices, linear programming and graph theory) of primary interest to students in the social and behavioral sciences, business and information science. Students who have competed MAT 171 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus with applications in the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 or 145may not register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. ) 124,125,224 Calculus I, ll, Ill Differential and integral calculus, including calculus of several variables and series, with applications primarily from the physical sciences, integrated with topics from plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily for students in mathematics or the sciences. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 124; 124for 125; 125 for 224) 131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group IID 145,146 AUGMENT Mathemetics I and II The Augsburg Mathematics Enrichment Program provides exploration of mathematical ideas. Attention will be paid to historical and philosophical connections and to reading, writing and thinking in mathematics. Includes calculus concepts such as: limit, continuity, derivative, antiderivative, integral, sequences and series; and selected topics from linear algebra, abstract algebra, number theory, probability geometry, topology, dfnarnical systems, graph theory and combinatorics. (Prereq: 114 or Placement Group IV for 145; 145 for 146) 171 Discrete Mathematics Topics in discrete mathematics such as sets and logic, combinatorics, probabfity, relations and functions, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra and graph theory of primary interest to students in Computer Science and Mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 121 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: Placement Group IV) 211 Number Theory An introductory study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 215 Elementary Linear Algebra A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices. (Prereq.: 224) 226 Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutionsby special integral transforms; systems of differentialequations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224) 245,246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I & II Topics introduced in 1 6 1 4 6 are further applied, generalized and abstracted. Emphasis is on mathematical structures, logical reasoning and proof formats. Additional topics include: multiple variable calculus, vectors and vector spaces and linear transformations. (Prereq.: 146 for 245; 245 for 246) 247 Introduction to Applied Mathematics Designed primarily for applied mathematics, preengineering and physical science majors, this course includes additional topics from vector calculus, differentialequations, complex functions and linear algebra. (Prereq.: 245) 299 Directed Study Independent Stuclyfor Lower Division credit. (Pmq.: Consent of imtmctor) Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such as groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Rereq.: 215 or 246) Analysis An introductionto the study of mathematical analysis. Includes a rigorous study of mapr concepts used in the calculus and their applicationto more abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224,246 or 247) Special Functions of Mathematical Physics (See PHY 327) Complex Variables An introductionto complex numbers and functions, limits, differentiation and integration, series, analytic functions, conformal mappings and applications. (Rereq.: 224,246 or 247) Modern Geometry A study of transformational geometry including complex number representations and applications to fractal geometry. (Prereq.: 215 or 246) Numerical Analysis A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedur&riented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224 or 245; CSC 170) Probability and Statistics I A study of the structure of modem probability, enumeration techniques, special discrete and continuous probability distributions with applications to statistical problems, mathematical expectation, Chebyshds inequality, the central limit theorem. (kereq.: 224 or 245) Probability and Statistics II A study of sampling distributions associated with the normal and other distributions and methods of estimation: point estimation, interval estimation; hypothesis testing, regression and analysis of variance, nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: 373 or equivalent) Internship A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Mathematics Internship Supervisor. Foundationsof Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method and development of number systems. (Prereq.: completion of or concurrent registration in 314 and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor.) 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, pmbability, statistics or computer science. (Prereq.: 314 and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor.) 491 MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developmentsin the field and about interestingideas that don't arise in courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are welcome. Sessions are presented by faculty members or outside visitors. 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and Department. Introductory Courses: 170,210, MAT 171 and MAT 124 or 145 Core Courses: 320,330,345,450 Computer Science B.A. Major: 11 courses including the four introductory courses, the four core courses and three electives. The electives must be selected from MAT 355, MAT 373 and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two electives must be selected from 270 or 271,340,352, and 445. At least two of the Upper Division courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium (CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors. Computer Science B.S. Major: 16 courses including the four introductory courses; the four core courses; 270 or 271,340,352,445, MAT 125 or MAT 146, MAT 224 or MAT 245, MAT 215 or MAT 246, and one elective selected from MAT 355, MAT 373, and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two of the Upper Division courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium (CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent Study at an advanced level. Computer Science Minor: Six courses including the four introductory courses and any two of the four core courses. 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming and computer applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward either a computer science major or minor. Structured Programming An introductionto computers, problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using Pascal. This course provides a foundation for further studies in computer science. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 121or MAT 122or BUS 279 or Math Placement Group IV) Data Structures Data structures and their implementation, recursion, searching and sorting algorithms, and continued development of programming methods using Pascal. (Prereq.: 170. Coreq.: MAT 121or MAT 171) Electronics (See PHY 261.) FORTRAN Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) COBOL Study of COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) Algorithms A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: 210 and MAT 124or MAT 14.5) Theory of Computation Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata, computability and computational complexity. Topics include Turing machines, Church's thesis, the halting problem and unsolvability. (Prereq.: 210 and MAT 124 or MAT 145) Digital Communicationsand Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and securityand general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: 210) Principles of Computer Organization An introductionto computer architecture, processors, operating systems, instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: 210) Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organiza- tion and security, includingthe development of an elementary database system. (Prereq.: 210) 399 Internship A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Computer Science Internship Supervisor. 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. mereq.: 345) 450 Principles of Programming Languages Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics, BNF,parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures and the run-time environment. (Prereq.: 210) 491 MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium (See MAT 491.) 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and Department. METRDUANSTUDIES (INS) Metro-Urban Studies is a tramdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and other related disciplines. The Metro-Uhan Studiesprogram seeks to blend classroom and field experience, theory and Internships which focus the content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization. The M-Urban Studiesmapr and minor a~ designed to provide underpduate pqaration forpostgraduate studiesin planning,&kchmI law, public .. admmstmtion, environmental studies, social government, community organkition and theology. 7he program and collegewideurban mpkment introduce studentsto the wide e e t y of developing mdated to urt.>an and metropolitan affairs,equipping studentswith the analytical and theoreticaltmls n q m e d to understand the metropolitancommunity. Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's location The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)and Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the overall program Metro-Urban Studies Faculty:Garry W. Hesser (Director, SOO, Andrew Aoki (POL), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson (PSY) Major: 13 courses including POL 122 and 421; PSY 356; SOC 211 and 381; an approved Urban History course; SOC 362 or ECO 279; SOC 363 or POL 484;an Internship (399);and any four approved urban-related c o w . HECUA offcampus programs are highly recommended, especiallythe MUST Twin Cities program. Students interested in graduate school are encouraged to take ECO 113 Principles of Micrc-Economics. Minor: Three lower level Urban Studies courses, two of which must be POL 122 and SOC 211; and two upper division courses from the following:POL 421; PSY 356; SOC 381 or Internship (399), with the Internship highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations are feasible if approved by the Director of the Program. 199 lnternship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty.memberand site supervisor design a learning apmnent which enables the student to exploremetro-urban studies as a mapr and consider its career alternatives. Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regardjig requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Wee. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and POL 122 or SOC 211) 399 lnternship A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of metmurban studies with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the terrn/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. b - 498 lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course which a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. ledures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department faculty member. (Prereq.:POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of instructor) 499 lndependent Study Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363 and consent of instructor) URBAN STUDIES~ O N THROUGH S HEWA Augsburg co-foundedand plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortiumfor Urban Affairs (HECUAIIa consortiumof 17 colleges and universities.Augsburg's Metro-Urbandirector served as its president from 1982 to 1987. Through HECUA, Augsburg studentshave access to five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional qualityI located in ScandinaviaISouth AmericaI Central America and the Twin Cities. This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area. 358 Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development Interdisciplinary readings conned experiences and direct observation with theory and research on the impact of race, class and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competingtheories and strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined and assessed in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challengeit. 359 Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying -at times competing-views on the Twin Cities "civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for explaining and overcoming it. 399 Internships (2 credits) Internshipsplace students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 24 hours a week Coursework also includes readings, seminar discussion, field assignments and writing to meet the objectives of the internship. n. SGWDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM(SUST) This interdisciphary field learning program is at the University of Oslo and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia. 372 Norwegian Language Intensivelanguage instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying Norwegian literature. Note: For Language credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of the Foreign Language Department. 377 Scandinavia in the World Global perspedives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, EastWest relations, European security, trade and the Thii World. Emphasis on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for discussionswith advocates of competing perspectives. 393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a variety of media. 394 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformationsfrom rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative perspective. 499 Independent Study Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of conducting Independent Study research, using Norwegian language skills, on a topic approved by the SUST Program Director and the appropriatehome college faculty adviser. III.SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMEER (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program is located in either Quito, Ecuador, or Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon urbanization and developmentin the Third World. 261 Spanish Language All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an Independent Study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS program and field work. 361 Introduction to Latin America Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics, culture and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus on economic development issues, theories and models applicable to Latin America. 362 Urbanization in Latin America The development of cities and implicationsfor social change in Latin America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, govenunental policies'and urban elites. Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared and applied to Latin America. 363 Wealth, Poverty and Community Development The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on field study in bamo communities and site visits to public and private agenciesdealing with urban problems. 499 Independent Study Studentswith advanced Spanish a= required to prepare an Independent Study research paper. Depending on the topic and resources required, supervision by a professional at a local college or research institution or by SAUS faculty. N.CITY ARE This program studies the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich sources for the program. 330 Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures Exploration of the life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers and community organizers for understanding the difkrencesbetween formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events. 331 The Politics of Artistic Expression Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films and discussions integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism. 399 Internships (2 Credits) Internshipsinvolve participation in an ongoing project with an individual artist, community organizer, art group or organization for the purpose of learning about life and work in that setting. The form and placement varies with each student's goals, needs and experiences. A Spring semester interdisciplinaryprogram that examines relationships among literature, ideology and society and how these shape perceptions of socialrealities. 360 Latin American Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change Study of selected literary works that illustrate s d &ties and express a variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change. Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as manikted in major artistic periods. 364 Latin American Arts and Society Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among art, ideology and society. Intensive readings include works by theorists from Europe, the U.S. and Latin America. 367 Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependencia and Marxism. 499 Independent Study All students prepare an Independent Study paper on a topic and design approved in advance. Topics can include Latin American literature and others appropriate for Spanish language credit. (See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies (INS)).In the ACTC Class Schedule, Minority Studies courses are listed under Ethnic Studies. Music has the power to move and change us. Whether we experience music as a listener, teacher or performer, it adds a significant and satisfying dimension to our lives. As a college of the church, Augsburg celebrates the study of music as one of the @Is of God. Music in the Christian liberal arts setting reflects Augsburg's mission of educating the whole person. The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human history and culture. In addition, all students of the College community have the opportunity of participating in choral and instrumental ensembles which perform locally, nationally and internationally. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education needs of students and offers professional training in music. The Music major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with preparation for a wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Studentsmay choose from among four maprs in three degree programs: Bachelor of Arts-Music Major; Bachelor of Music-Performance Major; Bachelor of Music-Music Education Major, and Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy Major. In addition to opportunitiesas professional musicians, teachers of music, and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers. Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts mapr as an excellent preparation for satisfymgand effective service in many occupational areas. I 1 Music Faculty: Thomas Rossin (Chairperson), Trudi Anderson, Laine Bryce, John Dunham, Stephen Gabrielsen, Andy Heglund, Mary Homzaniecki, Kenneth Huber, Robert Karlkn, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz,Cynthia Lohman, Steven Lund, Charles McDonald, Roberta Metzler, Celeste (YBrien, Gordon W. Olson, Lila Olson, Sandra Powers, Nicholas Raths, Robert Stacke, George Stahl, Angela Wyatt Music Coordinato~Mary Ella Pratte Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program. Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (LevelI1 repertoire) in their mapr performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, to the Department before the end of their second semester of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies. Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarshipmust have the recommendation of their ensemble director or private lesson instructor. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, s u b j j to Departmental approval of a performance hearing and petition during their first semester in residence. All transfer students must take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of MUS 101 or 102. Music Education majors must apply, by petition, to the Department during the sixth term of study. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply to the Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure program. Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses are necessary for the education licensure program. All other music major and minor candidates must apply, by petition, to the Department prior to registration for Upper Division courses. Auditions for memberships in ensembles are scheduled, followingapplication, during summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration, or during the first week of the school year. Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble; conducting an ensemble concert; or combinations of the above. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. Core Curriculum (requiredof all majors): 101,102,111,112,201,211,231,232,311, 312,341,342 or 344; eight quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance Studies and recital quirements as given under each specific degree and major. (See Applied Music section.) French or German study as stated in general education requirements. Bachelor of Arts Music Major: Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often choose this course of study. Requirements: 13course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music elective; Performance Studies -six quarter courses and two half courses in the major instrument or voice, two quarter courses in the minor jnstrument or voice and a half senior recital (Music 458); keyboard proficiency and passing three Music Repertoire tests.Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. Requirements for the Music Minor: Six course credits: 101,102,111,112; 231 or 232; 341; 342 or 344;four consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with four quarter courses in Performance Studies.Music minors must pass one Music Repertoire test. Bachelor of Music Music Education Major: Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementarythrough the secondary levels. Requirements: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202,212; Performance Studies -two quarter courses, four half courses, two full courses in the mapr instrument or voice; two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a half junior recital (MUS 358) and a full senior recital (MUS 459); improvisation compe tency on mapr instrument or voice; keyboard proficiency, passing three Music Repertoire tests, and achieving a cumulative GPA of 2 5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Vocal emphasis -MUS 251,252,253,254,435 Instrumental emphasis -MUS 151,155, and one course credit of music elective Other requirements:10 and onehalf course credits: HPE 114,115; PSY 105; EDS 265,354,355,356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the Education Department, Music Department Student Handbook and program adviser. Music Performance Major: Designed for students who display advanced compe tence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosen by students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance. Requirements: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202,212; Performance Studies-two quarter courses and six full courses in the mapr instrument or voice; two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior recitals 358,459; keyboard proficiencytest, passing three Music Repertoire tests and achieving a cumulativeGPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. Vocal Emphasie MUS 251,252,253,254,435, one course of music elective, two courses of French or German above the B.A. requirements. Piano or Organ Emphasis- 301,302,436,456, one-half course credit of music elective. Instrumental Emphasis MUS 301,302, one and onehalf course credits of music electives. Bachelor of Science Music Therapy Major: Fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and prepares students for the professional certification examination developed by the Certification Board for Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become registered music therapists. Requirements: 18course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music elective; two of 151,155,156; 271,274,275,372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479; Performance Studies -six quarter courses in the mapr instrument or voice, two quarter COW in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency, passing three Music Repertoire tests, and achieving a minimum grade of 2.5 in each music therapy course. Other require ments: EDS 282,356,357,358; PSY105,362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination. Applied Music Ensembles (MUD: One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members of mapr ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music maprs and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading, or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Performance Studies for credit:Four synergistic elements are required -lessons, jury examination at end of each semester, performance workshop, and listening attendance at concerts, recitals and performance workshops). Areas of Concentrations The music mapr/minor student must declare an area of concentration. A secondary area, required of Music Education students, necessitates additional lessons, jury examination and performance. Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit -one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week. One quarter course credit -one half-hour lesson and four hours of practice per week One half course credit -two half-hour lessons and eight hours of practice per week One course credit -two half-hour lessons and twelve hours of practice per week. Performances: All students registered in PerformanceStudies for credit must perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a faculty panel, and additional performances as required by the instructor. Listening: All students registered in Performance Studies for credit are required to attend eight designated music events during each semester. Failure to attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, mapr ensemble concerts, or other designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in Performance Studies. Music maprs must pass a total of three Music Repertoire tests; music minors must pass one. (Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for contents of Music Repertoire tests.) Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. Performance Major recitals. Concurrent registration in Performance Studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance. Students should carefully read the Music Department Student Handbook and consult continually with their applied teacher. The following guidelines provide an outline of requirements and procedures which must be followed by all recitalists. Departmental Sponsorship Recitals required for the fulfillment of the BM., BA., or B.S. degree requixements or Honors Major will be sponsored by the Music Department. Other student recitals may be departmentally sponsored. Duration and Repertoire Level All departmentally sponsored recitals must be representative of the academic guidelines set forth in the College Catalog and Repertoire Lists available in the Music Department. 1.B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS358) will be one-half hour in duration, and will be at repertoire Level 111for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level IV for Music Performance majors. 2. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in duration at repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level V for Music Performance majors. 3. B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS458) will be one-half hour in duration at repertoire Level 111. Keyboard Proficiency: B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by passing the Piano Proficiency test. (Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for contents of Piano Proficiency test.) Many music courxs are offered in alternate years. Consult the ACTC Class Schedule or the Music Department for course offeringsin each term. Theory 101 Materials of Music 1 (112 course) Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. 102 Materials of Music 11 (112 course) Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. Aural Skills 1 (1/2 course) Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: concurrent registration in or completion of 101) Aural Skills 11 (1/2 course) Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102. (Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102) Materials of Music 111 (1/2 course) Continuation of 102with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102) Form and Analysis (1/2 course) Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th Century practice. (Prereq.: 201) Aural Skills 111 (1/2 course) Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201. (Prereq.: 112and concurrent registration in or completion of 201) Aural Skills IV (1/2 course) Further developmentof listening skills to parallel progress in 202. (Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion of 202) Counterpoint 1 (1/2 course) 16th through 18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint, pasacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201,211) Counterpoint 11 (1/2 course) Study of contemporarycounterpoint including works of Soenberg, Bartok, Hidemith, Stravinskyand Carter. (Prereq.: 301) Composition 1 (1/2 course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound,ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. Composition 11 (1/2 course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instmental ensembles of varying sizes and types. Contemporarytechniques, atonal systems and larger forms are studied and used. Basic Conductlng (1/2 course) Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. Choral Conducting (1/2 course) Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. 344 InstrumentalConducting (112 course) Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conductingtechniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. History and Literature 130 Introductionto Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. 230 Electronics in Music Ekploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The study and application of practical eledronictechnology used in music will be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. For non-music majors. 231 History and Literature of Music I A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.:112, 201) 232 History and Literature of Music II Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.:112,201) 330 Ethnic Music Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For the general as well as the music student. The following four half courses a~ extensive studies of special eras in the history of music. (Prereq.:231,232) 331 Music of the Baroque Era (1/2 course) 332 Music of the Classical Period (1/2 course) 333 Music of the Romantic Period (112 course) 334 Music of the 20th Century (112 course) 432 Church Music and Worship Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemp* rary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student. 435 Voice Repertoire (1I2 course) Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232) 436 Piano Repertoire (112 course) Study of the piano literature from the 17th Century to the present by listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.:231,232) 498 lndependent Study (1/2 course ) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. 499 lndependent Study Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. Technique 151,152 Voice Methods (114 course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. 155,156 Piano Methods (1I4 course) Basic keyboard familiarity,simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to meet specific degree requirements. (Prereq.: MUS 101) 157,158 Guitar Methods (114 course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. 251 English Diction (114 course) Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all students rqjstered for vocal instruction. The following three quarter courses are continuations of 251 with application for the Italian, German and French languages. 252 Italian Diction (1I4 course) (Prereq.:251) 253 German Diction (114 course) (Prereq.:251) 254 French Diction (114 course) (Prereq.: 251) 358 Junior Recital B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level III for Music Education Majors; full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No course credit. 456 Piano Pedagogy (1/2 course) Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 458 Senior Recftal Half recital by BA. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level 111. No course d t . 459 Senior Recital (1 12course credit) B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by faculty committee.Repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and Level V for Music Performance maprs. Therapy 110 Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview A survey of the music therapy programs in Minnesota, with field trips to various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores consideringmusic therapy as a major to give students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim only) 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (112 course) Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applicationsof recreational music activities to cliical settings. 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 372 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and developmentof an experimental research project. 373 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinaryapproach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 472 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of music therapy. 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar Class discussionsof theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music. 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (114 course each) Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two hours per week. (Prenq.:three of 274,275,374,375) 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (112 course) Full-time placement in an NAMT Internship setting for six months. Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements) These musical organizationsexist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of Fall semester or by arrange ment with the ensenibledirector. Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year which, on occasion, includesInterim. While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chapel Choir will satisfy the major, minor or distribution/general education requirements. Instruments are available for rent. 111 Augsburg Choir (114 course) 112 Chapel Choir (Y4 course) 114 Advent Vespers Choir (0) 121 Orchestra (Y4 course) 122 String Ensemble (0) 131Woodwind Ensemble (0) 141 Concert Band (Y4 course) 142 Brass Ensemble (0) 143 Jazz Ensemble (0) Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor. AU lessons are adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations:No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor -Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors -Enter I and attain III; B.M. Education Major -Enter I1 and attain IV;B.M. Performance Major -Enter 11 and attain V. l l x Voice 14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone,Baritone, Tuba 12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello, 15x Piano Bass 13x Woodwinds: Oboe,Bassoon, Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute Recorder, Horn 4 16x Guitar Percussion 18x Organ 19x Harp Note carefully the following provisions: 1.Performance study registration occurs the first week of classes. 2. Senior music maprs who have attained a cumulative GPA average of 3.0 in their mapr instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarshipwhich provides for free lessons in that mapr medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Similar scholarships are available to entering freshmen. 3. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Any lessons during the Interim or Summer are arranged privately with the teacher. 4. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. 5. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department. The Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to provide strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements. The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the distribution/general education requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors,the courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is essential. Arlin Gyberg, Coordinator Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates in: Life Science, grades 7-12 Life Science (minor), grades 7-12 Physical Science (Chemistry major or Physics major), grades 7-12 Chemistry (minor),grades 7-12 Physics (minor), grades 7-12 Middle School Science, grades 5 9 Broad Base Requirement: Seven courses: two in Earth Science (Astronomy or Meteorology, Geology), two in General Biology, three in Physical Science (Physics for the Life Sciences or a year of General Physics, and two courses of General Chemistry). Biology Major (For licensure in L ife Science):The Broad Base requirement plus eight courses: seven BIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the following p u p s : 0351 (Invertebrate Zoology) or 353 (Comparative Vertebrate Zoology), (ID 355 (Genetics) or 474 (DevelopmentalBiology), (III)361 (Plant Biology) or 481 (Ecology), (W) 471 (Cellular Biology) or 473 (Animal Physiology), (V) 440 (Plant Physiology)or 476 (Microbiology),and one course in Organic Chemistry. Chemistry Major (For licensure in Physical Science):The graduation major in Chemistry: CHM 115,116 (GeneralChemistry) (or 105,106), 351,352 (Organic Chemistry), 353 (QuantitativeAnalytical Chemistry), 361 (PhysicalChemistry), 363 (PhysicalChemistry Laboratory), one Advanced Chemistry course, and Chemistry Seminar.In addition, a year of General Physics and two additional physics courses above General Physics. Modern Physics and Electronics are recommended. Physics Major (For licensure in Physical Science): The graduation major in Physics: PHY 121,122 (General Physics), 245 (ModernPhysics), 351 (MechanicsI), 362 (Electromagnetic F'ields I), 395 (ComprehensiveLaboratory) and three additional courses to be selected from 261 (Electronics),352 (MechanicsII), 363 (Electromagnetic Fields 11), 481 (Thermal Physics), 486 (Quantum Physics D, and 488 (Quantum Physics II). In addition, a year of General Chemistry and one course each of Organic Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry. Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, Broad Base Requirement plus seven courses in Biology; for Chemistry, the Chemistry minor-and an additional Upper Division course; for Physics, the Physics Minor plus one additional course above PHY 122. Science (For Middle School Licensure -grades 5-9): Broad Base Requirement and an additional seven Natural Science courses, two in Earth Science (Meteorology and Mineralogy or equivalent), two Biology courses above General Biology, and three in Physical Science, at least one each in Chemistry and Physics above the level of General Chemistry or General Physics. Note: This is not a Natural Science major; it is a program for licensure. Students must still complete a college major. Professional nursing is a scholarly discipline that offers a unique service to individuals, families and communities as they pursue goals to promote, maintain or restore their health. This service, as defined by the profession, is the diagnosis and treatment of human responses to actual or potential health problems. The xope of professional nursing practice is changing and expanding. Nurses are being called on to function in a variety of settings that differ from those in the past. Today nurses work not only in hospitals and clinics but in corporations, government agencies, communities and their own independent practices; they are direct care-givers, researchers, teachers, leaders, managers, administrators and consultants. The expanding practice of professional nursing mpkes practitioners who are liberally educated in the humanities, in the natural and social sciences and in nursing theory and methodology, and who are critical thinkers and ethical decision-makers.The nursing major, informed by study in the liberal artstradition and nursing theory, process, and research, prepares registered nurses for professional practice based on knowledge, reasoned inquiry and professional values. Augsburg's nursing program, leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Nursing, is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse registration in Minnesota. With one additional course, they are eligible to apply for School Nurse certification. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 25; a w e n t license to practice as a registered nurse in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward distribution/general education requirements as well as toward admission to the major. All prerequisite courses must be taken using the traditional grading system and must have been completed at the 2.0 level or above. Courses with grades below 2.0 must be repeated or challenged satisfactorily. In addition, applicants must validate their theoretical knowledge via written testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course, or an acceptableequivalent All students are required to take the NLN Baccalaureate Comprehensive Examination during the last semester of their senior year. Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Marian Enos, Sharon Ostwald, Pamela Weiss-Faman, Teri Welcher Major: 10 courses in Nursing including 305,306,310,311,330,350,403, 404,423, 427; an approved Upper Division science course; and an ethics course, either PHI 380 or REL 483. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and the required science and ethics courses, and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of the Level I and Level I1 courses of study are required. Courses in the Nursing major are offered on weekends with clinical courses requiring additional weekday time. The courses are designed so that the mapr may be completed within three years. However, more time may be required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of d t s transferred from other colleges or universities.Studentsin nursing may take non-nursing courses in both day school and Weekend College. Students interested in pursuing the Nursing mapr should consult with an adviser from the Nursing Department for program planning. Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; applicationto the Department Chairperson by November 1of the senior year; recommendation by Nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis. 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication This is a transitional course that introduces the componentsof the pro& sional role and begins the professional wcialkation process. The communicative process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse client relationship is negotiated. Interactive, group, and learning theories are explored for their applicabilityto changing professional ro1'es and practice. A teaching project is required. (Rereq. or current enrollment: an a p proved Upper Division science class) 306 Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development is provided in this course. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process format. Clinical application of a holistic health assessment is required. (kereq.:305) 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuseson community health delivery systems and the practice of public health nursing. Concepts of health are examined as they apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content includes the assessment of an elderly person and definition of a framework for the assessment of a specific community. Ethical issues related to community health decision-making with aggre gate groups are explored. (Prereq.: 330) Community Health Nursing II: Practicum* This course provides a clinical experiencein the practice of public health nursing in which the student provides direct care to culturally diverse clients and groups. The student will provide care to both disease and disability and health promotion clients. The student will analyze a specific community system and the community's provision of health related s e ~ c e s(Prereq.: . 310) Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice. (Prereq.: 306; PHI 380 or REL 483 or concurrent enrollment) Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and the methods appropriate to nursing are emphasized in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq.: 330) Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families This course provides a theoretical basis for nursing of culturally diverse families throughout the life span. Content includes family as a social system and explores theories related to family structure and functioning as well as families with psychosocial problems. Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq.: 350. To be taken prior to or concurrentlywith 423.) Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management as emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Prereq.:403) Practicum In Nursing I: Nursing of the Family* This is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunityto apply content from 403 in providing nursing care to complex families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.: 403 or concurrent enrollment) Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership and Management* This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.: 404) Topics in Nursing This course is designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and interests of the students and faculty. (Prereq.: Senior standing or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives and methods of evaluation prior to registration. *If the pracficums in nursing me not taken concurrently with their respectice theory courses, students me required to consult zvithfaculty prior to registration regarding reztiezv of the theoretical content. The Philosophy Department assists students to understand issues raised in the traditional areas of philosophy. To this end, we consider problems of knowledge and questions of truth, the nature of reality, the basis of values and rules for correct reasoning. Our goals am to instill in students a love of truth, to inspire a curiosity about the sipficance and meaning of the world they experience and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative synthesis. The liberal arts curriculum provides an opportunity for students to explore different aspects of the world from a variety of perspectives or disciplines. Philosophy plays a central role in the liberal arts by encouraging students to explore questions about themselves, human experience, right and wrong, the world and God.Ekpmng with two Somatic principles: "The unexamined life is not worth living" and l'Know yourself," the study of philosophy assists students in the realization of their unique potential for understanding and self-fulfillment Four courses in the history of philosophy -begmmng with the ancient Greeks and Romans and continuing through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to the present -form the core of the philosophy program. In these courses students are taught how to read, understand and criticize great texts of Western civilization. In addition, students have the opportunity to explore the relation of philosophy to other disciplines and to take advanced seminarsin special topics. This major has been carefully planned so that students can easily have two majors. Though some majors go on to graduate school in philosophy, most use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine or the Christian ministry. Many enter the marketplace, confident that the study of philosophy has given them the ability to think critically. I Philosophy Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiierson), David Apolloni, Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer, Paul Holmer Major: Nine courses, including 230,241,242,343,344, and a course in the 400s (other than 499). Five of the courses must be Upper Division. Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the Philosophy faculty.Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the Department. Minor: Five courses including two from 241,242,343, and 344. I 110 Introduction to Philosophy Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunityto examine critically some of the ideas basic to Western culture. The purpose of this course is to provide the student with some experience in examining ideas and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 120 Ethics Ethics studies our moral beliefs, helping studentsto consider the basis which they use to make moral judgments. The course explores the rnapr philosophical approachesto evaluating moral actions and then applies these approaches to contemporary personal and social moral issues. This enables students to be aware of the nature of value disputes, the different perspectives taken and the reasoning used to resolve them. Throughout the course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking 120 may not take 125. 125 Ethics and Human Identity This course is a philosophical study of the role of human understanding, feelings and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. We begin by asking what the end or purpose of human life is, assessing the role of reason, will and passion with respect to this end, and then deciding on the moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. The topic of friendship and human loves is investigated next. The course ends with an analysis of human happiness. Students taking 125 may not take 120. 230 Logic Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn the rules which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course focuses on inductive reasoning. 241 History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical thought in Western civilization. In this course students will read and analyze some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle. In addition, other philosophical schools of thought in the ancient world will be studied: Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplatonism, in order to familiarizethe student with the other elements that constitute classical philosophy. 242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages was a period of great synthesisof elements of Christian revelation, classical philosophy and Islamic culture. In this course students will read writings by St. Anselm, St. Bonaventure, Occam, St. Thomas Aquinas, Hildegard and Nicholas of Cusa in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructinga Christian philosophy. Sincethe Renaissance intensified the medieval synthesis, students willbe exposed to the thought of Pico, Ficino and Bruno. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 343 Historyof Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Does knowledge begin with innate ideas or with experience? Can we get beyond our own concepts to know the world itself! What is an idealistic view of the world? This course studies the mapr rationalists of the 17th Century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz), the mapr empiricists of the 18th Century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy and 19th Century Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzxhe). (Suggestedprior course, 241 or 242) 344 History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy What lies behind 20th Century philosophys love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism and phenomenology. (Suggested prior course, 241,242 or 343) 350 Philosophy of Religion What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Are miracles possible? Are we really immortal? We will conduct a systematicinquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Cross-listed with Religion 350) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianismand Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy) 360 Political Philosophy By studying the writings of political philosophers from antiquityup to the modem period, students will be asked to examine crucial questions concerning the organization of human society.The relation of the nature of the state to religion, the home and the aty will be looked at through the eyes of Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli. 365 Philosophy of Science The course explores whether scientists' knowledge of the world is profoundly different from and better than that of the nonscientist, what constitutes scientific knowledge and the degree of certainty yielded by the methods used by scientists to attain knowledge. In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 230 or one course in natural science) 370 Existentialism Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary -of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested:one prior course in philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem or interdisciplinaryproblems. S e m iformat. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggestedprior courses: any from 241,242,343,344 or consent of instructor) 430 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242,343 or consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. See Health and Physical Education Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinatingand expanding area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributesto society's understandingof such areas as energy, weather, medical science and space exploration Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing M e n g e , the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects challenges to arise, be met and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmentalscience, engineering and medical and health related fields. In addition, the Physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportiverole for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer science. The Department also supervises the Pre-Engineeringprogram with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelois and the advanced degree levels. The Department maintains active research programs through its Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several students work each academic year and summer as research assistants in these efforts, which are supported by NASA, the National Science Foundation and other federal agencies. The Department also administers Augsburg College's portion of funds designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, fundedby NASA. Cooperative Education, Internship and Undergraduate Research programs provide opportunitiesfor students to apply their physical science knowledge and problem solving skills in practical situations in industrial, govemmental and academic settings. Studentsmay participate in alternating term Co-op programs or work part-time during two or moR academic terms. Internship opportunitiesalone generally involve only one semester. The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the non-science students that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to follow new developments with some degree of comp~hension. Physics Faculty Kenneth Erickson (Chairperson),Stuart Anderson, Mark Engebretson, JeffreyJohnson, Robert Stenstrom,William Momma. Physics Research Staff: Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson, Miriam Peterson, David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences Research Group, Augsburg College Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences. BA. Major:Nine courses, including 121,122,245,351,362,363,395 and 3% (onehalf course each), plus two courses above 122. B.S. Major: 12courses, including 121,122,245,261,351,352,362,363,395 and 396 (one-half course each), and 486, plus two courses above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required. B.S. Major with Concentrationin Space Physics: 13courses, including 121,122, 245,261,320,351,352,362,363,395 and 3% (one-half course each). 420 and 486, plus one course above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the Physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124or 145, 125or 146, and PHY 121,122 during the freshman year, and MAT 224 or 245 and 226 or 247 during the sophomoreyear. Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the Catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Honors Major: A GPA of 3 5 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. Minor: Five courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122. Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class. 101 Astronomy A descriptivecourse covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In addition the course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical instnunents are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron and a threeinch Questar. Night viewing and laboratory sessions are important components of the course. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) 103 Conceptual Physics An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a broad survey of physics. The course stresses a hands-on intuitive a p proach to physics and is designed to serve students in biology and education. (ll-me onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 111) 106 Introductory Meteorology A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.The course is designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for kderstanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tomadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts, cyclones and optical phenomena of the sky. Laboratory exercises are included as an integral part of the course. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution/generaleducation requirement for the liberal arts student. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of 20th Century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modem society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (Three onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Praeq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) 121,122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism and optics. Designed for Physics majors, Pre-Engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. ('Tluee one-hour lectures, %hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 124 or 145, or concurrent registration) 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore physics as a major and consider its career alternatives. Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modem physics from an historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of, quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. F'rereq.: 122) 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 103,111 or 122; and MAT 122or 125 or 146) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 320 Introductionto Space Science A survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms and magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation and a m r a . (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245) 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics An introduction to mathematical physics at an intermediate level, with emphasis on functions which have been developed to aid in analyzing problems in physics and engineering. Beginning with a review of complex numbers and partial differentiation, topics include Fourier series, series solution of selected differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal functions, partial differential equations and functions of a complex variable. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 122or consent of instructor, MAT 224 or 245 or equivalent.) 351,352 Mechanics I, II A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (Three orle-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226 or 247) 362,363 ElectromagneticFields I, II The classical electromagneticfield theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's kuations, electric and magnetic properties of materials and the theory of electromagneticradiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226 or 247) 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory (112 course each) An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics and modem physics. (One threehour laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor) 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of physics with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, intaestd students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 420 Plasma Physics A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma parameters, plasma drifts and particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, kinetic theory, and Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution function and Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, plasma waves and instabilities and transport processes. The applicationsof plasma physics to laboratory and space plasmas will be emphasized. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 362,363 or concurrent registration) 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperatureis an important variable. The subject is developed from two independentyet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamicsand the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 351) 486 Quantum Physics I A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Sduoedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, angular momentum and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. (Three onehour lecture. Prereq.: 295, 351) 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:486) 499 Independent Study An opportunity for students to explore systematicallya problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval. P O ~SCIENCE L DEP- (POL) Firmly grounded in the liberal artstradition, political science has mots in the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and sigruficanceof authority in human affairs establish the focusof political science; because politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human concerns. As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives. The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and values, investigatepolitical cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare political systems and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history and sociology to the study of politics. Providing work in several sub-fields of political science, the major supplies the breadth appropriate for graduate work in the discipline, as well as in public adminstration, public policy analysis, law and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service, business, communications and other fields. Lqplative and other Intemships, as well as si@cant independent research projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg Political Science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career. Augsburg Political Science students have the benefit of an experienced faculty that brings a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as speual strengthsin interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media, communism, and American public law. The Departmental faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, involving as it does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important as@ of liberal learnings. Political Science Faculty Norma Noonan (Chairpason), Milda Hedblom, Andrew Aoki, Philip Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten, William Morris, Myles Stenshoel Major: Nine courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 122or 160 or 170; 158; 484; and at least five other Upper Division courses in fourout of five political science areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. Honors Major:The Honors Mapr in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's gradepoint average must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Departmental Chairperson. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. Minor: Five courses, including 121or 122or 170; 158; and at least three Upper Division courses in three out of five political science areas. Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics, (ID Comparative Politics and Analysis, (III) InternationalPolitics, (IV)Public Law and (V)Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements. Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a Political Sciencemajor in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas, the pattern of participation, the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking, and current issues in American society. 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors and strudures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizingpolitical and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor.) E 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizingpublic opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest p u p s and media in presidential elections (optionalin nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of electionyears.) 342 Mass Communications In Society Effects of mass communicationson individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking entertainmentand public affairs programming. gunior and senior students only.) 370 Constitutional Law (See Section IV for description.) 371 Topics in Constitutional Law (See Section IV for description.) 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executiveor judicial process and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus;topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.:one course in political science or consent of instructor. On demand.) II. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process, with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporaryissues. 350 Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:one course in political science or consent of instructor) 351 Communist Political Systems A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other Communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (F'rereq.: one course in politid science or consent of instructor) 359 Topics: Women In Comparative Politics Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes will vary. (Prereq.: One course in political science or consent of instructor) 459 Topics in Comparative Politics Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons of political p m s s e s such as political participation, communications, political developments, political change and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor. On demand.) Ill. lnternational Politics 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations and a focus on recent problems. 363 Communist Foreign Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) 461 Topics in lnternational Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) 490 Seminar in lnternational Relations Capstone semjnar for students mapring in International Relations; analysis of some methods for studying internationalrelations; analysis of mapr trends; senior thesis. Open to other studentsby consent of instructor. (kereq.: four courses in the International Relations sequence) IV. Public Law 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law The legal-plitical-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor) 371 Topics in Constitutional Law Selected topics in Constitutional Law, especially Civil Rights. Content will vary, defined by the subtitle of the course. (preq.: 170 or consent of -. -.--, :- -. 375 Media Regulation, Law, and Ethics A study of key issues and contemporaryconflicts in media ethics and regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about content in the media, access to the media and ownership of the media. Alternative justifications and critiques of mass media systems will be examined. (Prereq.: Lower Division political science course, speech/communications course, SPC/POL 342, or permission of instructor) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section 11for description) A study of influential political philosophers, emphasiig the values, goals and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) 381 Topics in DemocraticTheory A study of democratic theory. The s u b j j matter will vary and be defined by the subtitle of the course: American political thought, comparative democratic theory, etc. (prereq.:one course in political science or consent of instructor) 382 Marxist Theory: From Marx to Mao Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.:158or consent of instructor) 484 Political Analysis Seminar An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; mapr research required. (F'rereq.:SOC 362 Statistical Analysis; 158and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor) VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the Department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception.) 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (On demand) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 399 lnternshlp Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prerq.: consent of instructor. P/Ngrading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception) 484 Political Analysis Seminar An analysis of &fferent approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examinationof the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research required. (Prereq.: SOC 362 Statistical Analysis; 158and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor) 490 Seminar in International Relations (See W o n 111for description) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerningterms and subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independentlydesigned course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, s y m p sia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional College resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 IndependentStudy Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (prey.: consent of instructor) Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studyinghow people cope with their environment and interact with each other. The Department's courseshave three basic goals: (1)to introduce the student to the m m n t information and methods in psychology as well as earlier approaches to psychological questions; (2) to develop the ability to analyze, interpret and evaluate behavioral researchIand (3) to provide practice in the application of these principles. The Department program provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas. Cooperative Education and Internships are designed to provide students with practical pre-professional experience.On-thepb experience gives students the opportunity to test career fields and develop professional contacts. Psychologistsuse a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology, human development, personality and computer applications. The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving approach, the acquisition of information about human development and interaction, and the development of human relations skills can be beneficial in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and government, as well as in careers such as research, law and medicine. Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire practical, pre-professional experienceand develop professional contacts. This program mutually benefits the students and the community. I I Psychology Faculty Nancy Steblay (Chairperson),Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson Major: 10 courses including 105,230,330,381,399, and 493. A minimum of five courses must be from Augsburg. Students are also acpeded to select one course from the Developmental/Personalitycourses and other electives to complete the mapr. Not more than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward requirements for a mapr. It is recommended that Psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests in psychology; for example, areas such as business administration, biology or communication.AU psychology maprs must have an adviser in the Psychology Department. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the mapr program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the Department Chairperson for more detailed requirements. Minor: Five courses including 105, with a minimum of two courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor. 101 Self-Identity and Values A study of self-identity and values as related to personal l i i . This course uses a psychological perspective to explore the role of the individual in the larger social context. Major topics include the acquisition, develop ment and evolution of self-identity and values and the influence of sex roles. (This course does not substitute for PSY 105as a prerequisiteto Upper Division psychology courses.) 102 The Individual in a Social World An investigation of the behavior of the individual as it occurs in social environments. Examples of human behavior which are best understood through analysis of both individual and social factors will serve as the course framework. The scientific method is emphasized as an aid in understandingissues of influence in social systems, with major topics including attitude formation and group processes. (This course does substitute for PSY 105as a prerequisiteto Upper Division psychology courses.) 105 Principles of Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Application of psychological concepts to everyday situations is emphasized. 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty adviser and site supervisor design a lezrning agreement which enables the student to explore psychology as a possible major and consider its career options. See PSY 399 for additional information. (Prereq.: 102or 105 and one other psychology course) 230,330 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in such areas as human learning, problem solving, social psychology and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in Psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence;230 must precede 330; 330 should be taken in the term immediately following 230. (Prereq.: 102or 105and MPG III) 251 Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmentalinformation and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience.Topics include: adaptationto novel environments, machine intelligence and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.:102or 105. On demand) 299 Directed Study Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. (Prereq.: 102or 105) 325 Social Behavior Social factors which influence individual and group behavior in naturalis- tic and experimental settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition, affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child developmentand behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing developmental sequence and continuity.Inquiry into practical implications and applicationsof data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Considerationof data and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to developmentduring the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Brain 81Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 102 or 105)Additional lab hours required. (On demand) Environmental Psychology This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence which the environment, both natural and human-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmentalstress; territoriality; defensible space and crime; and specific environments such as rooms, buildings and cities. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Learning Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 102or 105) PsychologicalAssessment Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence. (Prereq.: 102or 105. On demand) Personality An introduction to the field of personality study including theory, research, assessment and contemporary applications. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Behavior Disorders An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. (F'rereq.: 102or 105) Psychology of Gender A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex difkrences and roles, the effed of society upon values and goals, differentiallegal status of each sex and psychophysiologicaldata bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.:102 or 105 or consent of instructor) Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizationalbehavior. A study of the individual, groups, structure, change and developmentin organizations. (Prereq.: 102 or 105) Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical developmentof psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses) Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty adviser and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the principles and methods of psychology with the opportunities available at the placement. Prior to the be$nning of registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. (Prereq.:junior class standing and four psychology courses) Program Evaluation The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for social improvement.Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency.The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evalukion. The role of evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC 362;SOC 363.O n demand) Counseling Psychology Principles, methods and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: three psychology courses and junior class standing) Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 102 or 105 and consent of instructor) Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: five psychology courses) 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed Study. Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from which to undertake its educational task The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a degree much greater than is sometimes recogruzed. They have affected and continue to influence language, literature, history, values and political structures. The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of biblical history and that of the Christian church and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought. While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes more thanis represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions. Coursesin religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of the Department that students will become better acquainted with the content and character of the Christian faith, enabling them to reflect theologically on their own religious commitment. The College offers both a major and a minor in Religion. Studentswho wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriatefor that purpose. Religion Faculty: Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson),John Benson, Bradley Holt, Lynne Lorenzen, Curtis Peter, William Russell, Eugene Skibbe Major: Eight courses, including 111,221,356,481 and 495, the seminar especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking the seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the Department Chairperson. Only one Interim course may be applied to the major. One Upper Division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Religion Major with a Concentrationin Youth and Family Minis* This major requires nine courses including an Internship. In addition to the courses required for a Religion mapr, namely REL 111,221,356,481 and 495, the following are required: REL 342,343,415, and a supervised Internship in the Youth and Family area. Consultation with one of the staff members in the Youth and Family Institute is required in order that proper preparation in discipline areas outside the Department of Religion may be achieved. Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, five courses in reliion are required: 111,221,362, The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a public school setting and in a Christian Day School. This program prepares students who are intmsted in teaching in Christian day schools, particularly those of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, although participation is not limited to such schools. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; research project approved by the Department and colloquium with the Department. Minor: Five courses. Not more than one Interim course may be counted for the minor. Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All maprs are urged to consult with the Department Chairperson. 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 199 Internship Internship on Lower Division level. 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation.The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. 231 Religion in African-American History (See INS Minority Studies.) 299 Directed Study Independent Study on Lower Division level. 342 Theology of Youth and Family Living Contemporarytheories of youth and family living are examined within the context of Christian teachings. Emphasis will be placed on individual development at every age, how individuals relate in systems and how Christian ideas intersect to enhance the functioningof families, particularly in relationshipto current crises in teenagers &d families. Theology of Marriage The Christian tradition provides the opportunityfor wholeness by promising forgiveness of unworthy aspects of oneself, access to God's love, and greater acceptanceof one's spouse. In this course, parallel concepts of psychological wholeness, in the Jungiantradition, and of repentance and forgiveness in the Christian tradition are applied to marital relationships. Philosophy of Religion (See Philosophy Department) Denominationsand Religious Groups in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. Survey of Church History A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation and modem periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state and the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. The Church in the First Four Centuries A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianityin conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship. Also includes the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the 16thCentury.Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. Religlon In America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominationsand the responses of religion to the challengesof its environing culture. Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) The Church and Social Change in Latin America (See Global Education, Program in Global Community) American Indian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought (See INS,American Indian Studies) Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester junior standing and satisfy Department guidelines. The Gospels and Personality Theory The ministry of Christ, as recorded in the Gospels, will be studied as a context and foundation for the maximum utilization of personality theory In effectively responding to contemporaryissues of teenagers such as food disorders, suicide, addictions and perfectionism, among others. Eastern Orthodoxy This course will explore the history, theology, and liturgical life of the Eastern Orthodox Christian Church. Theology and history will be considered primarily from the perspective of those Christians who live in Greece, Turkey, Bulgaria, Romania, Yugoslavia and Czechoslovakia, with special attention to the Orthodox Church in the Soviet Union. Church Music and Worship (See Music Department.) Feminism and Christianity This course will consider the centralideas of Christianityand feminism and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor. Jesus and His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretationsgiven the person of Jesus, includingthe "quest for the historical Jesus." Theology of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church and some of the themes found in his writings. The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature.The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. Judaism A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Sodety annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the Religion Department. Contemporary Theology An introductionto some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociologicaldynamics. Emphasis on developing a c o m c t i v e perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Psychology of Rellglon and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the view of human nature. Special attention will be given traditional -tian to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. Independent Study Limited to students who are Religion majors and satisfy Departmental guidelines. Scandinavian Ama Studies is an interdiscipharyprogram drawing on the combined resourcesof the A C E and the ScandinavianCenter at Augsburg College. An expansion of the curriculum is underway, with plans to introduce new COW in Scandinavian design, political science,social work, history and geography beginning in the 1992-'93 academic year. Major: Eight Upper Division courses. Minor: Four Upper Division courses. Note: At least four of the Upper Division courses required for the mapr must come from the list below. The remainder may be transferred to Augsburg and included in the mapr on approval of the program adviser. Students graduating with a mapr or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavianlanguage. See Norwegian course listings under the Foreign Language Department. Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Scandinavia (see Metro-Urban Studies, SUST), and elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian, history, political science, urban studies, business administration, internationalrelations, sociology or socialwork Frankie Shackelford, Advisor 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the 20th Century.Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Ondemand) 351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel Ledures provide a survey of the Scandinaviannovel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, PZr Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand) 352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bpmson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other 20th Century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinaviandrama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavianlanguage desirable. Language maprs and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (See Department of Religion.) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture (See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.) 3T7 Scandinavia in the World (See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.) 382 Scandinavian Arts (See Department of Art.) 393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change (See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.) 394 Urbanizationand Development in Scandinavia (See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.) 499 Independent Study In consultationwith a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. A student may not list a double major in Social Science ahd in one of the component disciplinesunless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. Khin Khin Jensen, Coordinator Non-WesternMajor: 14 courses: HIS 104; one social science methodology course (ECO 279, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12 courses in at least four disciplines from the following: ECO 112,258; HIS 103,322,323,324,440,474; POL 351,363,382,461; PHI 355; REL 356; SOC 336; seminars, Independent Study or Interim courses on relevant topics in history and/or political science The student planning to fuJfiU this social science major should consult the Chairperson of the Department of History in choosing a major adviser. Studentspreparing to teach social studieson the high &ool lwel must complete, in addition to the professional requirementsto be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. 1 JerryGerasimo, Coordinator Social StudiesTeaching Licensure:Seven courses (ECO 112 or 113, geography, HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336) plus a major in one of five fields economics, history, political science,psychology or sociology. Geology and anthropology are also acceptablefields, although they are not offered as majors on the Augsburg campus. Students consideringa career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. SOCIALWORKDEPARTMEW (SWK) The SocialWork mapr prepares graduates for entry-level professional practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education and leads to a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families, groups, communities and to develop and analyze social policy. Several courses within the program utilize a student empowerment model for teaching and learning. Augsburg's social work mapr also provides a strong foundation for graduate studies in a variety of fields.Augsburg also offers a full-time Master of Social Work d e p e on a weekend schedule. The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts with its emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for socialwork education. As Sir Richard Livingston has said, "A technician is a person who knows everytlung there is to know about his/her p b except its ultimate purpose and social consequence." Effective .socialworkers should not be technicians. Augsburg social work graduates are entry level professionals. Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of the SocialWork Department. Unique learning opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services, and a highly-educated populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for these services, provides both a plethora of field placements for social work students and external experts for the classroom The ethnic and economic diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for socialwork students to learn to understand, appreciate, respect and work with people different from themselves and to be enriched by this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals. The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well as to gain from it. Appropriately, social work students have been involved in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop the LINK program on campus, mobilizing studentsto assist a social service agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local neighborhood center. The Social Welfare minor and electives in the Department allow students to support another major while gaining knowledge about human needs and growth, human services and the methods of effective citizenship. Students taking these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about public issues and develop and nurture a perspective that sees the central importance of diversity to the social fabric of this country. But beyond knowledge, students are encouraged to use their talents and skills to address the needs of society in the interest of the public good. Social Work Faculty:Mary Lou Williams (Chairpenon), Maria Brown, Francine Chakolis, Edwina Hertzberg, Rosemary Link, Vincent Peters, Edward Skarnolis Major: 11core program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,466,467,469, and SOC 365; and eight supportingprogram courses: 257,260; BIO 101; PSY 105; SOC 121,231,265,375. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor in that discipline.) A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course in the core program and a 2.0 average is required in the supporting program. Concentration: Concentration in aging, chemical dependency, crime and corrections, social ministries, and youth are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is noted on the transcript. Candidacy: Social Work maprs must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written selfstatement, reference letters, and the completion of all core and supportingprogram courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacyreview. SocialWelfare Minor: Six courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361, 463; 260 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and one of 465, POL 121,158,325. School SocialWork Certification:State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388 plus a senior year field placement in a school setting. 1 Elective Courses Open to All Students: 230 Global Peace and Social Development This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and develop ment in the global context. It also identifes the focus of Social Work in addition to the many other disciplines which are vital to fosteringpeace, development and enhancement of a better quality of life for all human kind. The dynamics of peace and dwelopment are speafically drawn from the Social Work point of view with an overview of the socio-political, cultural, geographical, economic, religious and scientific facets of peace and how peace (or absence of peace) affects development and change. This is presented in the form of dialogue on current and future issues such as people-centered development, socialjustice, resource allocation, environmental depletion, and the women's movement in relation to peace concerns. This course also explores the non-violent alternativesto the current global arms build-up which is a contributing force in world-wide problems such as hunger, poverty, environmentalproblems, and the oppression of powerless and disenfranchised segments of society and/or racially segregated communities. 257 Exploring Human Services Experiential learning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours (in a services agency or institution which students select.) The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience students have opportunityto interact with human service professionals, clients and communities of diverse culture/ ethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socioeconomicstatus, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is dwoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiencesand readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic and political structure impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". 260 Humans Developing This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of "sustaining environment" and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or Westyle diversity is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstandingthrough use of their own experiences. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) 340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course includes the study of the impact of socialpolicy on the older population, the older population's impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in senior citizen residence. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or consent of instructor) 361 Soclal Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor.) 399 Internship* Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplementsthe required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and socialchange through community organization, social planning and social action. Emphasis on: 1)s w e y of historical fonns of community organization and social change, 2) understanding the theories, basic issues, and strategies relevant to socialprotest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor) 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official. Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361,463 and senior standing or consent of instructor) 468 Speclal Topics (1 R to 1 course) Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim.) 498 Independent Study Metropolitan Resources An independentlydesigned course which a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, s y m p sia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) - 499 Independent Study Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, o b ' j v e s and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.:257 and consent of instructor) *Canbe takenin coordination with Cooperatize Education, which may provide payment for work in fieldsites. Courses Reserved for Social Work Majors Only 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventivemethods and practical experience necessary for social work pradice with individuals and small groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; dwelopment of the student's repertoire of relationshipbuilding skills. L,ecture discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each week (Prereq.: 361, junior standing) 364 Field Work I* Beginning supervised professional experiencein a social work agency which focuses on interviewing experience and relationshipbuilding. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, junior standing, concurrent with 363) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptationsof the problemsolving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom exerciseand regular class work Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on developmentof generalist practice skills and eclectic approacheswith a focus on diversity of professionals and client populations. (Preq.: 2.0 GPA in 363 and in 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with 462) 462 Field Work II* Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/ discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with 461) 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)' Continuation of 462 (1/2 course option during Interim. Prereq.: candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 461,462,463) 467 The Soclal Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional p b attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and practices, organizationaltheory and resource development will be studied in the course.The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 461,463) 469 Field Work IV' Continuation of 466. ( P r q . : candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 466, concurrent with 467) *Can be faken in coordinationwith CoopcratizeEducation, which may pr& work in field sites. payment for Sociologyis a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum, namely the theme that humans a w "social animals." Sociologyemphasizes the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes to exhibit r e g u l m patterns over time. These pattern together form a society or a social structure. Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociologyalso seeks to understand patterns within the great variety of institutions that exist in a society. The SociologyDepartment at Augsburg is designed to help students think sociologically in terms of obtaining an understandingof society and developing skills in analyzing social institutions and patterns. Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships, independent study, Interim courses and field studies. The Department urges students to use Augsburg's urban setting as a laboratory for learning. A major in sociology can p-are one for a variety of Careers or for advanced professional studies. Cooperative Education and Internships enable majors to apply the theories and research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the personnel departmentsof both government and private corporations, in industrial relations work and in program evaluation Others have used their majors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work and urban planning. The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding and appreciating the often taken-for-granted aspects of our world. SociologyFaculty:Diane Pike (Chairperson), Vern Bloom, JerryGerasimo, Gordon Nelson, Garry Hesser Major: 10 courses including 121,349,362, 363,375,485. Highly recommended: an internship, cooperativeeducation, independent study or Upper Division Interim course in sociology.This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the Department. Consult the Department Chairperson concerning areas of concentration Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociologycandidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to the Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon Departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of the junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for 499 to complete work on thesis. Honors in sociology willbe granted to a candidate who successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior year and maintains the GPA through graduation. Minor: Five courses including 121and two Upper Division courses (i.e., 300 and above). 121 Introduction to Human Society Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. Sociology is an essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place in it. 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore sociology as a mapr and consider its career altematives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 211 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modem world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutionsand processes. 220 Sociology of Law This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society and the effect of society on it. From a sociologicalperspective, we will explore crosscultural notions of law, deterrence, the criminal justice system, the legal profession and corporate crime. The basic course format will be lecture and discussion based on the reading assignments. Evaluation is based on participation and two examinations. Students desiring Upper Division credit will be asked to write a paper on an assigned topic in addition to the exam. 231 Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective An examination of the famiiyas a social institution. The structures and processes within families are studied within their institutional and culturalcontexts. 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race The dimensions of =cia1 and minority group relations. Mapr attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding.P / N grading only) 273 Crime and Corrections This course includes an examination of corrections programs (prison, probation, treatment center, etc.) within the context of the American society and justice system. Attention is also given to theoretical formulations as to possible causes of criminal behavior and attempts at prevention and control. Field visit arranged to correctional facilities.) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students. Prereq.: 121and consent of instructor. ) 300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in Sociology A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 336 Introductionto Cultural Anthropology The concept of cultureexamined in anthropology and in the way we see and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," " c i v i l i i and "progress." The course will examine the person's relation to cultureand conduct an analysis of selected aspects of Western culture.(Prereq.: 121) 349 Complex Organizations Organizationsaffect almost everythingin contemporarylife. This course examines organizations as corporate actors, looking at the topics of culture,technology, structure and corporate deviance. (Prereq.: 121or permission of instructor) 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society. (Prereq.: 121recommended) 362 Statistical Analysis The fundamentals of descriptiveand inferential statistics for the social sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors, but recommended for others needing a statistical background for social science quantitative analysis. (Prereq.: Group 111Math Placement Test. For maprs, to be taken preceding 363.) 363 Research Methods An introduction to the skills involved in research design and data analysis. The practice of social research is learned through class activities and individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken immediately after 362.(Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer o v e ~ e w of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Designed for social work maprs. Not to be taken by sociology maprs. (Prereq.: Level 111 Math Placement Test) 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identitf' and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday l i f e a look at the trivial, the o r d i i and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121,junior or senior students only) 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confrontingthe present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on altemative theories and approachesto shaping the future metropolis. Current developmentsin the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources include extensive readings, simulations, films,outside speakers and field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 121 or 211 or consent of instructor) 399 Internship A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member and site s u p e ~ s odesign r a learning agreement which enables the student to explore sociology as a mapr and consider its career altematives. Participation in a concurrent seminaris expested. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 485 Modern Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions withii sociology, tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th Centuries. (Prereq.: two courses in sociology including 121or consent of instructor) 498 lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course which a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultationwith and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: 121or 211 and consent of instructor) 499 lndependentStudy Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121and consent of instructor) - Soviet and East European Studies is an ACTC pint major which seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciphary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is quired. This major is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government, teaching internationalbusiness or law, espeaally when combined with a second major in a field such as business, economics, history, language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations. Magda Palmy-Zapp, Campus Coordinator Major: 11courses: four courses (two years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); two courses in Russian history; one course in Marxist theory; one course in Russian literature; one course in Soviet politics; two other courses from approved electives. Minor: Six courses: two courses (one year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); one course in Russian history; one course in Soviet politics; one coursein Marxist theory; one other course from the approved list of electives. East European ConcentrationMinor: Consult the Coodinatorform& information. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part upon the quality of our communication. A communication major at Augs burg is designed to enhance understandingof communication in a variety of contexts and to improve communicationskills. Since communication careers demand a broad educational background, the Department strongly encourages a second major or two minors in fields such as business, economics, Enghsh, history, international relations, political science, psychology, religion, social work or sociology. The Augsburg communicationmajor focuses on competencyin both speech and writing, as well as effective use of media. Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic, literature, statisticsand search methods in their p r e grams. All communicationmajors must complete a core p u p of eight required courses and participate in Augsburg's Interscholastic Forensics Program. In addition to these requirements, majors must complete a program of five electivesfrom one of three concentrations: general cornmunication studies, business communicationor mass communication. Majors in all three concentrations are strongly encouraged to include an intemship (SPC 399) as one of their electives. Prospective majors should meet with a Departmental Adviser as early as possible to design an a p proved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty: David Lapakko (Chairperson), Deborah Bart,Julie Bolton, Michael Burden, James Hayes, Anne Holmquest, Martha Johnson Honors Major:The Honors Mapr is designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors ma@ must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the mapr and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as part of their mapr program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC 499). Honors andidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Communication Majo~:13courses overall -eight required core courses and five courses within one of three concentrations. Required of all Communication majors: 111,342,351,352,354,355, and any two of the following: ENG 223, ENG 225, ENG 226, ENG 227. Also required: participation in at least two interscholastic forensicstournaments. F General Communication Studies Major: Five additional electives from the following: 329,343,345, 347,350,360,399, 495; LIN 311; PSY 325, PSY371; SOC 362, SOC 375. Communication Major with Business Concentration: Five additional electives from the following 132, 225 329,330,345,399, 495; BUS 340, BUS 355, BUS 357; PSY325, B Y 371, F'SY 373; SOC 349, SOC 375. Communication Major with Mass Communication Concentration: Five additional electives from the following: 132,225,232,325,330,343,347,350,360,375, 399,495; ENG 241, ENG 327. For all three concentrations:Students may petition the Department to include as part of their mapr concentration other Augsburg courses not listed above. Such requests must be submitted in writing to the Departmental Adviser for prior approval. Also, students may petition to include up to three courses from other ACTC schools as electives, with prior approval of the Registrar and adviser or Department chair. Communication Minor: Six courses, including 111,342,351 or 352,354,345 or 355, and ENG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227. Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a Communication faculty adviser. Speech Major f or Teaching Licensure:10 courses, including 111,241 or 343,350, 351,352,354,360; participation in at least five interscholasticforensics t o m e n t s in at least two events (one public address, one oral interpretation);and a minor in English. Recommended: 366, courses in theatre, participation in drama. Speech Minor for Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the following: 241 or 343, 350,351,352,354,360, and participation in at least five interscholastic forensics tournamentsin at least two events (one public address, one oral interpretation). 111 Public Speaking Theory and practice of effeaive speaking and critical listening. Students have the opportunityto give several speeches and receive feedback about their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and listening. 132 Photography (See Department of Art.) 199 Internship Consult mapr adviser for details. 225,330 Communication Design I, II (See Department of Art.) 227 Journalism (See Department of English.) lntroductlonto Cinema Art (See Department of English.) Dlrected Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Advanced Journallsm (See Department of English.) Intercultural Communication This course exploresboth the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Students examine Western and non-Westem cultural rulesIvaluesI assumptionsand stereotypes and how they affect the transmission of verbal and non-verbal messages. The course stressesboth a general theoretical understanding of the d d c s of cross-culturalinteraction as well as spedficknowledge - of how these principles relate to particular c u l d groups. Mass Communications in Society (See Department of Political Science.) Junior and senior students only. Broadcast Production I Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, scriptwriting, directing and for video. s t u d i t s will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of equipment. Organizational Communication An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal communication networks, management styles, power and authorityImotivation of employees, organizational culture, performance appraisal, effective use of meetings and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance communication skills of both managers and subordinates. Studentsboth investigate the literature on orp&tional communication and attempt to aPPiy it to their own experiences in organizations. Broadcast Production II This course is an advanced television production course in which students apply knowledge and experience gained in Broadcast Production I. This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production editing. Studentswork in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program. (Prereq.:Broadcast Production I) Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating,listening, introduction to phonetics and the vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers, voice tapes and individual coaching. Argumentation Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in analyzing argumentativeclaims, being able to distinguish between strong and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in reasoning and learning to apply principles of argumentation to contemporarypublic issues. Students have the opportunityto enhance their skills in debate and discussion and also learn to analyze and aitique arguments they encounter in their daily lives. Persuasion Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. The course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals; empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion, and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotional projects. Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communicationbarriers. This course combines theory and practice to help the student understand and manage communication problems more effectively. Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related to decision making, styles of leadership and conflict management. This course combines lecture with practical experienceto help the student become a more effective and productive member of a task-oriented small BOUPOrganlzational Psychology (See Department of Psychology.) Media Regulation, Law and Ethics (See Department of Political Science.) Internship (Consult mapr adviser for details.) Communication Topics Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. 499 Independent Study in Communicatlon Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Theatre is not primarily an extracurricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory for learning that uses all of theliberal arts, theatre is the essence of a liberal arts education. By reliving how other people throughout history were thinkingfeeling and strugghg, students have a greater understandingof their own humanity. Theatre enables students to experience the beauty, mystery and ambiguity of life. Minneapolis-St. Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by working in the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities. Our theatre faculty have professional experience which enables them to provide students with realistic guidance and contacts. The Augsburg program encourages students to participate in all aspects of theatre production while providing each student the opportunity of emphasizing one specific area, such as acting, directing or design. Graduates enter many fields, such as professional theatre, television, film, advertising, law, journalism, business and religion. Theatre Arts Major: 11courses (222,228,229,232,361,362,366, &d four of the following: 116,226,295,325,393,50,, 60,, 367,428,429,432, 495); one Internship, one theatre Interim course, and 10 production units in three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work (four required), playwriting, direction, design and theatre management. Because of the many professional and semi-professional theatres located in the Twin Cities, internships are a significant part of the educational experience. Theatre majors have the opportunity to work in the areas of design, technical, acting management, directing and dramaturgy. This mapr should be supported by coursesin dramatic literature including Shakespeareand Modern Drama or ScandinavianDrama. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, art and media art (cinema, radio, television, video). Maprs must participate in dramatic productions everyyear. Students must maintain an overall 2 0 GPA to have mapr participation in productions. Freshmen planning to mapr in theatre arts courses should begin with courses 116,222,232 and 228. Honors Major: Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors must maintain a 35 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall and, as part of their mapr program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC 499). Honors candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Theatre Arts Minor: Five courses, including 222,228 or 229,232,361 or 362,366, and five production units in the following areas: acting (one required), technical crew work (two required), playwriting, direction, design and theatre management. Theatre History and Criticism Minor: Five courses: 222,325,361,362 and 366. Theatre Arts Major for Teaching Licensure:10 courses: 116,222,228,232,241 or 343,350,360,361,362,366, plus 111, a minor in Engliih, and 10 production units in three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work (fourrequired), playwriting, direstion, design and theatre management. Theatre Arts Minor for Teaching Licensure: Five courses: 222,228 or 229,232 or 116,361 or 362,366, plus 111, and four production units in the following areas: acting (one required), technical crew work (one required), playwriting, direction, design and theatre management. Speech-TheatreArts Major for Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,222,228 or 229,232 or 116,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361 or 362,366, a minor in English and partiapation in two activities (forensics, theatre, media). 116 Creative Drama A study of various forms of dramatic movement, pantomime and play through activity, reading, observation and discussion. Emphasis on improvisationaltechniques and active participation. Development of dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual and audible sources. Some fundamentals of acting are introduced. 199 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 222 Introduction to Theatre A survey of dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. 228 lntroduction to Stagecraft Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, aafts, magic and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and theatre tours. Open to all students. (Lab required, lab fee.) 229 Stage and Llghting Design An introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. The class will also taketheatre tours, have visiting designers and have practical involvement with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, some materials needed.) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional preparation and exploration of the aeative approach to scene and character study in American drama. Introduction to Asian and Asian-American Theatre This course is a survey of the rich theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories, and plays of traditional Asian cultures. A s w e y of 20th Century Asian America performers, productions, theatre companies, and plays will also be explored. The course will include lecture, films, videos and demonstrationsby visiting performers. Students will read and analyze selected Asian and Asian American plays and will be required to attend and review one live production. Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit. Playwriting An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film. Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENG 111and one literature course. ENG 226 also recommended.) Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poehy and drama. Study, discuss, practice and perform readings in prose, poehy and drama before small and large groups. Theatre History and Criticism I An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the classical Greek through the Medieval period. The theatres of Asia are also introduced. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Theatre History and Criticism II An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Stage Direction I Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking and characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play). (Prereq.:a 200 or 300 level theatre course) Stage Direction II Indepth analysis and practical experiencein direding different play forms and styles: serious, comic, period, experimental, musical. Direction of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play). (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor) Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 428 Advanced Technical Methods Advanced construction and problem-solvingtechniques in technical areas of scenery, props, lighting, sound, costumes and make-up. (Prereq.:228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee) 429 Advanced Deslgn Advanced projects in set and lighting design. Introduction to costume design. (Prenq.: 229 or consent of instructor) 432 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French neoclassicism, Restoration comedy, realism and non-realism, epic and the absurd culminating in preparation and presentation of a professional audition. 495 Theatre Topics Selected topics in theatre. 499 Independent Study In Theatre Independent study for Upper Division credit. Augsburg College offers a minor in Women's Studies. (See listing under Interdkciphary Studies (INS). COLLEGE BOARDOF REGENTS Chak Wee Chair Raymond A. Grinde Trnasurer David L.Swanson RodneyP.3urwd betaw Barbara C Gage Theyeminpmenthesesaffereachnmneis the expi~ationdate of current term. Nancy H. Bottemiller (1992) Homemaker, Wadena, Minn. Rodney P. Burwell (1994) Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn. The Rev. stephen J. Comils, (19%) Senior Pastor, Central Lutheran Church, Ph.D. Minneapolis, Minn. H. David Dalquist III (19%) President, Northland Aluminum Products, Inc., st. Louis Park, Minn. Darrell J. Egertson Julian P. Foss (1994) Chief Financial Officer, Dart Transit Co., St. Paul, Minn. (19%) Retired Businessman, Mesa, Ariz. Barbara C. Gage (1992) Homemaker, Long Lake, Minn. Raymond A. Grinde Carolyn T. Groves (19%) Retired Businessman, Roseville, Minn. (19%) Admhktrator, S. J. Groves and Sons Company, Minneapolis, Minn. Norman R. Hagfors (1995) President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis,Minn. Elling B. Halvorson (19%) President, PapiUon Airways, Inc., Kirkland, Wash Men A. Housh (1995) President, Cargill Marine and Terminal, Edina, Minn. George 0. Johnson, Ph.D. (19%) Associate Professor and Division Head, Health ServicesAdministration, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. 'ZheHonLaJwe'lhamas (1995) Judge, Hennepin County Government Center, Minneapolii, Minn. L;lngt=J.D. Gary H. Lohn (1994) Control Data Business Advisors, Bloomington, Minn. The Hon. Kenneth G. Nelson (19%) State Representative, Miiesota House of Representatives, 9. Paul, Minn. The Rev. Maymid L. Nelson (1996) Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, Minn. I b d y n J. Nordaune, J.D. Donald G. Oren Harvey M. Peterson Curtis A. Sampson Richard L. Shepley Ronald K. Speed Gladys I. Strommen Leland N. Sundet David L. Swanson Michael W. Thompson Pamela L. Tibbetts William A. Urseth flo wiger, Ph.D. May Ka-Yee Yue DMSION (1994) Partner, Nordaune & Friesen, St. Louis Park, Minn. President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, Minn. President, Catco Company, St. Paul, Minn. President and Chief Executive Officer, Communications Systems, Hector, Minn. Partner, Marshall F m c i a l Group, Minneapolis, Minn. Vice President, Public Afhirs, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn. Homemaker, St. Paul, Minn. Chaiian and Chief Executive Officer, Sundet Companies, Bloomington, Minn. Retired Businessman, Minneapolis, Minn. Realtor, Edina Realty, Inc., Edina, Minn. Vice President, Strategic Planningand Development Fairview, Minneapolis, Minn. President and Chief Executive Officer, US. Directives, U.S. Restaurant Minneapolis, Minn. Associate Professor, St. Cloud State University, 9. Cloud, Minn. President, Financial Services Associates, Inc., Edina, Minn. m~ED~CUION THEEVANGELICAL LUTHERAN CHURCH INArvmua (ELCA) Board Chair: The Rev. Dennis H. Dickman Secretary:Solveig Gregory Vice-Chair Mary Ellen H. Schmider Executive Staff Executive Director: The Rev. W. Robert Sorensen Assistant Director for Finance: Beata H. Sorenson Director for Colleges and Universities:James M. Unglaube Assistant Director for Colleges and Universities: Naomi E. Linnell I I I I I Area Code: 612 President ..............................................................................................................330-1212 Academic Affairs ..................................................................................................330-1024 Admissions ...........................................................................................................330-1001 Toll free number ........................................................................................143M-788-5678 Alumni Programs .................................................................................................=I179 Business Office (Feesand Accounts) .................................................................. 330-1029 Campus Ministry (CollegePastor) ..................................................................... 330-1732 330-1162 Career M c e s ................................................................................................. College Center Manager/Coordinator, SpecialEvents ...................................330-1121 College Relations (News and Publications) ...................................................... 330-1180 330-1171 Development (Fmancial Gifts to the College) ............,......-............................. ..................... 330-1120 Facilities Office ...................................................................... Fiicial Aid (Scholarships)...............................................................................330-1046 General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ....-..............................................+.....*............................... 330-1000 Evenings ..............................................................................................................330-1234 330-1786 Graduate Program ..............................................gramgram.gram............gram......gram....g Ice Arena Manager ...............................................................................................330-1251 Interim Office ........................................................................................................330-1025 Library ...................................................................................................................330-1017 Parent Programs ....................-...........................................+................................ 330-1179 Personnel Office ............................................................................................. 330-1058 Registrar ................................................................................................................330-1036 Student Activities Office ......................................................................................330-1111 Student Affairs .....................................................................................................330-1160 Student Government Office ...............................................................................-330-1110 Student Life (Housing) ........................................................................................=I109 Summer School Office ......................................................................................... 330-1786 Weekend College .................................................................................................330-1782 ...-.... The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for disaimination inquiries or grievances: Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race. creed. national or ethnic origin)-Contact the Office of Finance and Management (612/330-1026) Vern M.Bloom. Assistant Professor. Sociology- Memorial Hall (612/330-1133). 504 Coordinator (mattersbased on physical or mental handicap) William R.Rosser. Vice President for Student Affairs Memorial Hall (612/3S 1168). Title D( Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status) Sandra Jacobson. Director of Personnel- Ground Floor. Memorial Hall (612/3301023). Employment All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual at Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. MN 55454.Formal grievance procedures are described in the Student Guide.Copies are available from the Personnel Office. Office of the President President ........................................................................................... Charles S. Andason Executive Secretary to the President ............................................... Carolyn S. Canfield College Pastor ............................................................................................ David T. Wold Director, Church Relations ............................................................................Curtis Peter Director, Admissions .................................................................................1 A. Stack Cook Assistant to the President for Diversity .........................................................n Assistant to the President for CommunityRelations .................................. Rita Kaplan Academic Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College .................................................................Ryan A. LaHurd Executive Secretary to the Academic Dean ........................................... i s M. Nielsen Associate Dean for Academic Affairs ................................................. David Gabrielson Associate Academic Dean for Graduate Vander Schaaf and Special Programs ..................-........................................ a Assistant to the Academic Dean for Advising ..............................Anita Johnson Gwin Director, Weekend College .............................................................. J. Thoni OperationsManager, Weekend College...............................................Nancy Shmickle Graduate Program Coordinator ..............................................................Laura Erickson Acting Registrar ............................................................................................. Jay Phinney InstitutionalResearch Analyst .............................................................. R o W.Clyde Director of Library ......................................................................................... e Cline P. Hackney D i o r , Audio-visual Center .............................................................B Interim Director ....................................................................................David Gabrielson Director, Faculty Development ................................................................. M e McNeff Director, CooperativeEducation .......................................................... Garry W. Hesser Enrollment Coordinator, Weekend College ....................................Deirdre Middleton Admissions Coordinator, Weekend College ....................................... JeanetteWittmer Student Affairs Vice President of Student Affairs and Dean of Students ............................................................................... a m R. Rosser Executive !3ea&q .................................................................................. Casey McGuire Assodate Dean of Students ...................................................... Linda SchremppAlberg Director, Counseling ............................................................................ N a n Guilbeault Warren Director, Academic Enrichment ........................................................d Coordinator, C.L.A.S.S. ..................................................................................... Jo Weir Director, Career Services ..............................................................................T Wagner Director, Residence Life .............................................................................char lie^ strey Housing Coordinator, Tower ...............................................................Michael Peterson Housing Coordinator, Area .............................................................................. Pat Sorac Coordinator, International Programs ....................................................... Kathleen Lutfi Director, American Indian Support Program ...................................Bonnie A. Wallace I Housing Coordinator, Area ..............................................................................Pat Sorcic Coordinator, InternationalPrograms .......................................................Kathleen Lutfi Director, American Indian Support Program ...................................Bonnie A. Wallace Director, Black Student Affairs ..................................................................M . Anita Gay Coordinator, Student Activities ..................................................................e l l Krebs Development and College Relations Vice President for Development..............................................................Gregory Ritter Executive !3cretaryto the Vice President ..................................................Betty Arnold Director, Development ..............................................................................Gordon Olson o m s I. Benson Director, Planned Giving ..................................................................... C. Carlson Senior Development Officer ..................................................................Jy Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations ..........................................Carol Forbes Pam Meyer Assistant Director, Alumni/Parent Relations .......................................... Acting Director, Alumni Parent Relations/ Director, Annual Fund ......................................................................Donna McLean Associate Director of the Augsburg Fund ........................................N o Okerstrom -or, College Relations .........................................................................P e Davies Director, Publications ..............................................................M q r Westman Safgren Publications Specialist ...................................................................... Holland-TUE Finance and Management Vice President for F i n c e and Management .......................................Michael Ranum Executive Secretary to the Vice President ....................................................Pat Ostreim Director of Student Enancial Swices ........................................H e r d A. Johnson Assistant Director of Student Financial Services ........................................i s Larson Financial Aid Counselor ..................................................................................................... Director, Personnel .................................................................................a Jacobson Dick Adamson Controller ................................................................................................... Director, Administrative Computer Center ........................................w e Terrien Manager, College Center ................................................................... M A. Nelson r e E. Christopherson Manager, Central Services .................................................... Director, Purchasing/Bookstore .............................................................Robert P. Gores Director, Marriott Corp. Food Services .......................................................T Wagner Director, Plant Services ..........................................................................Weninger Supervisor, Maintenance .........................................................................Robin A. Curtis Manager, Ice Arena ....................................................................................James J- Carey Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological !hninary;L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Margaret J. Anderson, Lib&, B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theater, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Val& Baltha, Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia. Carl Chrislock, Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. L Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English. Ailene Cole, Professor Emerita of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. K.Bemer Dahlen, Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of Minnesota. Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A. Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Henry G. Follingstad, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. Orlue Gisselquist, Professor Emeritus of History, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Theodore J.Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig, Professor Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0.Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. James D. Johnson,Professor Emeritus of Music. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson, Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Laurette E. Pelton, Professor Emerita, Education. LaVonne J.Peterson, Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marianne D. Sander, Dean of Students Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D. Mus., Lakeland College. Marjorie H. Sibley, Professor Emerita, Library Dr. Paul G. Sonnack, Professor Emeritus, Religion Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. JohnThut, Professor Emeritus, Music Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Fall 1991 Labor Day recess ....................................................................................... Upperclass validation, Freshmen registration M, Sep 2 Classes begin .............................................................................................. w1Sep4 Last day to register, add a class, drop a class without notation on record, move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division or Lower Division ...................................................T , Sep 10 Last day to designate grading option ................................................................ F Oct 25 Mid-term break ....................................................................................................F, Od 25 Interim registration ......................................................................... M, Od 28 - F, Nov 1 Spring term pre-registration ........................................................... M, Nov 18- F, Dec 6 Last day to withdraw from a class .............................................................. F Nov 15 Thanksgiving recess begins ............................................................................ Th,Nov 28 Classes resume ..................................................................................................... M, Dec 2 Classes end ........................................................................................................... F, Dec 13 F i i examinationsbegin .................................................................................. M, Dec 16 F i i examinations end ....................................................................................Dec 19 F d grades due and Incompletes due from spring and summer '91 ................................................................. W, Dec 27 Interim 1992 Classes begin ........................................... ............................................ M. Jan 6 Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division .......................................................................................T. J 7 Last day to designategrading option .................................................................F Jan 17 Last day to withdraw from a class ......................................................................F Jan 17 Classes end ............................................................................................................9Jan 29 Interim grades due ................................................................................................F Feb 7 Spring 1992 Validation of registration. Classes begin ...........................................................MI Feb 3 Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division or Lower Division ............................................................F Feb 7 Mid-term break begins .....................................................................................M Mar 23 Classes resume .................................................................................................M Mar 30 Last day to designate grading option .................................................................F Apr 3 Last day to withdraw from a class .................................................................. F. Apr 17 Easter break begins ............................................................................................. F Apr 17 Classes resume ................................................................................................... MI Apr 20 Early registration for fall ..................................................................M Apr 27- F. May 8 Classes end .......................................................................................................... F. May 15 Fiiexaminations begin ..................................................................... ...M ,May 18 Fiiexaminations end ................................................................................... May 21 Badureate and Commencement ............................................................... Su,May 24 F i i grades due and Incompletes due from fall '91 and Interim '92 .................................................................. F May 29 Summer School 1992 Term I ............................................................................................ T May 28 .F. June21 Term I1 .............................................................................................. M. June24 .F. Aug 2 Correct as of February 8,1991. Beginning yem of seruice on f m l t y is indicated with pmenthesis. Charles S. Anderson (1976). President, B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary;Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary,New York. Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ruth L. Aaskov (1%0). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Gerald E. Allan (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., University of Pennsylvania. Earl R Alton (1960). Professor and Department Ch-on of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Patricia K. Amo (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Lyla M. Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology, B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1%9). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics, Computer Science and Education. B.A., Macalester College; M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Assistant Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary. Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Trudi J. Anderson (1990).Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.M., Augsburg College; M.M. Northwestern University. Andrew L Aoki (1988). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison. David B. Apolloni (1989). Visiting Assistant Professor, Philosophy. B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., PhD, University of Minnesota. Mary Claire Baldus (1991). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., College of St. Benedkt; M.S.W., Saint Louis University. Deborah Bart (1980). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communicationand Theatre. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Shelley S. Baxter (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A. The Evergreen State College; M.A., University of Notre Dame. Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. David L Beaulieu (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. JohnE. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Vem M. Bloom (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Joseph C Bodziock (1986). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., St. Joseph's College; M.A., University of New Hampshire, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois. Nancy C Bologna (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., Regis College; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., Washington State University. JulieH. Bolton (1975). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical Education. B.A., MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. JamesA. Brothen (1988). Visiting Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Michael R Burden (1990). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre (Designer and Technical Dirxtor). B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A, University of Minnesota. Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University. Thomas L. Busico (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University. Louis H. Cairoli (1990). Instructor in Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., M.S., John Carroll University; M.S., Syracuse University; M.S. Kansas State University. Laura V. Castor (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Muhlenberg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. JohnCerrito (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Marisha A. Chamberlain (1991). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. M.F.A., Goddard College. Stephen D. Chapman (1991) Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A. Augsburg College; M.A., Hamline University. Rosalie Clark (1979). Instructor, par-time, Social Work. BAS., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Carolyn S. Clemmons (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Talladega College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Elaine R. Cline (1990). Assistant Professor, Director of Library. B.A., College of William and Mary; M.L.S., University of Michigan. Mariette S. Cole (1989). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., University of California; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Larry Crockett (1985).Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Kenneth R Croken (1988).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., St. Joseph's University;J.D., New England School of Law. Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, English. B.A., College of St. Catherine, M.F.A., Vermont College. Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., University of Redlands; M.Th., Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont. Laurel R. Davis (1991). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Springfield College; M.A., University of Iowa. Mary E.Dean (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Massachusetts; J.D., Suffolk University; M.L.T., Georgetown University. Suzanne I. Dorke (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., University of Wisconsin. Bruce K. Drewlow (1988).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Moorhead State University, M.Ed., University of Minnesota. John Dunham (1987). Studio Artist/Cello, Music. B.A., Syracuse University; M.M., University of Michigan-Ann Arbor. Beverly C Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Earl W. Eames, Jr. (1987) Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mary G. Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Hamline University; M.S., SUNY-Cortland;Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson (1976).Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of Minnesota. Marian S. Enos (1987). Instructor, part-time, Nursing and Education. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joseph k Erickson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas; MA. Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary;Ph.D. University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor and Department Chairpason of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Ann C. Fleener (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Montana. Phillip F. Fishman (1988). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University. Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Women's Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University. Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, F-time, Rdigion BA, Morningside Collegq M.Th., Perkins School of Theology; Ph-D., Princeton TheoIogical %mi~~ary. Robert Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Steven W. Freimuth (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota. Mark L Fuehrer (1%9). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen M.Gabrielsen (1963). kofessor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Frieda Gardner (1990). Instructor, part-time, English, B.S.. Columbia University; PhD, University of Minnesota. Etheline K Garetz (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University, Baton Rouge; M.A., Howard University. Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology.B.A., Lake Forest College; MA., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard Germundsen (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.A., School of International Service, American University; Cand. Mag. Universitet i Bergen, Norway; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Peter Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Men's Athletic Director. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; MEd., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas E. Green (1988). Assistant Professor of Enghsh. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University. Richard A. Gresczyk (1990), Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Joan L Griffin (1986). Associate Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University. Brian G r h a (1990). Studio Artist/Saxophone, part-time. B.A., Dartmouth College. Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics and Department Chairperson. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southan Illinois University. Donald R Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Roxannne Hale (1991). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., University of Pacific; M.A., University of Minnesota. Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., The American University. James Hayes (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S.E., M.S., Emporia State University, F'h. D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Summer Hamille (1989). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Adrninistration/MIS. B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi; M.B.A., Ball State University; D.BA., Kent State University. Milda K Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science and Director, Canadian Studies Program. B.A., Macalester College; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Andrew Heglund (1989). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. BM., University of Minnesota. Thomas J. Herbst (1990). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., St. John's University, M.S, Hofstra University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina L Hertzberg (1977). Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. G a q W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies, Director of Cooperative Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Melissa S. ("Mickey") Hessler (1991). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education, B.A., Augsburg College. Nelly Trocme Hewett (1988). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., Earlham College. Wendy B. Hines (1991). Instructor, part-time. Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Southern University. Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. BA., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Paul L Holmer (1986). Distinguished Visiting Professor of Philosophy. B.A.,M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Yale University. Anne Holmquist (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.F.A., Drake University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa. Bradley P. Holt (1981). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University. JohnR Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marilyn N. Homwitz (1988).Instructor, part-time, Business Admjnistration/MIS. B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota. Mary Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio Artistfliolin and Viola. B.M., Indiana University. Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio Artist/Piano. BM., M.M., Indiana University. David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Sally M. Hunter (1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., College of St. Scholastics; M.T., University of Wisconsin. M. Shahidul Islam (1989).Instructor, part-time, Economics. M.B.A., Dhaka University, Bangladesh; University of Minnesota. I. Khin Khin Jensen(1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Duane E.Johnson(1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Harriet W. Johnson(1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Richmond; M.A., University of Minnesota. JeffreyE. Johnson(1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Martha B. Johnson (1988). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., MA., and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Mary E (Mimi)Johnson (1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business Admiiistration/MIS. B.Comm., University of Cairo,Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan. Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University. Jane Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota. Mike Kapel(1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota. Robert Karl& (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Randall W. Kindley (1991). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA., M.P.A., University of North Carolina;Ph.D, Duke University. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. M d e e I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor and Studio Artist/Oboe, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Thomas Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette University; M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University. Joan C. Kunz (1987). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of MissouriSt. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. David V. Lapakko (1986).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theatre. M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cheryl Leitschuh (1989). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Ed., South Dakota State University; Ed.D, University of South Dakota. Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., SouthwestState University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Ronald L Libertus (1985). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studis. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A, Windham College. Rosemary J. Link (1986). Assistant Professor of Sodal Work M.Sc, London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artistfloice, part-time. B.A., MM, University of Minnesota. Lori L Lohman (1990). Assistant Professor of Business Adrninistration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. J. Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa; M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; MA., The Qaremont Graduate School. Joyce Paxton Lumpkin (1991).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., California State University. Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time. B.S., University of Minnesota. Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA, Smith College; M.A, Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa. Linda McKeag (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Admiistration/MIS. B.S.,, University of Wisconsin-La Crosse; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas. Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph-D., University of California Berkeley. Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education, Director of Faculty Development. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Phyllis M. Metcalf (1989) Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. Felai Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Tunis, Tunisia; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956).Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. JoAnn Michna (1991). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Jan Miner (1984). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., Lycoming College; M.A., Bowling Green State University. Jay A. Miskowiec (1991).Instructor, part-time. English. B.A, University of Minnesota; M.A., Universite de Paris Vm. Kinney G. Misterek (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of M i e s o t a . John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. William Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M.Div., Calvin Seminary;Ph.D., University of Colorado. Thomas Morgan (1983). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon. William D.Moms (1987). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA., Oakland University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University. Mildred (Mike) Mueller (1988). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota. Robert M. Murphy (1986). Instrustor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Toledo. Sr. Mary Henry Nachtsheim (1989).Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.A., Ph.D. Lava1University. Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Gordon L. Nelson (1967).Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary;M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C Nelson (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Pamela Nice (1991). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Cluistie NicholI (1973). Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michele M. Nielsen (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Chemistry. B.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.S., University of California, Santa Barbara. Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Celeste M. WBrien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., Hamline University. Vicki B. Olson (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael O'Neal(1989). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kathleen H. Olsen (1990).instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Gordon W. Olson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Concordia College. JeremiahOlson (1989). Instructor, par-time, Religion. B.A., Minot State University; M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary. Lila J. Olson (1990). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.M., University of Kansas; M.M., University of Nebraska. Sharon K. Ostwald (1986). Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing. M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Magdalena M. Paleczyny-Zapp (1986). Assistant Professor of Economics. BA., M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonorniczna, Krakow. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B. Div., Bethel Seminary; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia A. Parker (1960). Instructor, part-time, Education; B.A. Eastern Michigan Universtiy; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D. University of Minnesota. Cathy Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time. Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College, M.A., Lone Mountain College. Curtis Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute. Paul Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A., University of Wisconsin. Helene Peters (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. M.A., University of Toulouse; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Vincent Peters (1988). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Loyola College, Madras; M.A., Madras School of Social Work, Madras, India. Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joyce Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Diane L Pike (1981). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. Paul E. Pork (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS., B.S.B., University of Minnesota; M.B.A., Mankato State University. Sandra L Powers (1990). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.M., Eastman School; M.M. Northwestern School. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary;M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Randi Quanbeck (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Langauges. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Northwestern University. Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. 0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio Artist/Guitar, Music. B.M., M.M., University of Minnesota. Edward R Raupp (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Carnegie Tech; M.B.A., Wharton School. Patrick M. Redmond (1989). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of Minnesota. Bruce R Reichenbach (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Jacqueline 0.Richardson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Morris Brown College; M.S., Fort Valley State College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael Robin (1990). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A, M.S.W., M.P.H., University of Minnesota. Thomas C. Rolfs, Jr. (1986).Studio Artistflrumpet, part-time. B.F.A., University of Minnesota; M.M., Northwestern University. Thomas D. Rossin (1986). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Eleni Roulis (1987). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., St. John's University; M.A., New York University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia L. Rude (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. BA., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. William R Russell (1991). Assistant Professor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa; M.Div., Luther Northwestern Seminary. S Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Hamed Sallam (1988). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., Ein Shams University, Cairo; M.S., Cairo University; Ph.D., Tbilisi State University, U.S.S.R. Pauline Sateren (1974). Instructor, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado. Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota. Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. John S. Schmit (1990). Assistant Professor of English. B.S., St. John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas. Gregg W. Schneider (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business/M.I.S. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;J.D., Hamline University; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas. Robert T. Schultheis (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.B. A., College of Sante Fe; M.B. A., College of St. Thomas. Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas. Edward R Skarnulis (1990).Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Eugene M. Skibbe (1964).Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg Germany. William W. Smith, I11 (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., Minnesota Metropolitan State University; M.Div., I.T.C. Morehouse School of Religion. Stanley I-LSolnick (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado. Meredith J. Sommers (1991). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., Minnesota Metropolitan State University; MA.L., Augsburg College. Yong Nam Song (1987). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Jeon Buk National University, Korea. Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas. Nancy K.Steblay (1988). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A., Ph.D. University of Montana. Donald B. Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel(1965).Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Robert Stenstrom (1990). Assistant Professor of Physics and Mathematics. B.S., M.S., University of South Dakota. Lynn J. Stevensen (1990).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., Southwest Minnesota University; M.S., University of Windsor, Mankato State University. Stuart M. Stoller (1986).Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., M.S., Long Island University. Diane L Strandberg (1989).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State University. Beverly J. Stratton (1986).Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., MA., Boston University. Marie Struss (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.S., Mankato State University. Mary Jo Stump (1988).Part-time student teacher supervisor, Education. B.A., Ball State University; M.A., Northern State College. Grace K.Sulerud (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph L Sulerud (1%4). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. K a h y n Swanson (1985).Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Minnesota. William Swenson (1989).Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership Program. A.B., Ph.D., University of Chicago. James Thomas (1991).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.S., Concordia Teachers College; M.Div., Christ Seminary/Seminex; M.Ed., The City University of New York; S.TM., Union TheologicalSeminary;D.Min, Graduate Theological Foundation. Philip J. Thompson (1959).Professor and Department Chaiierson of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. James D. Urbach (1990).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Augsburg College. Ronald F. Walter (1988).Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A. , Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. G l o M. ~ Warner (1988).Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. Olaf Collge; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Donald M. Warren (1978).Instructor, part-time, Introductionto Liberal Arts, Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Martha A. (Cary)Waterman (1991).Instructor, part-time, English. B.A, University of Denver; B.S., M.A., Mankato State University. Pamela Weiss (1983).Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of Nebraska; M.P.H., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Theresa Welcher (1986).Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S. and two M.S. degrees, South Dakota State University. Mary Louise Williams (1978; 1984).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. Maria K Woroby (1990).Assistant Professor, Reference Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Angela Wyatt (1981).Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College. Robert D. Wykstra (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Calvin College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University. Peter G. Yackel(1990). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.L.T., Wittenberg University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University. William C. Youngblood (1990).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., Indiana University; M.Div., Bethel Theological Seminary;Ph.D., University of Minnesota. RD.Zehnder (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Stanford University, University of California, Davis; Ph.D., Kansas University. Stephen Y. Zheng (1990). Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., Sichuan University, Chengdu;Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Augsburg ..........................8 ElAbout Academic Affairs .....................251 Academic Calendar ........2.60. 254 Academic Internships................73 Academic Information .........59-96 Academic Organization and Programs ...................................63 Academic Policies and Procedures ............ ... .....76 Academic Progress. Probation and Dismissal ...........................94 Academic Requirements and Credit .........................................69 Academic Skills Enrichment .....50 Accessibility..................................2 Accounting Specialization ......109 Accreditation ............................2. 9 Accreditation and Memberships ........................211 Activities ..................................... 53 Adapted Physical Education Major .......................................163 Administration ......................... 251 Admissions ......................1215-19 Advanced Placement Program Test ............................92 American Indian Studies .........171 American Indian Support Program ................1250 Annex Houses ......................13. 56 Application Procedures .............16 Art ............................................ -.-99 Art History ................................103 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program .........92 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities ( A m Programs ...61.65.67. 71 Associated Support Organizations .....-.,-............... 13 Athletic Affiliation .......................2 Athletics .................... . ...... 49 Audio-visual Services ...............62 .-..... Audit Fee .................................... 22 Auditing Courses ....................... 91 Augsburgian ..............................49 Augsburg Echo .......................... 49 ................................ 37. 104 :%Student Support Program ..................... 51 Board of Regents ...................... 248 Books and Supplies ...................23 Business .................................... 109 Business Administration and Management Information systems ................................... 108 ..............................60. 254 ElCalendar Campus ......................................... 2 Campus Guide ......................... 269 Campus Location ............... 11. 270 Campus Ministry .......................48 Campus Tours ............................ 16 Canadian Program.....................76 Cancellation of Courses .............78 Career Services ...........................51 Center for Global Education ............................ 12. 76 Chemical Dependency Program .................................... 68 Chemistry ................................. 116 Chinese ..............................121. 146 Choir ......................................... 49 Christensen Center .........12.49. 55 City Arts ....................................186 Class Confinnation ....................77 Class Schedule............................ 98 Classification (Sophomores. Juniors. Seniors) .......................92 Coaching Endorsement ...........163 College Costs 1991- '92 .............. 22 College Level b i n a t i o n Program (CLEP) ....................... 93 College Relations ..................... 252 Commons ................................... 55 Communication ....................... 239 Computer Resources .................62 Computer Science ....................180 Concert Band ..............................49 Continuing Education Program ................................... 75 Cooperative Education ........72, 73 Costs and Financial Aid ............69 Counseling Services...................51 Course Descriptions ...........99-246 C.M.A. Certification .................110 C.P.A. Certiiication .................. 109 Credit Assessment Program (CAP) ......................... 93 Credits ......................................... 98 la Dean's List .................................. 95 Degrees Offered ......................... 60 Departmental Comprehensive Exams ............93 Departments and Programs ............................ 97-246 Deposits .................... . . ............. 23 Development and College Relations .................... 252 Diredory ................................... 250 Disabled Student Program ........ 52 Distribution Requirements .......80 Division for Education (ELCA) .................................... 249 Dismissal ..................................... 94 Divisions and Departments ......63 Dual Degree Programs ......65, 137 Early Admission of Freshmen .................................. 17 East and Southeast Asian Studies ..................................... 121 49 Echo ............................................. Economics ................................. 123 Economics-Business Adminstration Major .............109 Education .................................. 127 Education for Senrice .................. 9 Elementary Education ............. 128 Eligiiility and Application ........69 Employment ............................... 30 Engineering .............................. 136 English ......................................1 3 English as a Second Language (ESL) Program ..........................94 Enrollment .................................... 2 Entry Level Skills Requirements ........................... 83 Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA) .....................2.49 Ethnic Studies ...........................172 Experiential Education Programs ...................................72 Evaluation and Grading ............89 Explanation of Grades ...............90 Facilities and Housing ...............12 Facts and Figures .........................2 Faculty .................................61. 256 Faculty Emeriti ......................... 253 Fees ........................................2 3 Finance and Management .......252 Finance Specialization .............109 Financial Aid .....................2.25. 69 Financial Policies ........................24 Financing Your Education .............................21-46 Fine Arts .....................................49 First Year Experience Program .......................52.79. 144 Food Service ...............................55 Foreign Study .................54.68. 72 Former Students ...................18. 79 Foreign Language Placement ...89 Foreign Language Department ..,,.......,............. , ................. -145 Foreign Study .................54.68. 72 Foss. Lobeck. Miles Center for Worship. Drama and Communication ....................... 12 French ........................................ 146 Freshmen , 16 Full-Time Student ......................22 ..................-.......-...- Education Curriculum ElGeneral Requirements .................79.8 1-89 Skills Component ....................83 Liberal Arts Perspedives ........85 General Information (Academic) ................................60 General Studies ........................156 George Sverdrup Library ..........13 German ...............................72. 149 Gift Assistance............................28 Global Education Programs ...............69.70. 71. 157 Grade Point Average ...........79. 91 Grades .........................................90 Graduate Program .....................75 Graduates .................................... 2 Graduation Level Skills ............. 84 Graduation Requirements ........78 Graduation with Distinction .................................% Grants ....................................27. 28 and Physical HHealth Education ................................161 Health Education ...................161 Health Service ............................54 Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) ....................... 68.70. 71 History ................................40. 165 History of Augsburg College ........................................ 8 Honors Program ........................67 Housing ...........................12.23. 52 Humanities ............................... 169 Ice Arena ..................................... 12 Incomplete Grade ......................90 Intercollegiate Athletics.............49 InterdisciplinaryStudies .........170 254 Interim ..................................... Interim Abroad .. 70 Inter-Institutional 67 Programs ................................... International Baccalaureate Program .................................... 92 International Business Specialization.......................... 109 International Programs .............53 International Relations ............174 International Students .........19, 53 Inter-Race ....................................13 Internships, Cooperative Education and S e ~ e L e a r n i n g..................... 72 Intramural Athletics ..................50 Introducing Augsburg ...........7-13 KCMR Radio ..............................49 Kindergarten-Elementary Education ................................128 27 Kinds of Aid ............................ Learning Disabilities Program ....................................52 Leave of Absence .......................78 Liberal Arts Perspectives ..........84 Library .............................. 2.13. 62 Licensure Program for Science Teachers .....................198 Lifetime Sports ...........................84 Linguistics.................................151 Literature. Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA) ....................................187 Living on Campus ..................... 55 Loan Assistance ........................ 2 8 Location ...............................11. 270 Majors and Minors (also see Course Descriptions) ...........2 6 3 Management Information Systems (MIS) .........................113 Management Specialization ....109 Maps ..................................269. 270 Marketing Specialization ........109 Master's Degrees ..................60. 75 Mathematics .............................176 Mathematics and Computer Sdence .....................................175 Melby Hall ..................................12 Memberships .......................... 2,11 Memorial Hdl ............................ 13 Metro-Urban Studies ...............182 Metreurban Studies Term (MUST')..........................184 Minors ...................................63, 64 Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) ................13 Minnesota Studies in International Development ........................3. 71 Minority Studies (see Ethnic Studies) ................172 Mortenson Tower ................. 12. 56 Murphy Place ............................. 13 Murphy's .................................... 55 Music .........................................188 Music Education ...................... 190 Music Ensembles ..............191. 197 Music Hall ..................................12 Music Performance Studies .....................190. 191. 197 Music Therapy ..................190. 1% Natural Science ........................198 New %dents .Regular Admission .................................26 No Credit Grades .......................91 Norwegian (NOR) .................152 Numbering of Courses ..............99 Nursing ..................................... 199 Off-CampusPrograms ................2 ....................................... 153 Old Main ..................................... 12 Orchestra ....................................49 Orientation (First Year Experience Program) ...............52 m. . Part-Time Students .................... 22 s-No credit .................... 90. Pastor ........................................ . 48 Payments .................................... 24 Perspectives ..........................84. 85 Philosophy ................................ 203 Physical Education ..................163 Physical Disabilities Program .................................... 52 Physics ...................................... 207 Policies .........................2.11.24. 76 Political Science ........................212 Pre-Professional Programs ........65 PreRegistration ......................... 77 Plwqlisiks ..........................-... 99 President's Greeting ...............- 5 President's Office ..................... 251 . Probation .................................... 94 Program in Global Community .......................71, 157 Psychology ................... . 217 .. Refunds El Ewts ........................*.*...........24 ...................................... 248 Registration ....................-.-....... 76 Religion ..................................... 222 Religious Affiliations ...................2 Residence Life ............................ 52 Residence Requirement .............79 Room and Board ........................22 ROTC .............-..........*................68 Russian ......................................154 Center ..................13 QScandinavian ScandinavianArea Studies .....227 Scandinavian Urban Studies Term ( S u m ........................... 185 Science Hall ..............-............ 13 Scholarships.....................27, 30-46 Secondary Education ...............132 Senrice-Learning 74 Sigma Pi Sigma ........................208 Smiley's Point Clinic ..................54 Social, Cultural, Recreational .............................. 49 Social Policy and Human Servicesin Latin America ......158 Social Science ............................228 Social Studies ............................ 228 Social Work ...............................229 Sociology...................................234 Society of Physics Students .................................. 208 South American Urban Semester (SAUS) ....................186 South Hall and Annex Houses ....................13, 56 Soviet and East European Studies ...................238 Space Physics ............................208 Spanish ...................................... 154 Special Education ..................... 136 Special Interest Houses .............56 Spcial Students (Non-Degree) ............................ 18 Speech/Communication/ Theatre Arts ............................ 239 -- ........................ Sponsored Scholarships ............30 Student Activities .......................53 Student Affairs .........................251 Student Affairs Division ...........50 Student Employment ................30 Student/Faculty Ratio .................2 Student Government .................48 Student Life ...........................47.57 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN)..........72 Student Publications..................49 Student Rights ............................56 Student Teaching Abroad .........72 Studio Art ....................,.......,.. 101 Study Abroad (also see Interim Abroad) ............54,68, 72 Sverdrup Library .......................13 Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall ..........................13 Teaching Licensure also majors) .......................65 Test Scores .................................. 16 Theatre Arts ......................239. 243 Transcripts ..................................16 Transfer Students .................17. 83 Tuition. Fees. Room and Board ..................................22 Tutor Center .........................13. 53 . ( Midwest Association DlUpper for International Education (UMAIE) ...................................70 Urban Studies Options ............184 Umess Tower .......................13. 56 veterans ...................................... % Weekend College ...................... mW&W .................................. Withdrawal from College ........... Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives 160 ....... Work Study Program ................a O Y o u t h and Family Institute .......13 1. Admissions House 2. George Sverdrup Library 3. Science Hall (S) 4. Old Main (OM) 5 . West Hall 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. Christensen Center 9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall (M) 11. 2222 Murphy Place (MP) 12. Melby Hall (MH) 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage I1 Theatre 15. Center for Global Education 16. ScandinavianCenter 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication (F) 18. Youth and Family Institute 19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 20. Tutor House 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership 22. Inter-Race A. Admissions Parking Student Parking C. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty/Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Riverside Medical Center Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only Accessible Entrance From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking Allposted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue. Offlclal Publlcatlon of Augsburg College Spring 1993 731 21st Avenue South Mlnneapolls, MN 55454 6121330-1000 This catalog supplement amends information given in the 1991-1993 Augsburg Catalog. Only those sections which have substantial changes are included. Consult the Registrar's Office for information on new or deleted courses, changes in course titles or descriptions. Supplement information is listed under the same headings as in the Catalog, followed by page numbers in parentheses. Refer to these pages in the Catalog for complete information. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies contained in this publication and the 1991-1993 Catalog. If you have questions about anything in this Supplement or !te Catalog, consult a faculty adviser, the Academic Dean of the College or the Registrar. A1though information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. Tuition, Fees, Room and Board Special Fees .....................................................-5 ............................................................................. ,5 Refunds ...................................................................................- 6 Financial Aid ................... ...................................................... -6 ........................ ....--... ACADEMIC INFORMATION Kindsof Aid Graduation Requirements ................................... 7 ...................... . .................................. .8 Liberal Arts Perspectives .............................................................. .9 ..................................................................10 Map ...........................................................................~........ 11 Academic Calendar Augsburg College does not discriminateon the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 ofthe Rehabilitution Act of1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices I I I TUITION, FEES,ROOMAND BOARD(P. 22)(1993'94) Tuition (full-timeenrollment) ......................................... $11,292.00 Tuition (day school part-time enrollment) per course ...............$ 1,050.00 Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course Room Rent (includestelephone) Full Board (19 meals a week) ........................$ 434.00 $ 2,168.00 ....................................... .................... ...............$ . . . 2,036.00 Partial Board (14 meals a week) ..........................................$ 1,976.00 ............................................................$ Fees - ACTC Bus Fee ......................................................$ Flex 5 point plan Fees - Student Activity Fee ................... ..... OTHER SPECIAL Fm (NoN--ABLE) (P. ................$ 1,800.00 12.00 100.00 23) Fees Billed on Student Account Fees Payable by CheckICash Late Registration (per day after classes begin) ......... $ 25.00 Application (new and/or special students) ............$ 15.00 Registration Change after first 5 days (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) .................. $ 5.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests ............$122.00 Nursing Comprehensive Exam ...$ 15.00 Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) ...$434.00 LockerRental (commuters) ...$ 20.00 Private Music Lessons, per semester (14 lessons) ......$256.00 Student Parking Lot Permit -car ........................$ 72.00 -motorcycle ............... $ 36.00 Student Teaching (per course for full-time students) ......$ 38.00 Student Teaching (per course for day school part-time students) ......$240.00 Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) $184.00 Student Activity Fee (part-timestudents) ......$ 50.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ...$ 2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Scheduleon file in Registrar's Wce) Refundswill be calculated on a pro-rata basis for students attending Augsburg for the first time. The refund will be a portion of tuition, fees, and expenses equal to the period of enrollment up to the 60 percent point in time of the period of enrollment. Students may appeal refund decisions through the Petition Committee. Current financial aid regulations and program provisions are disclosed with the financial aid notice. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is normally a combination of scholarships, grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in providing various aid programs. Nine out of 10Augsburg students receive financial aid in the form of scholarships, grants, loans and/or part-time employment. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg Financial Aid Application determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, using the a p proved federal formula and taking into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations. How AND WHEN TO APPLY (P.26) General Information The Financial Aid Office can supply you with detailed instructions when applying for financial aid. Financial aid applications are processed and the awards are released in the order they are completed. All financial aid is contingent on available funds and current regulations. It is the student's responsibility to obtain funds from non-Augsburg sources (e.g., Pel1 Grant, Minnesota State Grant). Although Augsburg will estimate these resources where appropriate, they must be confirmed by the funding source. Application Process 1.Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) from a high school or college financial aid office and complete the application form. Mail the completed application to Federal Student Aid Programs in the envelope provided. 3. Obtain and complete the Augsburg Financial Aid Application. Submit this form and the required 1992 Federal Tax forms to the Student Financial ServicesOffice at Augsburg. I, ,I 1 4. Priority will be given to applications filed by April 15,1993. Application materials postmarked after April 15 will be awarded on a first-come, firstserved basis, based on available funds. Applications completed after July 1,1993, may not be processed by Augsburg until October 1,and then based on available funds. Students enrolling for the fall term with incomplete financial aid applications must be prepared to meet the full cost of the term without financial aid. 5. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid offer. 6. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will be sent to you. 7. All transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each institution previously attended regardless of whether or not you received aid at the institution. Returning students who attend summer sessions at another school are also required to provide the Financial Aid Transcript. These forms are available through the Admissions Office or the Student Financial ServicesOffice. KINDS OFAID (27) Gift Assistance I B Regents' Merit Scholarship Program -The Regents' Merit Scholarships are awarded to incoming full-time freshmen of high academic achievement Depending on rank or score, Augsburg will award scholarshipsof $ l , W to $4,000 each year, renewable each year, regardless of financial need. Students Matriculating after January 1, 1993, under Distribution Requirements for Graduation - No changes. Students Matriculating after January 1, 1993, under Perspective Requirements for Graduation - See below. Completion of 33 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science (SocialWork) degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degrees. The course total must include two Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than the following maximums may be applied toward the 33 total courses required: two Interim courses; two courses by independent/ directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (PI. Non-traditional grading (P) also has the following limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken that are not counted among the course total for graduation requirements (extra Interim courses) may still be counted for meeting Perspective or Graduation Skills requirements. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrafs Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureatedegree or for the equivalent of a major. Students Matriculating prior to January 1, 1993, under Perspective Requirements for Graduation - See below. Completion of 34 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science (Social Work) degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degrees. The course total must include two Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than the following maximums may be applied toward the 34 total courses required: three Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional grading (P) also has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken that are not counted among the course total for graduation requirements (extra Interim courses) may still be counted for meeting Perspective or Graduation Skills requirements. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following: 1. Transfer students entering with 14-23 courses will be qMto take two courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at A u g s b w and 2. Transfer students entering with 24 or more courses will be required to take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Perspective: Western Heritage Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. (One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more courses.) Perspective: The Social World Two courses are required for this Perspective. (One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more courses.) Perspective: The Natural World Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. (One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more courses.) [ 1 Fall 1993 Interim 1994 New student orientation Su, Sept. 5 - Tu, Sept. 7 Freshman registration W, Sept. 8 Upperclass validation W, Sept. 8 Classes begin W, Sept. 8 Last day to register Classes end Last day to designate grading option F, Od. 22 Spring 1994 Mid-term break F, Oct.22 Interim registration M, Od. 25 - F, Oct. 29 Spring Term registration - M, Nov. 15 - Tu, Dec. 3 F, Nov. 19 Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation on record F, Feb. 4 Last day to withdraw from a class F, Mar. 25 Mid-term break begins M, Mar. 28 M, N ~29 ~ Last . day to designate Final exams end M, Jan. 31 F, Feb. 4 Classes resume Final exams begin W, Jan. 26 Last day to register n,N ~25 ~ Classes , resume F, Dec. 10 F, Jan. 14 Classes begin Thanksgiving recess begins Classes end I Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from a class Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation on record Tu, Sept. 14 Last day to withdraw from a class II T"* Sept. l4 Interim classes begin M, Jan. 3 Last day register, add a class, or drop a class without notation on record T, Jan. 4 grading option Tu, Apr. 5 F, Apr. 8 M1Dee. l3 Early registration for fall M, Apr. 25 - F, May 6 Th' Classes end F, May 13 Final exams begin M, May 16 Final exams end Th, May 19 Baccalaureate/ Commencement Su, May 22 1. Admissions House 2. George Sverdmp Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Umess Tower 8. Christensen Center 9. Sverdmp-OftedalMemorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11.2222 Murphy Place 12 Si Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage I1 Theatre 15. College Relations 16. Nordic Center 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 18. Center for Global Education 19. Jeroy C Carlson Alumni Center 20. Youth and Family Institute 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership 22 Oscar Anderson Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty/Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview/% w s Parking Ramp I. Husby-Stromrnen TennisCourts J. Resident Parking Only K. Student/Commuter Parking Accessible Entrance
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1949-1950
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: EIGHTY-FIRST YEAR Founded 1869 Calendar FIRST SEMESTER 1950 September 12 September 12 September 15-18 September I 3- I 8 September 19, 8:00 A.M. September 22 November 3-5 November 18 . Novcinber 23 December 15, 4:so P.M. Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Freshman Tests T ...
Show more EIGHTY-FIRST YEAR Founded 1869 Calendar FIRST SEMESTER 1950 September 12 September 12 September 15-18 September I 3- I 8 September 19, 8:00 A.M. September 22 November 3-5 November 18 . Novcinber 23 December 15, 4:so P.M. Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Freshman Tests T d a y Evening . . . . . ........ .Opening Service Tuesday to Monday.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registration Wednesday to Monday. . . . . . . .Freshman Week T d a y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cl?sses begin Friday ............. . . . .Late Registration Fee Friday to Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Homecoming Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Middle of Scmester Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Th&giving Lhy Friday .............. ..Christmas Rscess begins I9SI JanJanuary JanJanuary 3, 8:00 A.M. 22-27 17 22-30 Wednesday. . .Classes begin after Christmas Recess Monday to Saturday. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Examinations Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F i t Semester cnda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registration for Second Semester SECOND SEMESTER January 31, 8:00 A.M. February 3 February 12 February 2s March 21, 4:2o P.M. March 27, 8:00 A.M. March 31 May 24 May 24-31 May 30 June I Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Late Registration Fee Monday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lincoln's Birthday Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . ..Washington's Birthday Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess begins Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess ends Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Middle of Sunester Thursday . . . . . . . . . . Seminary Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CollCge Examinations Wednesday , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decomt:on Day Friday . . . . . . - . . . . . . . ..College Commencement BOARD OF TRUSTEES REV.CLARENCE J. CULLSEN, President, Minnupolia, h. Tcfm expirw 1952 MR. GEORGE S. MICHAELSEN,Secretary, Minneapolis, Minn. Term MR. R. E. MYHRE,Treasurer, Mirmaplis, Minn.. . . . . . . . . .Term MR. B. A. BALERUD, Minot, N. Dak.. .................. .Term REV. CHRISTIAN G. OLSON,Willmar, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term MR. L. A. HENNINGER, MInneapob, Minn.. .............-Term REV. D. W. LYNGDAL, Dulurh, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term REV. EILNEST G. LARSON,Minneapolis, Minn.. .......... T m n MR. EVENOSE, Thief River Falls, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term expires expires expires expires expiru expires 1953 1951 1950 I 95 I 1952 1953 expires 1954 expires 1g 54 Advisory Members DR. T. 0.BURNTVEDT, President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Minn. DR. BERNHARD CHRISTENSEN,President, Augsburg College a d 'I;heological Seminary, Minneapolis, Mian. REV. (XAF ROGNE,B u s h a Director, Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, Minneapolis, Minn. OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION BEINHA. CHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Presidmt ARTHURNASH.. . . . . . . .Dean of tbe College and Director of Vetcrms A#&s OLAF ROGNE......................................... Busmess Director R. E. M n u ............................................... ~ Tremrer ................................. AStistmt Tremrer ETHEL INGEBREDTSEN K. BERNERDAHLEN. .................................... .Dem of Men .................................. . D e b of Womm GERDAMORTENSEN. ......................... .Director of Public Relations RICHMD F. P A U ~ . MILDRED J o u ............................................... Regktrar AGNESB. TANGJEIID ......................................... Librarian MARTINWANBECK. ...................... .Director of Teacber Pbcmrent M~RTON P. SVROMMEN. ................................. .College Pator H. NORMANHANSON. ........................ .Admissions C m s e b r and Acting Executive Secretary of Alnmni Association LARSLILLEHEI............................................... A r c h t IRVING HOEL.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S~petvisorof Buildings and Grounds EILEENQUANBECK ................................... Asktat Registrar MARY KAHN. ................................. .Director of Food Sewice KENNETH SORENSON.................... M a # g m of M d ~ d OrpniZdhS JAMESBUEIDE... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant in Public R e k t i m ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Medical Stafl: Dr. C. R. Wall, M.D., Physician; Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse; Loiraine Lundh, R.N., and Camla Mosby, R.N., Assistant Nurses. Office Staf: Beverly Hagelie, Secretary to the President; Arthur C. Engen, Bookkeeper, Treasurer's Oflice; Anna Strand, Clerk, Treasurer's Office; Margery Manger, Secretary, Veterans Affairs; Tena Mehus, Assistant, Registrar's O&e; Ruth Moldenhauer and Vivian Stockmo, Secretaries, Public Relations Office; Doris Swanson, Secretary, Alumni Oilice; Mrs. Olaf ,Rome, Secretary to the Business Director; Carol Seaberg, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Mrs. Iris Brustad, Secretary, Deans of Men and Women; Marguerite Hamilton, Secretary to the College Pastor; Meriderh Foss and Mrs. George Sverdmp, Library Assistants; Mrs. Dora Quanbeck, Mimeograph Operator; Mildred Nelson, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator. S~rpervisorof Housekeeping: Olga Hermunslie. Head Residents: Memorial Hall, Robert Anderson; Sivertsen Hall, Milla Thompson; Morton Hall, Margaret Sateren; Edda House, Alice Swensen. The Faculty AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY BERNHARDMARINUSCHRISTENSEN,Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology A.B., Augsburg College, rgar; Augsburg Theological Seminary, rga2-zy ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminaq, 1927; PL.D., Hardord Seminary Foundation, r 929. AdditionaI smdy : Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, GGttingen Teaching: Oak. Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. work, Brooklyn, New York, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. Presiden since 1938. ANDREASHELLAND, A.M., C.T., Professor Emeritus of New Testament A.B., Stavanger Cathedral School, I 88 8; A.M., University of Oslo, I 889 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 893. Additional study: Oslo. Pastor, M c I n d , Minnesota, I 893-4; Minneapolis, Minnesota, 1894-1902. Secretary, Lutheran Board of Missions, 1907-19; Treasurer, 1924-28; Secretary-Treasurer, 1933-46. A t Augsburg, 1905-1940. LARSLIUEHEI, A.M., C.T., Professor Emeritus of Systematic Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1901; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1904; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1907. Additional study: London, Chicago. Teaching: Lutheran Bible Institute, Wahpeton, North Dakota, 1908-19; President, 1911-14. A t Augsburg since 1919. KARL ERMISCH,Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritus of Church History A.B., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., Chicago Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925 ; S.T.D., 1933 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1921; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1927. Pastor, 1900-21. Teaching: Wartburg College, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minnesota, 1925-29. At Augsburg since 1928. MELVINA. HELLAND, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testament, Secretary of the Theological Faculty A.B., Angsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 9 I 8; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, I 9 z I -3 8 ; Prof essor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. At Augsburg since 1941. IVERB. OLSON,Th.B., A.M., Associafe Professor of Systematic Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 19 3 5 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 9 36; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1941. Additional study: Chicago, Minnesota. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota, 1941-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, I 939-44. A t Angsburg since I 941. PAULG. SONNACK, A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Cburcb History A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 94 5. Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago, 1947-49. Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949. M. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of OM Testament A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1940; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 1942-46. At Augsburg since 194s. JOHN REV. FREDRIC NORSTAD,A.B., C.T.* Special Lect~rer, 1949-50, Director of C b a p k c y Service, Llatheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. O L ~ PROGNE, A.B., C.T., Lecturer in Practical Theology. A.B., Augsburg College, 19s r ; C.T., Augsburg Theologicd Seminary, 19s5. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Henning, Minnesota, 1925-30; Duluth, Minnesota, 1931-40. At Augsbulg since 1940. AUGSBURG COLLEGE H. N. HENDRICKSON, A.M., C.T., Professor Emeritus of History and Latin A.B., Augsburg College, I 89 I ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 897; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930. Additional study: Columbia. Pastor, Superior, Wisconsin, 1897-1900. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1907-37. At Augsburg since 1900. LARSLILLEHEI,A.M., C.T., Profesor Emeritus of Greek For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty Listing. MANNALD ALDRE,M.Ch.E., Assistant Professor of Chemistry Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology, Tallin, Estonia, 1941. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Assistant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Augsburg since 1949. ERNESTW. ANDERSON, M.Ed., Director of Health and Physical Edzlcation, Basketball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937. M.Ed., Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. NORMANC. ANDERSON, A.B., C.T., Assistant Professor of Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1930; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1934. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1930-3 I. Pastor, Tacoma, Washington, 1935-39. At Augsburg, 1934-35 , and since 1939. * In cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Scciety of Minnesota. RAYMOND ANDERSON,A.M., Instructor in Speecb B.S., Univeisity of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950; Teachiing: University of Vermont. U. S. Navy, 1946. A t Augburg since 1949. HENRYBERTNESS,A.M., I n s t m t o r in Education A.B., Augshwg College, 1947; U. S. Navy, 1943-46; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. A t Ausburg since 1949. WILLIAMW. BOARDMAN,JR., M.S., P.h.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry AB., C m College, 1938; M.S., University of Iowa, 1940; Ph.D., 1942. Teaching: South Dakota School of Mines, 1942-43. Reseatch Chemist, U. S. Government Service, 1943-49. A t Augsburg since I 949. ESTELLEG. BRENDEN,A:B., B.S. in L.S., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1928; B.Mus., MacPhail School of M d c , 1930; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Colorado .and Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1928-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. K. BERNERDAHLEN, A.M., Dean of Men and Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 1-1939; Cmby-Ironton Junior College, 1940-41. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1941. KARLERMISCH, Ph.D., S.T.D., Prof essor Emeritus of German For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. FLOYDF. FOSLIEN,M.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education and Mathematics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; M.Ed., 1949. Additional study: Minesota. U. S. Marines, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1947. H. NORMANHANSON, A.M., Admissions Counselor and Acting Executive Secretary of Alumni Association A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1942. High School Teaching and Administration: 1934-1944, 1946-1949. U. S. Naval Reserve, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1949. A.B., Instructor in Philosophy and History JOHN E. HANSON, A.B., Augshrg College, 1948. Additional study: University of Minnesota. U. S. Marine Corps, 1945-46. A t Augsburg since 1949. MELVIN A. HELLAND, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek and Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. HOLMAN,A.B., M.S., Instructor in Bacteriology A.B., University of h'ii~esota,1943; M.S., 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. Teachiing: University of Minnesota Bacteriology and Surgery Department, 1948-49. At Augsburg since 1950. JANE ALMA M. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Socidogy A.B., Colorado State College of Education, 1927; A.M., 1928. Additional study: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: Eastern State Teachers College, Madison, South Dakota, 192 1-2 5; Dickinson State Teachers College, 192836; Colorado State College of Education, 1936-37. Educational research: University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1937-39; Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. A t Augsburg since 1943. J. VERNONJENSEN, A.M., Instructor in Speecb A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Army, 1943-46. A t Augsburg since 1948. MUDREDV. JOEL, A.M., Registrar A.B., Augsbusg College, 1940; University of Saskatchewan, 1940-41; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, Hudson, Ontario, 1941-44. Lutheran Bible Institute, Outlook, Sask., 1944-46. A t Augsburg since 1947. LOIS R. ~IBPER,B.S., I n s t m t o r in Pbysical Education B.S., University of Nebraska, 1948. Teaohing: St. Olaf College, 1948-49. A t Augsburg since 1949. PHILLIP A. KILDAHL, A.M., Associate Professor of History A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1939. Additional study: Minnesota, Augsburg Theological Seminary, Luther Theological Seminary. U. S. Army 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1941. MMI B. KINGSLEY, A X , Instructor in Spanish A.B., Mupville College, I 93 6; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N. Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 1941. Teaching: High School, 1922-3 5; Wheaton College, 1946-47. A t Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947. KLINNER, B.S., Instructor in H m e Economics MARGARET B.S., Stout Institute, 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Fairmont High School, 1944-47; Bemidji High School, 1947-49. A t Augsburg since 1949. BJARNEE. LANDA,A.M., Associate Professor of Germunic h g u u g e s A.B., Vou State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High S C ' ~1930-3 , I ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 194547. U. S. 09ice of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since 1947. AUDREYLANDQUIST,M.Mus., I n s t m t o r in P k o and Organ B.S., University of Minnesota, 1940; B.Mus., MacPhail School of Music, 1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: MacPhail School of Music since 1937. At Augsburg since 1946. C FACULTY 9 CLAYTONLEFEVERE,B.S., LLB., Instructor in Speech B.S., University of Minnesota Law School, 1946, LL.B., 1948. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1943-41. Law ~racticesince 1949. A t Augsburg since 1946. MARIONWILSONLINDEMANN, A.M., Associate Professor of Ronrcnrce Lungwges B.S., University of Minnesota, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1926. Additional study: M i e s o t a . Teaching: High School, 1922-24; University of Minnesota, 1924-26. A t Augsburg since 1926. 0.HERBERT LMDQUIST,M.S., Instructor in Pbysics and Mathematics B.S., Iowa State College, 1948; M.S., Iowa State College, 1949. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Iowa State College. U. S. Army, 1943-44; U. S. Navy, 1944-46. A t Augsbwg since 1949. SHIRLEYPUTNAMMILLER, Ph.D., Lecturer in Biology B.S., South Dakota State College, 1903; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1904; Ph.D., 1922. Additional study: Berlin, Munich, Chicago. Teaching: b u t h Dakota State College, 1904-08, 1912-20; University of Minnesota, 1920-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. JOHN MILTON, A.B., Instructor in Englisb A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Armed Faces, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949. GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women mad Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923 ; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hank- Private School, Hmkow, China, 1934-35. A t Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Dean of the College, Director of Veterans Afiairs, and Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: M i e s o t a ; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-46. A t Augsburg since 1922. Dean since 1946. EDOR C. NELSON,A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Cocch of Football and ~ k e b a l l A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. JACKNIENABER,B.B.A., A.M., Instructor in Accolrnting and Business Administrotion B.B.A., University of Minnesota, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949. IVERB. OLSON, Th.B., A.M., Associate Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. HENRY P. OPSETH, B.Mus., Professor of Mwic B.Mus., St. Olaf College, 1913. Additional study: Piano under Madame Chenevert (Minneapolis), 1916; cello and composition with Jessie Law (Northfield, Minn.) and L. Paladeaux (Chicago), 1918-19; orchestra conducting with Eugene Ormandy. Private teaching and professional service, 1914-17, 1920-zr; U. S. Army, 1917-18. A t Augsburg &ce 1922. F. PAUTZ,A.B., Director of Pzlblic Relations R~CHARD A.B., Augsburg College, 1937. Additional study: Minnesota; Minnesota School of Business. U. S. Department of Labor, 1943-44. U. S. Navy, 194446. A t Augsburg since 1938. ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Assistmat Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Mbnesota. Teaching: High School, 1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, San Mateo, California, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg, 1932-44, and since 1946. in Piano MARGRETHE PETTERSON,Instfi~~tor Private study in Germany with Conrad Ansorge (Pupil of Liszt), and with Albert Jonas (Pupil of Rubinstein), 1905-1908. Teaching: St. Ol'af College, 1901; Lutheran Ladies Seminary, Red Wing, 1903-05; Albert Lea College, 1908-16; Private teaching, 1916-30. A t Augsburg since 1930. -TIN QUANBECK,A.M., Professor of Edzccation A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933. Additional study: Minnesota. High school administration, Mantorville, Minnesota, 1929-3 6. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-3 8. Registrar, Augshrg College, 1939-46; Dean, 1942-46. A t Augsburg since 1938. STANLEYJ. REMENESKI, B.Chem., Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.Chem., University of Minnesota, 1942. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Army, 1942-46. Minnesota State Board of Health, 1946-47. At Augsburg since 1947. PAULI. ROTH,A.B., Assistant in Chemistry A.B., Augsburg College, 1949. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Marine Corps, 1943-1945. At Augsburg since 1949. LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: Composition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39. hiusic Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Civilian Public Service, 1944-46. A t Augsburg 1941-43, and since 1946. MARGARET SATEREN,A.B., instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1937. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg since 1949. RUTH SEGOLSON,M.S., Associate Professor of Home Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Teaching: High School, 1925-28 ; University of Minnesota, 1928-44; Washington State College, Summer, 1936. At Augsburg since 1944. BRYCEW. SHOEMAKER, A.B., G.T., Instructor m Philosopby and Religion A.B., St. Olaf College, 1944; G.T., Luther Theological Seminary, 1947. Additional study: Mhesota. A t Augsburg since 1947. SKURDALSVOLD, B.Mw., Assistant Professor of Ma& B.Mus., MacPhail School of Music, 1925. Additional study: Chicago College of Music. Private study: Mynn F. Stoddard, H d i n Hunt, Herbert Witherspoon, Oscar Seagle, Graham Reed. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1920-23, 1937-41, 1944-. A t Augsbulg since 1922. JENNIE GEORGESOBERG,A.B., Professor of Mutbemtics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926. Additional study: Minnesota, Augsburg Theological Seminary. A t Augsburg since 1926. PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Suninary Faculty listing. PAUL L. SPOONER,JR., A.B., LLB., Instructor in Business Jkw A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; LLB., 1937. With Civil Aeronautics Board, 1939-42. U. S. Navy, 1942-41. Law practice, 1937-39, and since 1945. A t Augsburg since 1947. hf. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. JOHN MERTONP. STROMMEN, A.B., C.T., College Pastor and Assistant Professor of Religion A.B, Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. P. A. SVEEGGEN, A.M., Professor of English, Secretary of the General P m l t y A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: Assistant in English, University of Minnesota, 1908-10; ~fllsworthCollege, 1913-15. At Augsburg since 1915. AGNESB. TANGJERD, A.M., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Science A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in Lib.Sc., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28. Teaohiing: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library, I 93638. At Augsburg since 1940. GERALDTHORSON,A.M., Instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota. U. S. Army, 1943-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Instructor in Voice A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929; M.Mus., 1936. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 1931-41; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. JOHN VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; Studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. Jam S. TORSTENSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg, 1938-42, and since 1947. ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychdogy A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 1-35. P , ~ c i p a l Cannon , Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. Az Augsburg College since 1943. hvmc H. WALLACE, B.B.A., A.M., Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics B.B.A., Univerity of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1947-49. U. S. Army, 1945. A t Augsburg since 1949. R u m l v h u x s o ~ZIEMANN, A.B., Instructor in Secretarial Science A.B., Luther College, 1949. Teaching: High School, 1949 (second semester). A t Augsburg since 1949. COMh4ITTEES OF THE FACULTY 1949-1950 Faculty Council: N u h , Miss Joel, Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Stensvaag, Torstenson, Landa, Soberg, Nelson, Thut, Rogue, Christensen. Cmrricdum: Nash, Sveeggen, Christensen, Quanbeck, Miss Joel, Helland, Stensvaag. Admissions and Scbohship: Miss Joel, Dahlen, Nash, Kleven, Miss Mortensen, H. N. Hanson. Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Joel, Miss Mortensen, E. W. Anderson, Urdahl, Strommen. Library: Nash, N. C. Anderson, Olson, Miss Segolson, Shoemaker. Atbkfics: Soberg, Kildahl, Pautz, E. W. Anderson, Nelson, Sonnack. Socid: Miss Mortensen, Mrs. Lindemann, Torstenson, Miss Segolson. Studies: Quanbeck, Olson, Remeneski, Miss Tangjerd, Landa. Convocations: Miss Jensen, L. Sateren, Thorson. Student-Famlty: Quanbeck, Urdahl, Miss Mortensen, Foslien. AudieVis1~1Education: Urdahl, N. C. Anderson, Quanbeck. General Information HISTORY AND AIMS FUNDAMENTAL AIMS T h e educationai purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is rhe fundamental force for good in human life. All rhe aims of rhe College, as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctty the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty: T o lead the studemt to a deeper understanding and pe~sonal realization of the truth and power of the Chr3stian Gospel, to the end that he may become an effective participant in the evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and for society. To fawiliarize fbe d t ~ d e n twith the rult7~r.cof 01tr owrt a d other rhilizothtr~,not only for the enjoyment this knowledge aÂ£fords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. T o dmelop fbe student's ititeresf it# flse attainment of t h ~ r o ~ ~ ~parposes w m of m&rcu?~.rr.try, so that he may work f o r the wetfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in communiry and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participarion in human affairs throughout the rest of the worId. T o cultivate in the student a Cht-istian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. T o teach the shcdefzt to discijlitre his own urges, interests, ambitions, and Aemunds in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. T o train the studercf in scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. To stirnd.de intellectuul iderest and dewelup schhzrly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. T o a w b n and foster in the student an intelligent appreciatfon and enjoyment of the best in the fields of the fine arts. T o guide the student in the 1cnderstading of sochd relationsb@s in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity. T o provide guidance for the studeat in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his Zife purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o t r h s t d e n t s in voc~tionaland professicmctl lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his egciency in the various relationships of life. T o aford tbe student wblesome r e m e a t i d experieme which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. T o iastrzcct the student in principles, attjtudes, and ideas pertaining t o health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promate his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct tlnder~tanrl;agthat&M*tisb&ginall* ~ a r e o s f t e d t o ~ ~ ~ y i n t h t p r o g r a m o f t h 6 - mwmhthotend, T h e e a t i r e p r o g r o m o f t h e ~ ~ S L C t d exm~,andtEtt~Zinethou~twkindertom;rke &ble~~guutoftbkprognan,springfrcau&esim"to see&thin&~thmu&tHe~&of~" h o b e u t in Aupburg G k g e d Thabgid ! b i n a r y p s rmponthepwtdche~tfdl~donimtfteway~ prlscriM for the a m k m e u t of t h e e aims. H~TORICAL SKETCH Augsbwg Seminary was fgpnbed in zgdp, at IbbrMl, V m - aia. Ic~&firscthedogicaldeminnrystvtedbgNm* IrOFfbeflPB in A m i r h T h o & an ~~t witb a ~mtiankmown~~~~tbeSeminacywosbwrsed iu the academy baiId;ng- Studem w b needed fmhr psefrrra~iuocpdemicsnbj~~~eretosbtrriatbisinthezcademy. Tbjs a r r m m f a i l e d t o w w k o u t ~ y ;~ 0 t p p -ed to a p h e e dw&g, whm chsa amtinned Pntit 187s. fntheautumnof&atyartbe ! h k r y ~ t e m o v e d t o &&map& w h a bddbg had k t m etected for i t s USE. h I n & s m e ~ ~ & ~ w a s ~ d u n d e r * h m of M h w m m TheabnoftheWtu~~totnin~f~theLudmm mgregatims which were bdng org&d in growing umnbwnr in die pjrweex s d m e o t s that were spreading rapidly over theNo&we$L I t s m n b e a m r e * t & a t i p ~ d e r t o ~ i o ~ ~ t a wtw adqua+ p p d fur thdogkd study a d b g c &p a ~ t w a s n e d e d .Soinr87qae$legecu~&~dumwas~lPaed whi& provided for one year ob pqmatory studies a d f a y e of d e g e wokk dmg two lina, a c h i d to prepare adenrsfror t h e d o g y , d a h t I h E ~ w , p r e p f o rtheprof&mm Tbe h e r -however, had to k d i m d u d , &y f0r~ot:frrndsdpPmly~ugetoo~mdmtsselectedthe course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the in 1879. In ~ g o a high EIChPoIcawme covering three years was e s d i & d which in 19x0 w a ~ w a standard four-pr came, This was Wntieaed in 1933. In the years I ~ X & E ~ Xthe ~ cnlIep first class was graduated course was thoroughly revised in conformity with modern developments. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the strictly classical course has been largely modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. During 'the past ten years Majors' have been added in the fields of Business Administration, Sckiology, Physical Education, Music, and Home Economics. Until 1921 only men were admitted, but in that year coeducation was introduced. In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been introduction of new courses and enlargement of the faculty. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College function in close cooperation. Long experience has proved such an arrangement mutually wholesome and stimulating. Five Presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of oflice of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first President was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, I 876 t o 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 191I and was followed by George Sverdru~,whose term extended from I 9 I I to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as Acting President from 1937 until the election of Bernhard Christensen in 1938. From I 870 to I 890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in 1890, resulted in the aililiation of Augsburg with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to ditFerences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Luthcrzn Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony of purpose and ideals for more than haIf a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Cor- poration through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and development of the College, the chief hancial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a' growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and others, have contributed financially t o the support of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. Augsburg College is a member of the Association of American college& the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges. BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT LOCATION Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi River from the University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration oaces, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They may hear the best music and lectures. They may contact modern life at one of its focal points. BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library, the Seminary classrooms and osces, and a number of college classrooms and ogces. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49 and taken into use at the beginning of the present school year, is a large and completely modern college building. I t includes, besides the administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology, and Home Economics, as well as the student organization offices, the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms,. and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modern, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a splendid dormitory accommodating about 50 women. Plans are under way for the erection of an addition to this dormitory. Morton Hall, erected in 1888, and Edda House, purchased and remodeled in 1948, are smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 2 0 students. During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on 23rd Avenue across the Square from the older part of the Campus. The Gymnasium, a well-built and well-equipped temporary structure, was erected for the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall, formerly the Tabernacle Baptist Church, was acquired by purchase, and remodeled to serve the needs of the Music Department. Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground. The President's Home, a beautiful residence of modern architectural design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented manv valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Col- lection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions should be sent to Prof. L. Lillehei, Curator. In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized. The purpose of this organization is to gather and preserve documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about ~ , o o ovolumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof. L. Lillehei, Archivist. The collectio~sin the Library aggregate about 26,000 volumes exclusive of pamphlets. Two hundred of the best periodicals, and pamphlets dealing with popular subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields are received currently. Students have access to the Library daily from 7:45 A. M. to 1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4:00 P. M. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one 'of the finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and the two storeroams for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the callege provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the use of other college activities, are the following: 16mm. sound movie projector, 3 I / q q inch slide projector (several), 2 y ' ~ 2 yslide y projector, Balopticon, sound ampliiication system, film strip projector, magnetic tape recording machine. There is also a well equipped photography department. The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are also provided with facilities for projection. The Book Shoppe of The Messenger Press is located at 2120 Riverside Avenue, one block from the campus. Here are readily available not only text-books, stationery, and supplies, but $50 a fine selection of Christian literature. EXPENSES For Theological students, tuition is free. For statement of Seminary expenses, see page 92. The tuition for the College students is $ I 50.00 a semester. Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $6.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay a t the rate of $ I 3.00 per credit hour up to I I credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is $6.00 per credit hour. Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of class work per week pay the student activity fee. GENERALINFORMATION ESTIMATED EXPENSESFOR ONESEMESTER' Tuition in College. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ I 5 0.00 This covers instruction, laboratory fees, health service, use of the library, and admission to all athletic events. Books, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .zo.oo to 3 5.00 Student activity fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 Key deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Locker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .yo Board, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00 Room ...................................................... Total, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,375 .oo to 390.00 NOTE:See page 28 for information concerning opportunities for part-time employment to assist in meeting expenses. All bills for tuition, room, and board are payable in advance at the beginning of each semester. When necessary, special arrangements may %e made with the Treasurer for partial payment and payment of the remainder in monthly installments. A charge of fifty cents per month is made on such installment payments, if the balance is over $25.00; otherwise twenty-five cents per month. All accounts must be paid before a student is permitted to register for a new semester. Exchange will be charged on all out-of-town checks. Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any semester pay tuition at the rate of $9.00 per week for the time during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition. No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity fees. Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Subject to change. w SPECIAL FEES Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Change of registration unless the change is necessary because of errors in registering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration with the Teacher Placement Bureau. . . . . . . . Teacher Placement fee, depending upon the method of placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$3.00 to Diploma fee, for seniors in both the College and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations taken at another hour than the one scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Examination making up an incomplete or a condition. . . . . Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-00 1.00 2.00 5.00 7-50 2.00 2.00 5 .OO MUSICFEESPER SEMESTER Piano for credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3 5-00 Voice for credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5-00 Organ for credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5 -00 9.00 Class instruction in voice for credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.oo Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. I t is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an at- GENERALINFORMATION mosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in the life of each student. 23 In order to help toward attaining these goals the faculty and students gather in chapel every day for a brief meditation upon the Word of God and the deepest needs of the human soul. Regular attendance is expected of all students. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses &red in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are urged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is heId twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in The Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Gallery. The Twin City libraries are large and extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. In the Twin Cities are located both the University of Minnesota and several colleges, affording contacts which are conducive to intellectual and cultural stimulus and development. CONVOCATION Regular convocation programs are held a t Augsburg &roughout the year. These programs aim to acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities and problems in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientzc, political, social, religious, and artistic. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION The coordination of the many ~ersonnelservices is the responsibility of a twelve-member Faculty Council headed by the Dean of the College. Individual members of the Council or subcommittees direct the various activities, which include academic and personal counseling, housing and food service, recreation and health, employment and placement, and student activities. 1 The Luther League, the Mission Society, the Lutheran Student Association, the National Student Association Council, and a large number of departmental and special interest clubs are directly supervised by the Student Council. A Student-Faculty committee of eight members promotes and supervises student activities serving as a liaison between the Faculty and Student Councils. The counseling program for new students begins as soon as the Admissions and Scholarship Committee has approved their applications. All available data concerning each prospective student are combined with test results obtained during Freshman Week for use during registration. Each new student is assigned a faculty counselor, generally on the basis of mutual academic interest. This assignment continues for the first two years. At a scheduled period during Freshman Week, the student meets with his counselor for registration. At least three additional counseling periods are scheduled for each semester. Whenever he feels the need, the student is encouraged to see his counselor for help to discover and develop as fully as p a sible his latent abilities. Upper-class students are counseled by their major advisers. Additional counseling is provided for the students by the use of student counselors. Each entering Freshman is assigned a student counselor, who works with a faculty counselor in each instance. The program is organized by a Student Counselor Steering Committee working with the Personnel Committee. Adjustment to college is one of several subjects introduced during Freshman Week. The various phases of this important problem of personal adjustment are given thorough study in the Orientation course which meets one hour per week throughout the first semester. Vocational possibilities within the divisional organization of the College are presented and course sequences are discussed. Personal and health probl&s, social adjustment, vocational and educational aims are examined from the point of view of individual needs. Special problems in counseling are referred to the Personnel Committee, which is composed of a member of the Department of Christianity, the Registrar, a professor of Psychology, the Director of Physical Education, the Dean of Women, and the Dean of Men, who serves as chairman. The administration of the counseling program is the work of the Personnel Committee. A system of referral makes available to any student the resources and special abilities of the entire faculty. Through all phases of the counseling program, the primary aim is the welfare of the individual student. The personal problems of the students are dealt with in the light of the following spiritual purposes and ideals. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public dances, indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable card playing. Students enrolled at Augsburg must, therefore, not participate in such practices. Augsburg reserves the right t o dismiss or to discipline any student who is not amenable t o advice and direction. The school likewise reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed although no formal charge is made against him. RECREATION AND SOCIALLIFE "No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. A t Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only as regards the definitely planned play-program supervised and directed by the Department of Physical Education, but as regards the use of leisure time in general. Wholesome social activities of many kinds are fostered and encouraged. Also in this area the goal is "to see all things through the eyes of Christ." The Stdent Center, in the new Science Hall, serves as a social, cultural, and conference area for students. During the day, students use the Center as a general reading and committee room. The campus post o6ce is adjacent to the Student Center, as are also The Student Council Room and The Echo and The Augsburgian o0ices. The Prayer Chapel in the tower of the new Science Hall is open at all times for quiet meditation and prayer. Smaller groups may request the use of the chapel for devotional meetings. A room for off campus men is located in Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall and for off campus women in Morton Hall. All students who are not living at home are required to room in the College dormitories, unless permission to room elsewhere is granted by one of the Deans. Such permission must be secured before final arrangements are made. Residents in dormitories are required to take their meals in the College dining hall except those students who are employed away from the College. The charges for room and board are payable in advance. The residence halls are open for the occupancy of students on the day preceding the beginning of registration. Temporary arrangements may be made for students who have permission to come early to seek employment. Meals are served commencing on the morning of the first. day of registration. Dormitories are officially closed daring all vacations within twenty-four hours after the last session of -class work except by special arrangement with the Deans. Dormitory residents are held responsible for breakage or injury to the furniture and furnishings. The College believes in the educational value of group living under faculty supervision. It is expected that life in the dormitories should foster the development of Christian character, selfcontrol, and consideration for the rights of others. SVERDRUP-OFTEDAL MEMORIAL &L This dormitory for men, erected in 1938, accommodates about students. The modern arrangement of the dormitory, with its suites of two rooms for every three or four students, helps to make this an inviting College home for men. The rooms are furnished except for bedding and linen. I 50 HOUSINGFOR WOMEN The college operates a cottage plan of supervised residences for women, pending the building of the planned additions to Sivertsen Hall. College-operated residences for women include Sivertsen Hall, 2323 South Sixth Street, which houses fifty; Morton Hall, 730 rznd Avenue South, which houses twenty; Edda House, 2222 7% Street South, which houses twenty-four. Rooms are furnished except for bedding and linens. Laundry facilities are provided in each unit. Assignment of rooms is made after the first of August. An attempt is made to assign the rooms so as to meet the student interests and needs, and to create congenial housing units. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939 through the generosity of Dr. Ivar Sivertsen, accommodates about fifty Freshman women students. The first floor has a large reception room used for social functions. In the basement are a kitchenette and a recreation room. Applications for rooms should be sent as soon as a student is notified of his acceptance. Applicants will be assigned to dormitory rooms in the order in which their applications are received. Rooms are assigned to present occupants of the dormitories by August first. After that, they are assigned to new applicants in the order of application. Students who cannot be accommodated in permanent dormitories may find rooms in temporary housing units. Rooms in approved private homes are also available. Arrangements for these rooms are made through the Personnel Office. For married students, the college has two temporary housing buildings, each accommodating four families. FOOD SERVICE The ground floor of the Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses a cafeteria and dining-haall, a social room, and a private diningroom. All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of using these service units. The dining-hall will furnish food at cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics. The program of health service is in charge of the Director of Physical Education and Recreation, who is assisted by the School Physician and the School Nurse. It includes regular physical examinations, corrective measures where needed, and a school-wide program of recreation and physical training. Infirmary Rooms are provided for the use of those who are ill. The ogce is in Room I I I, Memorial Hall. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The service is free. A large number of college students find it necessary to secure part-time employment while carrying on their studies. The Employment Service, operated by the Oflice of Public Relations, has been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in part-time positions. Many Minneapolis institutions and firms have gladly cooperated in this enterprise. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. AppIication forms for part-time employment on or off campus may be secured from the Oflice of Public Relations. The Placement Bureau seeks to assist members of the graduating class, as well as alumni, in securing positions. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. STUDENT ACTIVITIES GENERAL The Studmt Society. The Student Society is an organization of the entire student body. It delegates the authority "to promote and govern the all-student activities" of the school to The Augsburg Sti~dcrtfCoumil. The president of the Council is elected by The Studmf Society. Other members are elected by each of the College classes and The Theological Seminary as their representatives. A local council of the National Student Association has been formed by the Student Council. The Associated Women Students. This organization directs the activities of special interest to the women students, all of whom are members. In order to aid one another "to eee d h g s &ugh & eyeri of Christ" and to work together for the r&s&m of the spifi'rtul p ~ ~ e ~ t i a t h e c h r i s e i a n f ~ t h e m ~ d t h md S t h j have formed a number of 01cgmkths. The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the Theological Seminary. To those interested in missions the M & h Socidy ip a d y i n g point. There is also during the school year mu& for bringing the Christian message to Gospel char&. and other organizations. The Luther League affords the student an opportunity to share in local and general Luther League work. The Student Society is aHiated with the Lzctheran Student Association of America, and Augsburg students participate in the v a r h s regional and national acti* of tbis large# f&w&ip* . AU studmw m q h d iaspiratim in the hfidwe~k W a g , Bible S d y * and mher regular m d g s far prayex and feIIow&ip. ReFighsw Epwpbds Week and the The hfisdion F e d i d are Anl~cpZ outstanding religious events of each school year. A W s Gostel Q w t e t represents the school in many places, espedallp during the summer. Other musical groups having a religions pare developed each year. Also during the summer, a number of students do parochial school teaching, carry on home mission work, travel in Gospel duos, or engage in similar types of Christian service. DEPARTMENTAL AND STUDENT INTEREST GROUPS SOCIALSCIENCE The Znternathd Relations Club is an organization of students who major in one of the social sciences or who are particularly interested in international relations. Organized Field Trips. The Department of Sociology arranges for field trips to places of special interest, such as the State Prison, State Capitol, social settlement houses, and industrial and financial institutions. The Augsburg College League of Women Voters is an organization af6liated with the Minnesota League of Women Voters aiming "to promote education and citizenship" and stimulate interest and participation in effective government. The Republican Club gives the student a chance to engage in the discussion of political issues of the day. NATURALSCIENCE The Aristotelians is a society made up of students who specialize in the natural sciences. Monthly meetings are held, at which speakers address the society on scientific topics. LITERARY The Scribblers Club. This is an organization open to freshmen who wish to do creative writing. The Writers Club. This organization is composed of advanced students interested in creative writing. Members submit -articles for group criticism at the regular meetings. The best selections are published in The Dial, an annual literary magazine. Le Cercle Francais. Membership in Le Cercle Francais is open to past and present students of French. Meetings are held from time to time at which the group listens to broadcasts of French short stories, plays, songs, etc., or the group presents its own program of vocal and instrumental music, skits, and readings. The Spanish Club gives members of the Spanish classes opportunity t o exercise the use of their knowledge in informal gatherings. The German ~ocie;?. This organization is for the purpose of cultivating an appreciation of the German language and culture. Tbe Norse Club. This club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian history, literature, music, and art. In order to become members of The Norse Club students must maintain a C average in all their work. The Sigvald Kvale Silver Medal Contests are given by members of The Norse Club. JOURNALISM For those interested in Journalism several avenues are open for securing practical experience in campus publications. The Augsbzcvg Echo, the College paper, is best adapted for this purpose. Besides serving the need of such a publication at the school, it is given considerable circulation among high schools in the Northwest. The Augsburgiun is published as an annual, giving a- story of Augsburg life in word and picture. The Dial is a literary magazine published regularly by the Writus Club. DEBATE,ORATORY, AND DRAMA Augsburg is annually represented by men and women debaters at intercollegiate contests which are held in various colleges in Minnesota and neighboring states. There are also local and intercollegiate contests in oratory. The Drama Club has been formed to give interested students opportunity for self-expression in the field of the drama. The Junior Toastmastqs Club aims to give experience in public speaking and instruction in the art of toastmastership and parliamentary procedure. ATHLETICS Physical Education and Recreation. Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education a wide range of activities of a recreational nature is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to find some activity in which to participate for his own pleasure and recreation. Intercollegiate Athletics. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Intramural Athletics. Through the intramural department is maintained in six-man t o d b d , Park Baard basketball, interdm basketball, ping pmg, badminmn, diamondball, h n d b d , archery, voolleyU tetherball, *, tennis, s h d e board, and h d e y . clhaxing the baamudprogram is the Conference Exrxamud a specid Minnesoza Interc~Negiaa A&letic Conference event in && champiom of all intramural sports of member schools compete for Conference intramural championships. The "A" C l d . M d x & p in the "A"Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsbwg, The aim of this organization is "w b i d the 'A*men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." .Women's Athletic Association. The Women's Athletic Association is an honorary orpnization. Membership is gained by par&patiost m individual and kaap recreation activities with awards given on a point basis. T h e Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Associarion of a l l e g e Women. The Pep Club is organized to develop a vigorous interest in support of the college games and sports. Camera Club. Camera fans meet regularly to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography. -on e, A comparatively large number of students take part in the musical activities of the school. These are composed of the choirs and the band and a variety of smaller groups. The aim of these organizations is to spread the Christian Gospel through the fellowship of music and song. ' Membership in the choirs and the band is based upon musical aptitude and interest. College credit is given to members who fulfil the requirements outlined by the Department of Music. Atrgsbvrg Cdlege Cboir. The College Choir consists of about L fifty members. From year to year the Choir has toured in various parts of the United States, singing an average of eighteen concerts during each season. The itinerary has included the West Coast, Canada, and a number of the Midwestern states. Azcgsburg C h d Club. The Choral Club serves as a preparatory choir, and also trains for concerts which are given both in the Twin Cities and in other parts of Minnesota and neighboring states. Augsburg College W . In addition to presenting its fall and spring concerts the Band gives practical experience in instrumental music and &us furnishes training for the prospective teacher. The Men's Chorus affords opportunity to those interested in this special type of group singing. The chorus meets twice a week. The Pep Band affords an opportunity for training in band music as well as for taking part in the creation of spirit and enjoyment at the college athletic functions. Miscelluneotcs Grwps. In addition to the Choir, Choral Club, and Band, there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups, both vocal and instrumental. For many years Augsburg has sent out duos, trios, quartets, and similar groups among the churches. These organizations are usually formed and directed by the students themselves, subject to the approval of the music department. Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocation in recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities. The Class of 19I 8 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition in the Main Building. The I927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the Senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least two years. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Two prize scholarships (tuition for the second half of the Freshman year) are offered by the State Council of Minnesota Colleges, one to the first ranking Senior boy and one t o the first ranking Senior girl from any Minnesota high school. Outside of Minnesota, where the regulation of the State Council of Minnesota Colleges does not apply, a limited number of scholarships of this kind are awarded to students of superior ability. The George Sverdmcp Graduute Fellvwsbip was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 191I to 1937. I t is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. Hojhuzn Memorial Scholurshp was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship consists of the income from a fund of $1,075 and is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Assochtion Scholarship of $ 2 5 o is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from I 93o to I 93 5, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $40.00. The Celia Fredrichon Scholmshtp consists in the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. To assist students in meeting their financial problems in emergencies several revolving funds have been established through which loans, at a reasonable interest rate, may be arranged. The Augsbwrg College Wonten's Club Loan Fund extends assistance especially to members of the Senior class, and also a limited number of short-term loans to other students. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Lovm Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. Tbe Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hotcr, established under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. The General Student k n Fund, established through the gifts of a number of individuals, provides short-term loans for students of all classes. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at commencement time each year. Regional meetings also are held from time to time. The present ofljcers are: Lawrence Quanbeck, President; J. Vernon Jensen, Vice-president; H. Norman Hanson, Acting Executive Secretary; Marvin Gisvold, Treasurer; Esther Aune, Margaret Hulburt, Advisers. . THE FOUNDATION FELLOWSHIP The Augsburg Foundation Fellowship is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the school. The 'Fellowship was founded in 194I by joint action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association and has had a steady growth of membership since that time. Its work is directed by a General Committee of nine me-mbers. A Foundation Day is held each year. The present membership is about seven hundred. Augsburg College ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Public Relations Oilice or from the Registrar's Oilice. The application, together with two letters of recommendation, the high school record, previous college record if any, and for veterans a certified copy of the separation papers, should be sent to the Registrar's Oilice. Previous college records of veterans may include V-12 and ASTP records. Forms combining the application and the high school record are generally available in ,Minnesota high schools. They can also be secured from the College. A student seeking admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September 15 and for the spring semester by January 2 5 . Augsburg College admits as students men and women of good moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating class and in the college aptitude test. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. These four years of high school must total at least 16 units and should include the following requirements: English, four units, or English, three units and a foreign language, two units; social studies, two units; mathematics, one unit. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. High school graduates without specified high school subjects and graduates of unaccredited high schools will be considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence of suilicient maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or recorded aptitudes make success at Augsburg doubtful. DEFICIENCIES ficiency in English will be required to register for two extra hours of work per week. Such deficiency and the requirements with regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning of the Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include the attainment of definite standards as to spelling, grammar, pro- TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted a t Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing in any subject is granted to students who present satisfactory credentials from other institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of examinations. This is true of veterans whose achievement in the college General APPLICATIONSOF VETERANS Veterans who wish to apply for admission under the provisions of Public Law 346 (G.I. Bill of Rights) or Public Law 16 (Rehabilitation program) should obtain notice of eligibility from their regional Veterans Administration. This notice should be presented to the Registrar at the time of their application. Application for credit on the basis of educational experiences in military service may be made in two ways: I. Those now on active duty may apply through United States Armed Forces Institute on Form 47. This form may be obtained from the U. S. Armed Forces Institute, Madison 3, Wisconsin, or from the educational oflicer. 2. Veterans not now on active duty should submit a certified copy of W.D., A.G.O. Form 100, Separation Qualification Record, or Notice of Separation from the U. S. Naval Service, NavPers 5 53 ; or U.S.M.C. Report of Separation; or Notice of Separation from the U. S. Naval Service-Coast Guard, 5 5 3 . In the case of Naval commissioned or warrant oflicers, the Oflicer's Qualiiication Record Jacket (N-avPers 3o 5 ) , a certified copy thereof, or a statement from the Bureau of Naval Personnel covering the data desired should be submitted. Credit is given for several types of educational experience: I. Basic or recruit training. Credit is granted on receipt of the forms mentioned in I or 2 above. Physical education Hygiene 2. 6 semester credits semester credits 2 Service courses. Credit is granted on receipt of the forms mentioned in I or 2 above. The recommendations of the American Council on Education, Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experience, are followed. Not all service courses are recommended for credit. 3. ASTP, V- I 2, and some other college programs. Credit is granted on receipt of ogcial transcript from the college where the course was taken. Full credit will be granted for all work applicable to an A.B. degree at Augsburg, except where the work duplicates work previously taken. 4. Correspondence courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. These courses fall into two classes: those prepared and given by the Institute, and those prepared and given by colleges and universities. In the case of Institute courses, credit is. given upon receipt of the forms mentioned in I or 2 above and based upon test results. University and college correspondence courses will be accredited by official transcript like other college work. 5 . Other credit. General education not indicated by any of the above methods can be demonstrated by means of the General Educational Development Tests. Veterans seeking advanced standing on the basis of informal study and travel may take these tests either through the Armed Forces Institute while still in service or at Augsburg after their discharge. No credit on this basis can be granted on the Senior College level nor counted in the total credits required for the major and minor fields. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. Students are required to complete their registration on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who in either semester register later than three days after classes begin shall pay a late registration fee of $3.00. The Veterans Administration does not pay late registration fees. The normal registration is 16 credit hours per week. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. All students register under the direction of the Registrar. Special problems of registration are referred to the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. Students working part-time are required to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. No student may register for or enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classes without special action by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. In registering, care should be taken to include the Junior College requirements during the first two years. However, if such registradon is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. r AUGSBURG COLWE AMOUNTOF CLASSWORK The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours may only honor to students have gained an previous average recordbeofgranted By or two points who per credit, in their college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted t o carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION In case a student desires t o make any changes in his registration, he must obtain a form from the Registrar's of6ce on which he may make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. This procedure is necessary in order to avoid a record of failure in any course dropped. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration unless the change is necessary because of errors in registration. Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes except by special permission of the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student may cancel a course after the middle of the semester. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's of6ce in order to keep the record clear and to receive an honorable dismissal. A P ~ ~ ~O T NTHE H LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL Student nurses in the School of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in Minneapolis receive their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be-allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or I honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. ACADEMIC REQUIFLEMENTS CLASS~ICATION College credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Saphomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Classification for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for all other purposes is determined by this regulation. PROBATION AND ELIMINATION , There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Cummittee at the end of each semester t o consider students who are doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls those students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .S or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for one semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passing grade in at least 12 hours of coilege work, 6 of which must be C per credit at least. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular attendance in class is required. No "cuts" are allowed. However, students may be excused from class if there is a valid reason for absence. Valid reasons for absence include illness and trips by extra-curricuIar organizations sponsored by the school. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not c o d i c t with classes. Any exception to this r u l e must be agreed to by the teacher of the class agected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. I AUGSBURG COLLEGE Students are required to present to the instructor a written explanation of absences upon their return to class. The validity of the excuse is determined by the instructor. Classwork lost because of necessary absences must .be made up. Each unexcused absence reduces the grade to be awarded on the completion of a course. When a student has four unexcused absences, he shall be reported to the Registrar, who will drop the student from the course with a grade of F. Students who absent themselves from Christianity classes will not be allowed to continue in school. Absences before and after vacation will be counted double. Teachers will deal with tardiness as they see fit, but may count three tardinesses as equal to one absence. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. At the end of each week every teacher will report to the Regstrar's Oilice the names of all students who have been absent from class the whole week, as well as the names of those whose recent absences from class have unduly interfered with their progress. Those in charge of tours and trips by musical organizations, athletic teams, debate teams, and other groups will apply for permission to the Faculty Council a t least two weeks in advance and will leave a list of participants in the Registrar's O&ce before the group goes. Blnm must be reported immediately to the school nurse so that she may have a record of all illness in the student body and be able to give assistance where needed. All students are expected to attend the daily chapel service regularly. GENERAL RULES Students are urged to plan their work well from the very beginning, since tests are given regularly throughout the semester in all courses. During the first part of each semester reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar and the counselors. In addition to this, final reports are made at the cloie of each semester. Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester in all classes. No student or class may arrange t o take a final examination in any course before the examination week. ABSENCE FROM EXAMINAXIONS Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. DELAYED FINALS If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities to take a final at another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's oflice and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's Office in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. STUDENTSBELOWGRADE Within a week after they have received the reports of their grades, students below grade must see their instructors in order to arrange. for making up their deficiencies. Failures must be made up in class when the subject is offered again. Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination mast apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured a t the ofice of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oflice. GRADEVALUES A-Superior, 3 honor points per credit M e r y good, 2 honor points per credit C--Satisfactory, I honor point per credit D-Passable, no honor points per credit F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit E-Condition I -Incomplete JUNIOR COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS For a proper distribution of subjects among the fundamental fields of knowledge the following credits are required of all students in the Junior College, laying the basis for study in professional fields or for a general college education. 2 credits each semester Group A Christianity Group B English: Course 1-2 or 3-4 6 credits Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in literature Group C Foreign Language (Norse, French, Spanish, 8 credits German, Latin, Greek, Hebrew) Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school are exempted from this requirement. Group D Social Sciences: Hist. 1-2, or Soc. I an$ 3 other credits in Sociology, or Phil. 25-26 6 credits (Humanities) Group E Natural Sciences Group F Physical Education: Courses, and qb Psychology required in certain fields 8 credits 2, 3a, 3b, 4a, Orientation required of all Freshmen Speech required of all students for graduation 4 credits 4 credits I credit 3 credits SENIOR COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. In planning his choice of a major as well as in planning the minor or minors, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. l e is well for rhe student to know in his Freshman yezr what major line of study he will pursue. T h e major subject & determined by the student's aims as weil as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in the Junior College, where basic courses prerequisite to the major are &red in sequences which lay the foundation for rhe major work. When a student enters the Junior year he shall have determined in what field of study he will specialize, so that the work in the majors and minors may be well planned. Smdencs who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the Junior pear, should, before they register, consult with members of the Admissions and Scholarship Committee and the heads of the various departments in order to derermine their held of major work. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. ELECTIVES Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing 3 student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correladves of the major. Senior ColIege stfidencs should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Senior College Courses. The amount of work required for g r a h h n comprises n minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit. A credit equals one reduuon period a week throughout one semester. Honor p0i.t~ are cmnpured a t the rare of one born pidt for each credit with a grade of C, two hwor pints for each crgdit w i t h a grade of B, and t h e e h o w points for each credit wirh a grade of A. An average of 328 homr points m a be attained for the 128 credits required for the A.B. degree. RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the conchding year for such a degree in residence. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Average honor points per credit 2.8-3.0 2.5-2.79-k 2.1-2.49+ Distinction Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude Only students who have spent at least two years in residence are eligible for honors. GRADUATE STUDY In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points per credit. CURRICULUMS .. The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare him for the vocation of his choice. The Christkz Ministry Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies .Ae student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors DE m b i o d a %e fdImdrq pmgrm &a Ehe rpprozhte PWWw*-haveh~~w~ by wbichast&ntmay r m j o r i n ~ ~ o t ~ h a o p p p h y y , m E n g r i $ h , a r M l q y * T % e s t n b s h o u l d ~ * d o f tbe SeminvJr ad* as early as posible, as v&tbm a c c d h g to the major &sen F*ge;rr. 14ag a8em the r~biceof- course wen in tbe Seminary adviser, Mr. ella and. F r k Christianity ................... 4 Orientation .................... I Hygiene ...................... z Physical Education ............. I English Composition ........... 6 Foreign Language .............. 8 European Civilization ........... 6 or Natural Science, 8 Cr. Sociology ..................... 6 - ' Sophomore Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Natural Science ................ or English Literature, 6 Cr. New Testament Greek.. ......... Psychology .................... History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . or English Literature, 6 Cr. physical Education ............. New Testament Greek.. . . . . . . . . 8 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Humanities or Philosophy . . . . . . . 6 History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Hymns of the Church.. . . . . . . . z - 8 8 4 6 1 35 34 Junior 6 Senior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . Philosophy or Logic.. . . . . . . . . . . Economics or Education.. . . . . . . . English (for major or minor). . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 4 8 3 6 6 -3 30 The foreign language requirement includes 16 semester credits in Greek, and 16 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. Parish and Missionary Workers The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and AUG~BURG COLLEGE 48 as parish -workers. The ~0.w is so arranged that the student will, upon its s a d a c b r p ~ndr&n, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificae indicating &t he is a qualified parish worker. Parish work a,dviser, Mr. Stensvaag. The -sugg&d sebedule p r o d m .for a minor in Cbcistiaaity, .andmakes it p d l e to plan for smajor in History or En&& It 'would also be &Me to pian ,fora ~ j q i rn i n t y with a .~GUQT in some otber -ad T. h e coww eaenria for &e &of theJ?arishWorker's G r t & c a t e are iIkFlic9wd in &e.ou.tIine bbw. Freshman Sophomore Chzistianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 , Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Survey of European Civilization . General Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Human Anatomy and Physiology.. 6 6 4 4 Elementary Tyfiezun'ting . . . . . . . . 4 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Fundamentals of Speech . . . . . . - 6 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Sociology . . . . . . . . . -3 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .I Electives A 32 Junior The Missionary Enterprise. . . . . . . Principles of Christian Education. The Chistian Churches.. . . . . . . . The Lutheran Church.. . . . . . . . . . Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Child Welfare or The Family. . Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 32 Senior Youth Work in the C h r c b . . . . . . z Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Educational Psyclmlogy . . . . . . . . . 3 Hymns and Music of the Church. . z Fundamentals of Journalism.. . . . . 3 Crafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Crime and Society or Introduction to Social Work.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Office Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 - High School Teaching Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the head of the Department of Education for admission'to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qual&cations. In addition to. departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and commercial education. Sophomore Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English Composition . . . . . . . . . European Civilization . . . . . . . . Foreim Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Educztion . . . . . . . . . Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2 - Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . 3 Teachiig in High School. . . . . . . . 3 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Electives in Major or Minor. . . . . . 1 6 Senior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Guidance. . . . . . . . . . . 3 History and Philosophy of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Observation and P,ractice Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 5 Specid Teaching Methods.. . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 32 32 Junior - The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning for work in the fields of business and industry. The course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation ' and results in a Bachelor of Arts degree. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . English Composition . . . . European Civilization or Social Problems . . . . Principles of Accounting Foreign Language . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . Junior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 United States History. . . . . . . . . . . 6 Business Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Advanced Accounting . . . . . . . . . 3 Finance and Investment.. . . . . . . . 3 Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Economics. . . . . . . . Introduction to Statistics. . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 8 4 6 _t I 3 Senior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Labor and Management Relations . 3 Senior Topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 . Preparation for teaching commercial subjects in high school requires work in the departments of Business Administration and Secretarial Studies. A description of the course in commercial education appears under the Department of Secretarial Studies. Training for secretarial work can be secured by taking the work in the Department of Secretarial Studies together with the proram of general education offered by the college. t Vocations in Home Economics From the vocational point of view, the work .inthe Department of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for home- CURRICULUMS 51 making, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in high school, and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and home economics extension. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. The teaching major is described in the catalog under the departmental heading. Medicine Most medical schools require a ,minimurnof three years of college education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . - . 4 English Composition . . . . . . . . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . 6 Inorganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . 8 College Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 T r i g w e t r y . . . . . . . . . - - . . . - - 4Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Zoology 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Quantitative Analysis . . . . . . . . 5 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . I 36 Senior Junior Christianity ................... 4 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Medical German . . . . . , ......... 4 Organic Chemistry . . . , , ... 8 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Christianity ................... 4 Speech . . . . . . . . . . ,............ 3 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physical Chemistry ............. 5 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 36 32 ..... - - Dentistry and Dental Hygiene Preparation for the study of dentistry or of dental hygiene can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the ordinary requirements for admission: Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 English Composition ........... 6 European Civilization ........... 6 Inorganic Chemistry ............ 8 College Algebra 4 Trigonometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . I Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . r Christianity ................... 4 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physical Education ............. I 36 33 ............... - Sophomore - Nursing Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training schools have at least one year of college. In many instances, two or more years of college work would be desirable. A two-year schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . English Composition . . . . Natural Science . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elements of Nutrition. . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . Sophomore Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Child Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . I Electives ................... F 32 The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. First Year Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Anztcmy and Physiology.. ...... 4 Bacteriology .................. 4 Chemistry .................... 3 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z - Second Year Sociology ......................3 -3 15 Engineering is a field requiring a great deal of technical preparation. One year of the engineering course will meet the needs of students interested in further study in any field of engineering. A two-year program may be arranged with the Registrar for those preparing for certain engineering fields. Freshman Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English Composition ............ Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry ........ Inorganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . College Algebra ............... Trigonometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hygiene ...................... Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore 4 6 6 8 4 4 I t I 36 Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry ................ . 8 or Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 9 8 I 7 32 ' S o d Work For students who plan to enter the field of social work the foly lowing program is suggested. The same program is app'ropriate for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field. Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Principles of Sociology. . . . . . . . . . . 3 General Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Human Anatomy and Physiology. . 4 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., .... American Government . . . . . . : . . Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sociology . . . . . . :. . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 8 6 I 3 - 32 32 Senior Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , . Principles of Economics , , ..... , Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . History of Philosophy.. . , ....... Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . ....... 4 6 9 6 7 - Christianity ................... Sociology Statistics Electives ...................... I I I1 I 4 ..................... g ......................3 I x6 - Students who plan to enter the Social Work Field should consult the major adviser in the Sociology Department relative to recommended courses, minors, and electives. Diaconate A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, and secretarial work may be:arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar. . I1 I rn i = ~ v F i L K ? . * W ' ~ ' S C N Y . ? M ~ Divisional Organization College courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Mr. Stensvaag, Chairman Christianity Philosophy DNISIONOF THE HUMANITIES Mr. Helland, Chairmart; Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Speech, Journalism German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music - SOCIALSCIENCES Mr. Quanbeck, Chairman History, Sociology, Political Science Education, Psychology Economics, Geography Library Science Business Administration, Secretarid Studies Home Economics DIVISIONOF THE DNISIONOF THE I NATURAL SCIENCES Biology, Chemistry, Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education I rn Mr. Nash, Chairman COURSES OF STUDY Starred Courses are not offered in 1gfo-19g I I Division of Religion and Philosophy Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The relate himself to Christ student is challenged to accept chis point of view-to as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make a consistent use of a11 hi talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian .personality dedicated to the realization of W s kingdom on earth. Department of Cluistianity The courses in Christianity are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare hi for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. All full time students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies. Registration in New Testament Greek satisfies this requirement. Major, 28 credits; Minor, 22 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Christianity major or minor. BOOK STUDIESw THE BIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 4 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the snidy of one of the Gospels and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted to the study of two or three books in the New Testament and of brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament. I, 2. CHURCHHISTORY. I. r Cr. A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for .the purpose of developing a mare intelligent and appreciative church membership. 3. CHRISTIANETHICS. 11. 2 Cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. 4. THE MISSIONARY ENTERPRISE.I. 2 Cr. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen hnds. 5. PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIAN EDUCATION.11. z Cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and parochial school teaching. 6. HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH. 11. See Coarse ro under the Department of Music. z Cr. ORATORY EXPERIENCEIN GROUPACTIVITY. I. See Course 23 under Education. I 10. 23. Cr. Senior Cdlege Courses COMPARATIVE RELIGION.I, 11. 4 Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten o r twelve of the great non-Christian religicm of the world. 5 I, 52. THECHRISTIANCHURCHES. I. 2 Cr. This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, 53. doctrinal position, and practices of the various 'branches of the Christian Church. THE LUTHERANCHURCH. 11. 2 Cr. A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran Free Church. 54. 55. GIIEATMEN AND WOMEN OF THE CHRISTIANCHURCH. I. 2 Cr. The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ until rhe present are studied. Special reports, class discussion. ~ O B L E M SM CHRISTIANLIVING. 11. 2 Cr. A consideration of some of the fundamental questions connected with living the Christian life: such as, the assurance of salvation, the devotional life, standards of conduct, the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life in the local congregation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied. 56. PARISHWORK. I. 2 Cr. This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. I t ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures will be supplemented by actual field work. 57. 58. YOUTH WORK IN TIIE CHURCH. 11. 2 Cr. A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 59, 60. ADVANCED BIBLE. I, 11. 4 Cr. A careful study, especially from the point of view of religious content, of a number of Biblical books and passages representative of the various types of literature contained in the Old and New Testaments. n. z Cr. 62. CHRISTIANSTEWARDSH~.* The evangelical view that all of life is sacred and is to be used to the glory of God is presented on the basis of Biblical passages and specific examples in literature and contemporary life. Special attention is given to the consecration of material possessions to che Kingdom of God. Department of Philowphy The philosophy courses seek to familiarize the student with the systems of thought developed by the great thinkers, t o create an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 41, 42, 5 3 , 60 .are required for the major. Courses 41, 42 are required for the minor. Jzcnim College Coarses CHRISTIAN ETHICS. IT. 2 cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. Same as Christianity 4. 4. THE HUMANITIES IN WESTERNCIVILIZATION. I, II. 6 Cr. A survey course dealing with the development of Western thought as reflected in outstanding works in the fields of phibsophy, literature, political and social thought, religion, and the arts. The course is accepted in fulfillment of the Junior College requirement in the Social Sciences. I 5 , I 6. 41, 42. HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY. I, 11. 6 Cr. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks to the modem period. * Not offered in 1950-1951. RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Senior College Courses 11, 52. C O M P A R ARELIGION. ~ I, 11. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world. Same as Christianity 11, 12. 53. LOGIC. I. 3 cr. A study of the conditions, forms, and principles of logical thought. Problems of inductive and deductive reasoning. The nature of trurh and its relation to human experience and conduct. CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 41 or 42. 11. 3 c~ A survey of recent philosophical emphases and ,their expressions in the various 56. areas of life in modem culture. PLATO.Prereq. 41. II. 3 Cr. careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato; including selected portions of the Replblic. 5 8. A 60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART.* Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. H. 3 Cr. The spirit and substance of art and the art experience i n their various forms through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. 61. PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. I. 3 Cr. An enquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology. I @ * Not offered in 1950-1951. Division of the Humanities The Division of the Humanities seeks to pass on to the coming generation a knowledge and interest in the field of rhe human cultural inheritance of the ages, and to give to each student the development that comes from finding hi place within this culture. The Division seeks t o promote the knowledge of these treasures of mankind, in language, literature, and ,the fine arts, and to connect their expression and growth with the basis of Christian faith and life. Department of Ancient Languages The courses in the classical languages aim to train the student to master forms and syntax, to acquire some facility in translation, and to get some insight into clasical culture and its bearing ,upon the present. Some knowledge of Latin is essential for the study of linguistics and for the understanding of historical documents and scientific terms. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a prerequisite in standard Theological Seminaries. Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 oredits. A course in New Testament Greek satisfies the Christianity requirement for the semester in which it is taken. Except for Course I in the first semester, credits in New Testament Greek may be applied toward a Christianity major or minor. 1-2. ELEMENTSOF NEWTESTAMENT GREEK. I, 11. 8 Ct. Text: Essentials of New Testament Greek, Huddilston. I John and the Gospel according to John I-X. Open to Junior College students. Senior College Cowrses MARK,AND ACTS I-=.* I, 11. 8 Cr, Careful readiig and analysis. Grammar reviewed, and special attention given to forms. 5 I, 5 2 . LUKEI-XX AND ROMANS.I, 11. 8 Cr. Special emphasis on syntax and parsing. Collateral readiig and acquaintance with the hitory and paleography of some ancient Greek manuscripts required. 5 3, 54. 'Not offered in 1950-1951. 8 Cr. The elements of the language are studied. Daily exercises in forms and dementary syntax. Senior College Courses JZ. XENOPHON'SANABASIS.*I, 11. Books 1-111 and the grammar are carefully studied. J I, Minor, 24 csredits. BEGINNING LATIN. Fr. I, 11. Grammar, easy prose, composition. A year's course. 3, 4. CZSARAND CICERO. SO. I, 11. Reading of Cmar's Gallic War and Cicero's Orations. Composition. 1-2. 8 Cr. 8 Cr. 8 Cr. Senior College Courses CICEROAND VERGL* Jr. I, 11. 8 Cr. 52. Reading of Cicero's Orations and Vergil's Aeneid. Composition. Pmrivate life of the Romans. Survey of Latin literature. 70. TEACHING OF LATIN. Sr. I. I Cr. J I, HEBREW BEGINNER'SCOURSE. 1, TI. See Theological Seminary. 53, ~ 4 . ADVANCED COURSE." I, II. See Theological Seminary. J I, J 2. 6 Cr. 4 Cr. Department of English The English Department a h to ~r&i thc student in the proper usz of English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and notctaking and in handling thought materials; to develop r deeper understanding of the fundvnentzl rru~hsand realitia of life revealed in great literature; and ro iatcgrate all these purposes rh.rough the principles of Cbrirtianity. The deparment prepares specifically for graduate study and for the teaching of English in secondary schools. Freshman English, Course 1-2 or 3-4, required of all. * Not offered in 1950-1951. Major: 26 credits above Freshman Englisb, courses 7, 8, and 5 1 to 60. Minor: 17 credits above Freshman English, courses 7, 8, 55, 56, 57, and r credits elective. It is recommended that students who plan to teach English in high school include Courses 5 and 76 and also close correlatives in language, history, and social science. A minor in Speech is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high school. Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in Literature. I+A. A course designed for students who fall below in their entrance English tests. Drill in elementuy matters of Engliih usage. Five hours a week. Three credits, provided the student improves his work sui3iciently. FRESHMAN ENGLISH. I, U. 6 Cr. For students attaining the required entrance standard. The ~rinciplesof writing and their application. Weekly themes and semester papers. Reading of literary selections. 1-2. FRESHMANENGLISH. 1, 11. 6 Cr. For students who are somewhat above the average in the entrance English tests. Study of p ~ c i p l e sof writing. Written work equal in amount to weekly themes and semester papers. Selected readhgs emphasized. 3-4. COMPO~ITION. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4. I, 11. 4 Cr. 5, 6. ADVANCED Semester I: Fundamentals of grammar and principles of writing. Stress on expository writing. Semester XI: Elements of style; emphasis on narration. Both semesters provide individual projects in chosen fields and also study of selected masterpieces. ENGLISHLITERATURE.SO. I. 3 Cr. A course in English literature emphasizing literary backgrounds and movements together with the study of representative authors and some of their best works. 7. - AMERICANLITERATURE.SO. 11. 3 Cr. A course in American literature, with an emphasis upon its origin and development, together with particular study of selected writings from a number of authors of influence and distinction. 8. CORRECTIVEWRITING. SO., Jr., Sr. 11. Three hours a week. Noncredit Caurse. This course offers additional training to upper class students who are found to be belaw in their writing of English in various courses. The purpose is to help them reach the standard required for the college degree. 11. 51. Lhgnarty GUITXQSM.~ Jr. I. 52. MODERNENGLISHr n AMEBIC4N W T D Jt B 11. ~ ~ A study of the more impwtpnt 1;in England and America from abuut I 890, concentcnfing upcm lo& h and notable productions. - AMERICAN POETRY.~ Jr. I. t Cr. The major American poets of the nineteenth century, with a thorough study of selected poems. 53. $4 Stndy of tht C I u d v& i E - I m a u m L Jr- ~WTU~&Y &EW . .e . n. of eighteeprh c e n m n H ~ Wtickivnl,and&&of poeD d assnJr;am" c h ~ -tare in FuqIand, int k P 'Rctam i ~ m~ Ha-5 rbe d~modemmrval.Empb%npon&e&ef 3 The chief poet8 md wasppias of & a- and Victorian p e r i d , O W B ~ ~ n p ~ n , t ~ ~ t ~ ~ ~ m ~ ~ n m d i n & t e n e e s & o c t Iive~arid~of&pprifex& 56. THE BRITISHAND AMERICANNOVEL. Prereq. 5 1 or equivalent. Jr. 11. 3 Cr. 57. Sr. L d Sh&spuda plays according to ideas and practices of drama in day d in relation to later critical study and appreciation. ~ 8 ,bo. CEIAUCRR awn MILTQX.Pretcp. 56. Sr. IS. 3 Cr. W y r st+ of T h e 6 n d a c y Tah d Milton's poetry as part of the c d d d d o p m n t of I&&thcs, their peratanent value and influence, and ths m a l i h of tht 72. TEACHINGOF ENGLISH.Sr. I. 76. ENGLISHGRAMMAR. Jr., Sr. 1% IT. z Cr. Designed for those who plan w teach English in high school. 1 Open to sophomores in certain situations. See Cr. Head of English Department. Department of Speech MR. R. E. ANDERSON, MR. LBFEVERE,MR. V. JENSEN The speech department aims to refate &e devehpnmt of tptcch to personality with the purpose of improving the adjustmmz of & indipidud to his environment. I t seeks to develop skill in platform dtpmtment d speech com,position, and to foster the habit of critical listening. Thro~&i m c o w L h e r pretative reading and dramatics an appreciation of puetry imd drama k SO* The department also sponsors an intercollegiate forensic p*ognm d i r h is open to all students. All students are required to earn 3 credits in Speech for graduation. Course I I is designed especially for this requirement. Minor, 16 credits. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH. So. I. 3 Cr. A study of basic problems of egective speaking: selecting the subject and determining the purpose, gathering speech materials, organization and delivery of speeches, with emphasis on informative speech. I I. 3 Cr. TYPES OF PUBLICSPEECH. Prereq. I I. So. 11. A study of narration, description, exposition, and argumentation as they apply I 2. to ~ u b l i cspeech; an introduction t o discussion and debate forms; preparation and delivery of common types of speeches. No credit. CORRECTIVESPEECH.SO., Jr., Sr. 11. Three hours a week. A course for students who need ad&d t r d p g in order to reach the ~ r o f i c i e n cnecessary ~ for the s u c c e d d p d t ab rbeir college studies as well as for proper adjustment in social aitrutbm w&de of school. 14. INTERCOLLEGIATE DEBATE. I, II. Open to all students. 1-2 Cr. The work of this group is based upon the intercollegiate debate question for the year. The amount of credit to be given rests with rhe discretion of the debate coach. 21. ORATORY.I. Open to dl strldentk I Cr. ul odghal oration for collegiate oratorical conPreparation and dtlivvy tests. Arrangements to be made witb rbe instructor. 23. Senior Colkge Cowses z Cr. I I, or consent of the department. Jr. I. A study of the principles of argumentation and [the psychology of persuasion; preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches. 61. ARGUMENTATION. Prereq. z Cr. 62. DISCUSSION. Prereq. I I , or consent of the department. Jr. 11. A study of the principles and types of discussion; participation in organized class discussions. DRAMATICS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. 6 Cr. The theory of aoting and intqretation is combined with a practical training in play production. Designed for those who may teach dramatics o r coach high school plays. 63, 64. INTERPRETATIVE READING. Jr. II. z Cr. Training in the techniques and mental operations of effective oral reading. 68. STORYTELLING. Jr. TI. I Cr. 66. A study of narration as a form of discourse; app1ica.tion of the principles of description and characterization to preaching and teaching. z Cr. 71, 72. GREATOIUTIONS. Jr., Sr. I, H. z Cr. A study of speech composition through analysis of great orations. Ancient orations are studied durinuring the ,&st semester, modem orations during the second. 75. PHONETICS.Jr., ST. I. z Cr. A study of speech sounds with .reference to their nature and structure; application of the principles of articulation in effective speech practice. 95. TEACHING OF SPEECH.Sr. I. I % Cr. JOURNALISM MR. N. C. ANDERSON FUNDAMENTALS OF JOURNALISM. I. 2 Cr. An introduction to che theory and practice of journalism. When pursued in connection with The Augsburg Echo or The Augsburgian an additional credit may be earned. See Courses 4 to 7. I. EDITINGTHE SMALI.PAPER.' 11. 2 Cr. A continuation of Course I, in which the mechanics of newspaper production are dealt with in detail. Problems of style and policy relative to school and church publications are studied. Participation in work of The Augsburg Echo is required. Alternates with Course 3. 3. FEATUREWRITING FOR PUBLICATION. II. z Cr. The planning and writing of feature articles and their placement in various publications. Ability w write good English is a requirement. Alternates with Course 2 . 4, 5. Echo STAFFMEETINGS.I, n. I Cr. Students who are regular members of The Augshrg Echo Staff and who may receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings. These meetings are also open t o members of G u r s e I. Hour arranged. 6, 7 . Angshrgian S T A MEETIMGS. ~ I, 11. I Cr. Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may receive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly staff meet2. ings. Department of German MR. LANDA,MR. ERMISCH The general aim of the courses in German is to help the student develop an understanding of the German idiom and an appreciation of the ethical and esthetic values contained in German literature. In particular, the aim is w provide technical training for the student who plans to study theology and for the Not offered in 1950-1951. candidate for higher academic degrees. Minor, 24 credits. Course 5-6 does not count toward a minor. BEGINNINGGERMAN. I, EL 8 Cr. A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the student attains a reading knowledge. 1-2. 3-4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY. I, 11. 8 cr. ?This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the study of easy prose and offers a brief survey of German literature. 5-6. MEDICALGERMAN.Prereq. 8 Cr. in German. I, 11. Training in the reading of professional articles written in German. 4 Cr. 5 I , 52. GERMANLITERATURE.I, TI. An introduction t o the study of classical German literature. 74. TEACHING OF GERMANICLANGUAGES. Sr. I. 8 Cr. I % Cr. Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign language as a factor in stimulating a symparhetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to give the student a working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history of the Norwegian race, as well as to transmit to American life the best of the cultural heritage of the Scandinavian peoples. M i r , 24 credits. 1-2. BEGINNINGNORWEGIAN.Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3-4. INTERMEDIAE NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11. 6 Cr. Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. 11. H~STORY OF THE SCANDINAVIAN COUNTRIES.*I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples. 16. SOCIALDEVELOPMENT OF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.' 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia from I 8 I 5 t o the present day, studied against the background of ,$he general conditions in Europe. Senior College Courses LITERATURE: EARLIERPERIOD.*Jr., Sr. I. 51. MODERNNORWEGIAN A study of Wergeland, Welhaven, Jonas Lie, and others. LIERATURE:LATERPERIOD.*Jr., Sr. 11. 54. MODERNNORWEGIAN Bjernson and Ibsen are studied especially, through selected works. * Not offered in 195C-1951. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. THE HUMANITES THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. Prereq. 3 -4, or six credits in lizera2 Cr. ture. Jr., Sr. I. 67 The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. DRAMA.Prereq. 3-4,or six credits in litera56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN z Cr. ture. Jr., Sr. 11. The course includes dramas by Bj@rnson, Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. 74. TEACHINGOF GERMANIC LANGUAGES. Sr. I. I % Cr. 5 5. Department of Romance Languages The Romance Language D e p t m e n t aims first, t o train students for graduate study, high school teaching, missionary work, and business positions involving the use of French or Spanish; next, to assist in developing an appreciation of the best in literature and encourage the reading of great i h k s as a use of leisure time; and finally, to make a contribution toward world peace by fostering in students an understanding of other peoples, their language, institutions, culture, and ideals. FRENCH Minor, 24 credits. BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, U. 8 Cr. The course includes che study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. 1-2. 3-4. INTERMEDIA= FRENCH. I, n. 8 Cr. One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, compsition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French literature. Smiur College Courses FRENCH LITERATURE.I, n. 4 Cr. The course comprises lectures by the instructor on authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries, and readings and reports by rhe students. 5 3-54. FRENCH PHONETICS, CONVERSATION, LVD CUMPOSITION. I, 11. 4 Cr. During the h r semester rhere is a thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, and dictation. During the second semester phonetic drill is replaced by composition. Courses 11-52and 53-54 may be taken together four hours per week, or during .two successive years. 78. TEACHING OF ROMANCELANGUAGES. Sr. I. 1% Cr. 1-52. SURVEY OF I Minor, 24 credits. BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11. 8 Cr. The course includes the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of stories in the Spanish language. 3-4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, TI. 8 Cr. The c m e includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language. 1-2. Senior College Cmses 5 1-5 2. SURVEYOF SPANISHLITERATURE. 4 Cr. I, 11. The course consists of readings and reports, and provides a general survey of well known Spanish and Spanish-American authors and their works. 13-54. SPANISH CONYERSATION AND COMPOSITION. I, 11. 4 Cr. Some further study of Spanish grammar is included with special emphasis on developing the ability to use the language both orally and in writing. Courses 5 1 - 5 2 and 53-54 may be taken together four hours per week, or during two successive pears. Sr. I. 78. TEACHINGOF ROMANCELANGUAGES. 1% Cr. Department of Music This department ogers general instruction to students who are interested primarily in the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters, in addition to giving special training to those who wish to become teachers of music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. The department also affords preparation for those who expect to continue specialized study in the field of music. A graduation major (36 credits) requires completion of the following: Ear Training . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr. 7-8. Appreciation of Music. . . .4 Cr. 2. History and Literature of 5 1-5 2. Instrumental Technique or Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr. 3-4. Harmony .............. 4 Cr. 53-54. Choral Technique . . . . .4 Cr. 5-6. Advanced Harmony . . 4 Cr. 55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. I. Electives, 4 credits from the following: Hymns and Music of 58. Counterpoint . . . . . . . . . . . s Cr. the Church . . . . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. 59. Orchestration . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. 57. Musical Analpsis . . . . . . . . .z Cr. 60. Composition . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr. 10. Applied Music (including at least - . .. - . ' .I ' 2 - credits in piano) . . . . . . . . . - 8 Cr. . . -. .. . . .. - - L - - THE HUMANITIES A teaching major (36 credits) requires completion of the following: Far Tnining . . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. I. History and Literature of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. 3-4. Harmony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 5-6. Advanced Harmony. . . . . .4 Cr. 2. 7-8. Appreciation of Music. . - 4 Cr. 5 1-5 2. Instrumental Technique or* 53-54. Choral Technique . . . . - 4Cr. 55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . . . -4Cr. Ed. 87, 88. Teaching of Grade and High School Music.. . . . . . . . . . . . . , 4 Cr. Electives, t credits from the following: 57. Musical Analysis . . . . . . . .z Cr. 5 8. Counterpoint . . . . . . . . . . .z Cr. $9. Orchestration . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Cr. Applied Music (including a t least z credits i n Piano) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 CI. One public recital in each of the junior and senior years is required of all mwic majors. A graduation minor (26 credits) requires completion of the following: I. Ear Training . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr. 2. History and Literature of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr. 3-4. Harmony . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Cr. 7-8. Appreciation of Music. . . . 4 Cr. 57. Musical Analysis . . . . . . . . 2 Cr. Electives, 4 credits from the following: 5-6. Advanced Harmony. . . . .4 Cr. Hymns and Music of the Church . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr. 10. 55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 5 8. Counterpoint . . . . . . . t Cr. Applied Music (in which a t least 2 credits must be earned in private lessons in either vocal or instrumental music) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Cr. A teaehiig minor (26 credits) requires completion of the following: Ear Training . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr. 55-56. Conducting . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 3-4- Harmony . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr5 1-5 z. Instrumental Technique or 5 3 -54. Choral Technique. . . . 4 Cr. 57. Musical Analysis. . . . . . . . . z Cr. I. Ed. 87, 88. Teaching of Grade and High School Music. . . . . .4 Cr. Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Cr. * A student securing a major for teaching should be prepared for both vocal and instrumental work. Unless he takes both techniques courses, his work in applied Music, except for the required credits in Piano, must be in instrumental music if he registers for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers for Instrumental Technique. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 70 (If the student has registered for h t m e n t a l Tedmiqw, a t least 2 credits i n Applied Music must be earned in private lessons in instrumental music. If he has registered for Choral Technique, at least 2 credits in Applied Music must be earned in private lessons in vocal music.) Two semester credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir, the Choral Club, or the Band. Credits are not offered for less than two complete semesters. One credit per semester is granted to students taking sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voice, p'iano, or organ. Fees per semester: Voice $35.00, Piano $35.00, Organ $35.00. Piano rental is $y.oo per semester. Organ rental (entitling the student to use the organ per semester. I hour per day) is $20.00 EAR TRAINING. I. r Cr. A course including the basic fundamentals of music: notation, terminology, scales, intervals, triads, rhythm, and melody. Special attention is given to sight singing, ear training, elementary keyboard harmony and harmonic dictation. I. HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC. II. 2 Cr. The evolution of ,music from its earliest forms up to the present t e e . The lives of rhe composers, their works and their impact on music. The literature of music, iboth instrumental and choral, is stressed. 2. I, TI. 4 Cr. 3-4. HARMONY. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord $ormation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing. HARMONY. Prereq. 3-4. I, 11. 4 Cr. 5-6. ADVANCED Continuation of the work begun in Course 3-4, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. Students should have some knowledge of piano. APPRECUTIONOF MUSIC. I, 11. 4 Cr. A course designed to develop in the student an appreciation of the world's greatest music. Supplemented by musical illustrations. For students with or wifhout a musical background. 7-8. HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH. z Cr. A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian 10. Church, with special attention to Protestant Hymnody. Designed for the general student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors, and preseminarians. The course is accepted as fuldling rhe requirement of a course in Christianity. Senior Colkge Colcrses 51-52. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE.Prereq. I. I, 11. 4 Cr. Class intruction in string, reed, and brass instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 53-54. CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. I. I, 11. 4 Cr. Class in~tructionin the fundamentals of voice -as related to singing, preparing the prospective public school 'music teacher and director for work in vocal music. 55-56. C ~ N D U CPrereq. ~ G . I, 3-4. I, II. 4 Cr. A course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or 'both, and for those who wish training in church choir administration and direction. 57. MUSICALANALYSIS.Prereq. I, 3-4. I. 2 Cr. A detailed study of rhe s t r u c m e and form of ,music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 58. COUNTERPOINT.Prereq. 3-4, 5. 11. z Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species. 59. ORCHESTRATION. Prereq. 3-4, 5, 57. I. A course in arranging for band, orchestra, and chamber groups. 2 Cr. 60. COMPOSITION.Prereq. 3-4, 5, 57, 5 8. 11. r Cr. Composing choral and instrumental music in the various musical forms. Students admitted only upon recommendation of the department. 87. TEACHWG OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I. 88. TEACHING OF HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. OfIered as Education 87, 88. JI. = 2 Cr. 2 Cr. CHOIR,CHORALCLUBOR BAND. I, 11. 2 Cr. These organizations exist not only #or the benefit of the music student but for anyone enrolled as a student who wishes t o participate in groups affording the opportunity for musical expression. PIANO. I, 11. 2 Cr. All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced. The methods are modern, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One shirty-minute lesson per week. ORGAN.I, 11. 2 Cr. Instruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is recommended as a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week. VOICE.I, 11. I or 2 Cr. Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week. Division of the Social Sciences MR. QUANBECK,Cbairmun It is the general purpose of rhe work in this division to improve the studends understanding of human relationships and ,his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in .their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and t o improve the individual's adaptation to Department of History MR. KJLDAHL, MR. KLEVEN, MR. J. E. HANSON The Department of History aims to awaken in the student an intelligent interest in social phenomena, a clear conception of the basic factors in historical development, a critical evaluation of social and political movements, and a sympathetic attitude toward the human elements involved. Furthermore, this department trains the student in the application of social and historical principles to practical life situations. Finally, it affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. Major, 30 credits; 'minor, 21 credits. For teaching, the major and minor must include History 21 and 22. SURVEYOF EUROPEANCNILIZATION. Fr. I, 11. course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up t o the present. Designed to lay the foundation for future work in History. 1-2. This economic as well as the political factors in the development of American ideas and institutions. Prerequisite, six credits in social science. 22. HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES(since 1 8 6 5 ) . So. 11. the American people, on their ~oliticalinterests and party organizations, on their cultural development, and on the relations with rhe rest of ,the world. Senior College Colcrses AND THE REFORMATION. Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I. 3 Cr. 51. THERENAISSANCE A study of the economic, social, ~olitical,cultural, and religious movements that marked the transition from medieval .to modern civilization and culture. 52. HISTORY OF ENGLAND UP TO 1776.Prereq. 1-2. Jr. factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. 11. THE SOCIJU SCIENCES HISTORY. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. 53. HISPANIC-AMERICAN A survey course with emphasis upon colonial administration, the age of revolution, and the twentieth century. EUROPE.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. II.' 54. EASTERN The history of eastern Europe with emphasis on the development of Russia. HSTORY OF THE UN-ITEDSTATES.Prereq. History 2 I and 55. CON~WPORARY 2 2 . Jr., Sr. 1 . A history of the United States from the Spanish-American War to the present, including considerztior of domestic and international policies, and cultural and economic development. DIPLOMATIC HISTORY. Prereq. U. S. Hist. or Am. Gov. 3 Cr. 56. AMERICAN A consideration of foreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary War to the present. 61, 62. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I, II. Political and military history is subordinated to the study of the cultural aspects of ancient civilization. The student is introduced to the pmblems and methods of the several fields of archmlogical investigation. 71-72. NINETEENTHCENTURY EUROPE.Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. A study of international relations as dected by nationalism, socialism, industrialism, militarism, and imperialism. World War I and the rise of the totalitarian states and World War II. I War. Some study of current affairs in the light of historical investigation. I Department of Political Science MR. KLEVEN Minor, 15 credits. I, II. 41-42. PRINCIPLESOF AMERICANGOVERNMENT. Foundations of American government, making and development of the Constitution, federal, state, and local governments, citizenship, civil rights, popular control of government, political parties, governmental functions. Senior Colkge Cmrses PARTIES OF THE UNITEDSTATES. Prereq. Political Science 41-42; 53. POLITICAL or, United States History. Jr., Sr. I. A review af American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. OF POLI~CAL THEORY. Prereq. Political Science 41-42; or, United 54. HISTORY 56. AMERICAN DIPLOMATICHISTORY. 'I. See course 56 under History. 86. TEACHING OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I. 3 Cr. I % Cr. Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Human Geography, and 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science 41 -42. Minor in Social Science Requirement: 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science 41-42. The objectives of this Department are to give the student a better understanding of the motivating farces which operate within our country in particular, and in society in general. A study is made of the institutions through which these forces make themselves operative. As a Christian college we have rhe further goal of seeking ways by which the Christian principles can be made to have greater effectiveness upon the forces of our society. Students may prepare to teach in high school or may lay the groundwork for further preparation in the field of social services. Sociology major, 24 semester credits including Sociology I. (Supporting hours in other social studies subjects t o be approved by rhe Sociology Deparment). Combined Social Science major, same as requirements listed in History Department. Sociology minor, 15 semester credits including Sociology I. Teaching minor in Social Science, at least 6 semester credits in each of sociology, economics, and political science. History 1-2, or 21 and 22, required for a sociology major or minor. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology or Social Science. Physical Education 6 and 85 may be approved for Sociology credit by the Sociology Department. I. IN. SOCIOLOGY. A course in general sociology for nurses. Two lectures per week. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. PRINCIPLESOF SOCIOLOGY. Fr., So. Offered both semesters. A study of the nature of society, its interests, attitudes, social factors, structure, controls, and process of change. 3 Cr. SOCIALPROBLEMS. Prereq. Soc. I. Fr., So. 11. 2. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary problems together with an analysis of the personal, family, community, and politico-economic adjustments to these processes. Social policies in the making are analyzed in terms of these processes and adjustment problems. I. HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. A smdy of geographical factors influencing social institutions. 16. SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTOF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.*n. 3 Cr. See Course 16 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. 2 I. INTERCULTURAL RELATIONSAND MINORITYPROBLEMS.Prereq. Soc. I. So. I. 3 Cr. Characteristics and contributions of ethnic groups in the United States, causes and consequences cif race and group prejudice, mechanism and pmblems of group adjustments, proposed solutions for intercultural conflicts. 22. SOCIOL~GY OF RURAI.LIFE Prereq. Soc. I. SO. TI. 3 Cr. Study of the structural, vital, and material elements of the rural community, and the analysis of rural institutions and social patterns of behavior. Emphasis is placed on the dynamics of change. 14. Senior CoLLege Cotwses Prereq. Psy. I, 2 and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 5 I . SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. A study of the psychological ,backgrounds of group behavior, ,the development of ,personality in social situations, the principles of character formation, the development of public attitudes and opinion, the laws of progress, social conflicts, and social control. 3 Cr. 53. THE FAMILY.Prereq. Soc. I. Jr. Sr. I. A study of the ,history and function of the family as a basic institution, the influence of modem and economic changes on family interactions, organization, and disorganization. OF URBANLIFE. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 54. SOCIOLOGY Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. WELFARE.Prereq. Soc. I, Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 55. CHILD A study of rhe factors in our civilization which affect the physical, mental, and spiritual development of children. Topics stressed are changing concepts of prablems, laws pertaining to children, private and public agencies dealing with children. 56. ,LABORAND MANAGEMENT RELATIONS.TI. 3 Cr. See Course 56 in Department of Business Administratio~. . Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. $ 8 . CRIME AND S o c ~ n Prereq. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. TO SOCIALWorn. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 59. INTRODUCTION An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. 86. TEACHWGOF SOCIALS ~ D E S Sr. . I. I % Cr. *Not offered in 1950-1951. AUGSBURG COLLEGE Department of Psychology and Education MR. QUANBECK, MR. URDM-IL, MISS MORTENSEN, MR. TORSTENSON, MR. BERTNESS The work in general psychology is planned for all students and intended to improve their understanding of human nature. The courses i n education are intended primarily f o t those preparing to do high school teaching. Attention is given to problems of the learner, to philosophy of education, uld to methods and materials of instruction. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate f o r further study in the field of education. In addition to the regular junior college requirements, students in teacher education are required t o have four semester hours in general psychology. Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be approved by a committee on teacher education. Application must be made during rhe sophomore year or, at rhe latest, early in the first semester of the junior year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality ratings, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of a 1.5 honor point ratio in the major and 1.0 ratio for the overall average. ORIENTATION ORIENTATION. Required. Fr. I. I Cr. Designed to assist freshmen in making the proper adjustment to their work as students in college, including methods of study, vocational choice and preparation, and development of personality. I. PSYCHOLOGY _ IN. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. I. z Cr. An introductory course in psychology intended for nurses. Two lectures GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. SO. I. z Cr. An introductory study of human behavior and its basic physiological mechanisms in the nervous system, followed by a psychological interpretation of emotion, motivation, habit, attention, perception, memory, imagination, thought, and intelligence. I. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. SO. 11. 2 Cr. A study of the roots and formative factors in developing personality, the more common conflicts and maladjustments, and principles of mental hygiene. Special attention to individual interests in applied and personal psychology. 2. I w I THE SOCIAL SCIENCES Senior College Cowrses SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. See Course 5 I in Sociology. 5 I. their name, caases, prevention, and present treatment. EDUCATION 23. LABORATORY EXPERIENCEIN GROUPACTIVITY.m e r e d both semesters. tianiry 6, 57, and 5 8 ; Physical Education 6 . I I, r 3, 14,and 5 2 ; %&hgy Z, 5 I , and 59; and Home Economics 36. The n a m e of the experience will vary with the course with which it is m c i a t e d , md may include such activities as reaching, sapervising recreation, and advising clubs. Tbe cooperation of the agmcia involved is necessary, wish reporcs from cbe supervisor and the studenc to the reacher of the course with which rhe work is connected. g5 , Senior Colkge Cmses pects of the psychology of adolescence with its application to education. TEACHING m- HIGHSCHOOL.Prereq. g ~ Jr. . 11. Teaching procedures and class man2gement. Includes a study of the secondary school in relation to r h e nsds of pouth. 73. I 55. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I . Sr. 11. The guidance function of the classroom teacher. The home room and extracurricular activities as instruments for guidance. AND PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. Sr. 11. 58. HISTORY The course traces the development of modem education with special reference to the underlying philosophy. Special Teacbing Metbods The special methods courses include the srudy of the materials, organization, and teading pmedtues of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of =aching u e made in h e specific field. Usually, each student is required to t&e two of c b a coum:s to prepare for student teaching. Thii means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a major or a minor in the field and Education 53. In special situations, a student may be permitted to register for more than these courses. I 54 hours of credit in certain of TEACHINGOF LAT~N.Sr. I. 1 % Cr. TEACHING OF ENGLISH.Sr. I. I % Cr. TEACHING OF GERMANIC LANGUAGES. Sr. I. I Cr. TEACHINGOF ROMANCELANGUAGES. Sr. I. 154 Cr. TEACHINGOF NATUAL SCIENCES.Sr. I. I 54-3 Cr. TEACHINGOF COMMERCE.Sr. I. 1 % Cr. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. 1 % Cr. TEACHING OF SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I. 1 % Cr. TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I. 2 Cr. TEACHING OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. 11. z Cr. TEACHINGOF HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. I. z Cr. TEACHINGOF HEALTHAND PHYSICALEDUCATION. Sr. I. z Cr. 95. TEACHINGOF SPEECH.Sr. I. I % Cr. 96. OBSERVATION AND STUDENTTEACHING. Prereq. Educ. 51, 5 3 . Sr. I. 4 to 5 Cr. Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college supervisor and selected critic teachers. 70. 72. 74. The following courses prepare the student to meet zhe state requirements for endorsement for the position of part-time librarian. They train him in making a wise choice of books for the school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a small school library, and in making intelligent and effective use of library tools for his own needs as a teacher. C N I L D ~ -LITERATVRE. 'S Jr., Sr. I. r Cr. A coarse in evaluating historic and modern types of literature for children in relation w their developing castes and needs and with regard to the educational responsibilities of parents, teachers, librarians, and guidance workers. Open to sophomores by arrangement. 5 I. ADOLESCENT LITERATURE. Jr., Sr. 11. 2 Cr. A continuation of Course $1. It includes a study of the construction and content of representative junior and senior high school reading programs. Course 5 I recommended but not required as a prerequisite. 52. 6 Cr. L~RAKYCOURSE FOR T~CHFX-LIBRARL+.UP Jr., Sr. 1, 11. The basic subjects of I i b r ~ r yscience: ~Iassjfrcation.caralo3ing, reference books, g j , 14. library adrninisrrarion. and h l r selection for school libraries. Lectures, class Iabcntor). work, rssigned duties in the library, and occasional visits ro school libraries. Each student does 30 hours of practice work in rhe college library during the second semester. * Not offered in 195G1951. Department of Business Admidstration and Economics and Secretarial Studies The objeclive of this depxment is ro help students g& a broad knowledge and sound perspective of busin- m d o w ecanomic society. Such knowledge and pspcccive is nefessaq for success in speczc positioab in oar complex business vorld arrd &odd provide the background to facilitate adpnncement, with experience, to p i c i o n s of responsibility. A degree with a W i n m s major is a common reqajsemmt of b i n c s s firms and government agencies. Thc department gives a general background in economics; rogether with secretarid studies, ir provides a teaching major or minor; and it prepam for graduate work in business and economics. Major, 36 credits; courses required are 1-2, 4, 15-16, 51, 53, 54, 55, 56, 59, 62. Also required are Speech I I and History 2 1 and 22. Minor, 21 credits; courses required are 1-2,4, 15-16and six credits in Senior College courses. PR~~CIPLES OF A C C O ~ Fr. G I, . TI. 6 Cr. An inzmduction to the ptinciph of accounting and their application to the 1-2. single proprietorship, parmenhip, and corporate f o m of business; preparation and analysis of h a n c i a l statements; procedure in recording tmsiness transactions; and nn introduction to rnanufacmring and cast acwunchg. h o n u c n o u TO S~~mncs. Fr., So. II. A smdy of rlrc colledoa, presenration, anal&, 3 Gand interpreration of smtistical data. It inclndes a s d y of the measares of central tendency, time. series, tabaIation, graphic representation, and rbe application of these statistical techniques to various types of data. 4. 6 Cr. honvcno~ TO ECONOMICS. SO., Jr,, Sr. I, TI. A t d y of the social arganization of our ewmmy, the pIace of money, value, and prices, the diseriha'on of wenlth, dternative economic systems, and cansumer problems. The objective is to help the student appreciare the eomplaities of our economy, the ecunoraic problems o f our times, and h place in the sygtem. T h i s course is for non-businm maiors taking no other manes in economics and business ur o d p a limited number. G u m 7 may be t a k a alone, or 7. 8 together. T h i s unuse d m not satisfy the prerequisite requirements for advanced busines md economic^ courses. A snrdent may not receive credit in both 7, 8 and rj-16. 7, 8 . ~ P U OF % S FXONDWCP.SO. 1, II* 6 Ct A smdy of &E social orgmization af our economy, fiscal and mmetnry policies, uahe, prices, the distribahn of wealth, md alternative m d c syst e m s . T h e objecri~eis ro Help rhe student to d d o p the abitity ta d y z e e w n m " c h e s ns &ey arise in bis p c r d and vocationa1 a c t i V i t i ~ smd in pubIic life. This course ie far Bmines majors and is designed to be a background for pmfessbnal buskm study and practice, A student may not receivt credit in both 7, 8 and rr-16. IS - T ~ . ~ Senior College Courses .. m m u m a h p r & d d p in regard m con-, sakk, and aagaisbÂ£e hmcaln. ~ n i m i s m p w ~ w d l e I ~ i a s r w d pro'- cedures important in business. j Cr. G . P-, 1-2, 4, XI-16. Jrr Sr. L A ~ a f t b s ~ m l * h a a d ~ o f inaUrournwtlP*, r ~ f inchding mnrk&ng ftmcdm nnd wmeio* pn inv#cig5tiom af *-d- ST. i n g ~ ~ u e s i n t h e ~ e t i n g ~ o f ~ a n d p n a n m ; n a t ; o n o f ~ is fo of &&tg qtipim aw -p. The: d imp* g i P e t h t s t r a d m t a u a a P l ~ ~ f w ~ ~ i I ~ t i ~ d P I s government legislation. 5 6. L ~ O AND R ~ A G E M E N TRELATIONS.Prereq. 7 or I 5-16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 cr. Aatnd70f mpengemept,of U , a f ddrrtktkmLpndaf d d r d b y : ~ i d v k h l l p d Thcobjectiveiarnpictmetbt k ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ d t h e g e g p o u ~ i n o u r e c u n m y P n d t 9 i n ~ t of a&iedng h p pad &etEirenes of the whole tho& educatbm otrd government control. Atwmuzu A c ~ ~ ~Prereq. w G r-2, 4, rg-r3. &. L 3 cr. p u q e of tbis c o w is tn prapide s a a l y a ewmtitig PPebniqtlw wh;cb d lmnble the d m t ar inrcrprer -id .dam, and to %mint rhe d t with wt accmmtbg principleb aud paaotmtter. P-tb a d +Pntysia of h d d sazcmmts, comparative s t a m - aad statements s b w b g the -tian aP workbag upid: a d prweedhgs in $b-oder d &d cast59. The ing are stressed. P&a m bmnax~. Fsereq. r-a, 4, IS-xb, r9. Jr-, St II. 3 Ct. ~stud~afthehcvnrious~4f~Pies~~ia~Coasidera .dam~~iponindhfnMmandcxternnl~ktth~~chptT~ee &tingtktcpdcesd=cutiriek T n & d e d b r ~ 3 t f i t ~ ~ e s d g m & gopen&# tbe d* of &andint S C a ~ O nnd -tin& data of w w h & have b â¬ o m & d as jnvesrment *&aa 62. ~ T O P B ForSdot.binBukmodF.Sr.T,II. ~ S . 6 Cr. Aze6mobbnainesspacdoed~inour~,ph&gattt tae a p p b t i e s fm idvidtd d i a v a r , f a b y an &gkd m*&b y d - m d e n z in wbieh he pn h + & m af of om. Tbc gro+ m y fs 7% + be in-anyk i m s Md; for a m p k acmmrin& market research, economic analysis. mvwumanr, felfing, These courses aim to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of commercial education in high schools and for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. A major may be obtained in commercial education by completing a minimum of 36 hours, including: I,2, 3-4,6, 5 I, 52. 53-54,Business Administration 1-2, 7, 8, 53, and one other Senior College Course, and Education 82. A minor may be obtained by completing a minimum of 24 hours, including: I,2, 3-4,6, 51, 52, 53-54,Business Administration 1-2 or 7, 8, and Education 82. I,2. ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITZNG. I, 11. 4 Cr. A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Five hours per week. 3-4. ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND.I, IL. 4 Cr. Training in the fundamentals of Gregg shorthand. Practice in simple dictation. Four hours per week. 6. OFFICE TRAINING. Brereq. I, 2, 3-4. 11. 2 Cr. Study and practice in the operation of such machines as the mimeograph and other types of duplicators. Instruction in fling and the keeping of simple office records. Two hours per week. Senior Colkge Cmrses ADVANCED TYPEWRITING. I, 11. 5 I, 5 2. 4 Cr. Further development of typewriting technique with practical training in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the ,typing of legal documents. Prerequisite I, 2, or high school credit in typing. Open to students having attained a speed of 35 words per minute. Four hours per week. 5 3-54. ADVANCED SHORTHAND. I, 11. 4 Cr. Advanced study of ,the theory and principles of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Prerequisite 3-4 or high school credit in shorthand. Open to studenu who can take dictation at a minimum speed of 80 words per minute and transcribe a t a high degree of accuracy. Four hours per week. 82. TEACHING OF COMMERCE.Sr. I. 1% Cr. Department of Home Economics The objectives of the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that will help students solve personal, home, and family living problems; second, to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Non-teaching major, 33 credits plus one course from the Senior College Courses. Required courses are I,2, 3, 7, 41,42, 44, 52, 57, 66, 68, 71,72. Graduation minor, I 8 credits including courses I,3, 7, 41,and 42 or 44 or 7 I. Teaching major, 39 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33 and 76. Also required are Chemistry I or 5-6, Physics z, Economics 7, Sociology I, and Biology z and 54. Teaching minors possible in Biology, Chemistry, Speech, Social Science or Physical Education. Consult a member of the home economics faculty for course plans. CLOTHING SELECTION,CARE, AND REPAIR. I. I. A study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing. Beauty i n design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile fabrics suitable f o r difleren.t uses are topics considered. 11. CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. z. z Cr. Thii course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in cotton and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and suitable techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors. Two double laboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per week. 3cr 3. ART IN DAILYLIVING. I. 3 Cr. A study of art as i t is met in the activities of everyday living. Open t o all students. ELEMENTSOF NUTRITION. I. 3 Cr. Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries will be analyzed. 7. EXPERIENCEM GROUPA c m n . 23. LABORATORY See course 23 under Education. I Cr. COLORAND DESIGN.I. 3 Cr. A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging, 33. and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. CRAFTS.I. 2 Cr. Lzboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week. Prereq. 7 or per41. PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATIONAND MANAGEMENT. 3 Cr. mission of instructor. I. Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and food preparation. Three double laboratory periods a week. 42. THEHOME.TI. 3 Cr. A course applying principles of cultural living t o everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. I C THE SOCIALSCIENCES 83 Senior Colkge Courses ~ N ~ - n A E MANAGEMENT. ~ Prereq. 41. 11. 3 Cr. 52. h ~ m FOOD C&~timuatiDn of 4 began in Economics 41 with emphasis on time and w t . T h e aoabk laboratory periods a week. 57. TEXTILES. I. 2 Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and G i h e s with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory hours a week. 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. II. 2 Cr. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. ffw W C AXD FI ~ B X I S R ~ GII. . 3 crinch& a comithtiun d housing, pn a d + of f b r +, a study of the d e b of meriors'and hte&rs, and pmblw m sefEGtina amu&n$. and om bane ~ ~ g Hame s . 3 preteqate for harm! E b c s E d u e a h mrrpra. 9 h c doubIe Wwawrp periods per 66. Th mme ~~ w ~ k 68. HOMENURSING. 11. z Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating t o environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOME MANAGEMENT LECTURES.I. 2 Cr. C o n b i k t h n of proMmm relating to planning, directing, guiding, and com&natbg Ebe regotrrces of the home for happy, satisfying family living. Two lectote prim3 per we& 72. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY. 2 Cr. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Given in summer. Cost to be determined by the group. 73. CONSUMEREDUCATION AND INCOME MANAGEMENT.I. 3 Cr. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will 'be w n sidered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 76. ADVANCED CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. 11. 2 Cr. This course provides lzboratory experience in making garments in wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the class in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and constructing garments for children is also given. Two 3-hour laboratory hours per week. OF HOME ECONOMICS.Prereq. 3 2 credits in home economics 91. TEACHMG and Education 53. Sr. I. z Cr. . Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics It is the purpose of tbe division of hratural Science to provide training in scientific methods and techniques; ro interprer N z m r d Science in the light of the Word of God; to acquaint the student w i d f h e significance of Natural Science in a modern, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip the student with a scientific 'background which will enrich his life and the lives of his fellow men. Department of Biology MR. NASH,MR. URDAHL, MR. MJLLER,MISS HOLMAN ' The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, t o further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses I and 2 satisfy the one-year requirement in Natural Science, but do not count toward a major in Biology or in Natural Science. GENERALBIOLOGY.Fr. I. 4 Cr. A smdy of biological principles. A survq- is made of the animal and plant kingdom with emphasis on morp~oIogp,physiology, adapration, and heredity 2s applied to type organisms. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. I. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. II. 4 Cr. A short course dealing with the anatomy, physiology, causes of disease, and maladjustment, hygiene, and heredity of man. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 2. z N. ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY. I. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and p;hysiology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. ~ i I, . a. 8 Cr. survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adaptation, and production of type animals. Biological principles re emphasized. Two lectures and rwo double laboratory periods per week. 3-4. GENERALZOOLOGY. 5-6. GEXERAL BOTANY.SO. Jr. 1, E. 8 Cr. This is a study of the morphoIogy and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of rhe p l a t kingdom. Emphsis is also placed on ,botanical principles. Flowering planu are identified in rbc spring. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. Senior College Courses 4 Cr. GENETICS.'Prereq. I and 2 , 3-4, or 5-6. So., Jr. I. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is 5 I. placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. 4 Cr. ECOLOGY.*Prereq. 3-4 or 5-6. So., Jr. 11. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general prin- 5 2. ciples of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one laboratory period or field trip per week. GENERALENTOMOLOGY. Prereq. 3-4. Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 53. 54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. Prereq. Chem. 5-6. II. 4 Cr. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modem laboratory techniques. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Prereq. Chem. I . I. 4 Cr. 54 N. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 3 Cr. TAXONOMY OF FLOWERING PLANTS.'Prereq. 5-6. Sr. I. Taxonomy of flowering ~ l a n t s .Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of class%cation, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 5 5. 59. BIOLOGIC~~L LITERATURE. Jr., Sr. I. I Cr. A review of recent biological literature. One class conference per week. Open to students who major in Biology. TECHNIQUES. Sr. 11. 1-2 Cr. 60. BIOLOGICAL Practical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing projects useful to teachers. OF NATURALSCLENCES. Sr. I. 1% Cr. 80. TEACHING The course consists of methods of teaching natural sciences in secondary schools. Department of Physical Sciences MR. REMENESKI, MR. BOARDMAN, MR. ALDRE, MR LINDQUIST, MR. ROTH The courses o6ered provide fundamental background in the basic principles of chemical and physical phenomena. The primary objective is promotion of scientific thinking and scientific approach. Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the natural sciences in secondary schools. Tbe courses in Chemistry will prepare * Not offered in 1950-1951. him for further study in such specialized fields as Medicine, Research, Engineering, Nursing, Pharmacy, and other related fields. The course in Physics will prepare him for study in Engineering and Applied Mathematics. CHEMISTRY Major in Chemistry, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. I. PRINCIPLESOF CHEMISTRY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstration course involving the study of the laws of Chemistry, metals, non-metals, and organic compounds. N. CHEMISTRYFOR NURSES. I. 3 Cr. A lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. I CHEMISTRY. Fr. I, II. 8 Cr. 5-6. GENERALINORGANIC A study of laws and theories of Chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Senior College Courses 4 Cr. 51. QUALITATWEANALYSIS.Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I. Laboratory work in macro and semi-micro qualitative analysis. Lectures; theories of solution and ionization, ionic equilibria, precipitation, dissolution of precipitates. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 5 Cr. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.Prereq. 5 I. So., Jr. 11. methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric Introductory course in and gravimetric. One lecture, eight hours of laboratory per week. 52. 8-10 Cr. 53-54. ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5-6. Jr., Sr. I, II. A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week. PHYSICALCHEMISTRY.* Prereq. Math. 2, Chem. 51 and 52, and Physics 5 Cr. 5 and 6. Sr. 11. An introductory course covering the gas laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium, rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 55. PHYSICS PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS.Prereq. H. S. Algebra and Plane Geometry. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light and electricity. 5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math. 2. So. I. 4 Cr. A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-,hour laboratory period per week. 2. * Not offered in 1950-1951. THE NATURALSCIENCES 87 . GENERALP H Y ~ P -,. P k y d 5. So. 11. 4 Cr. This course is a continnstion of Gn. Plxp. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Tlrrw Iectnxep. one qnia, a d one two-hour laboratory period per week. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. Gen. Phys. 6 and Math. 51 or con4 Cr. current registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I. An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magnetic field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 5 I. 52. LIGHT. Prereq. Gen. Phys. 5 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. II. 4 Cr. A n advanced course in the study of geometrical and physical optics. Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 80. TEACHING OF NATURALSCIENCES. Sr. I. 1% Cr. Combined Science Major for Tcaching Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with either I I and 5z or 53-54;Biology 3-4 and 5-6;Physics 5 and 6. D-ent of Mathematics The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them eficient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 27 credits; minor, zo credits. Courses A, B, 5, and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but A and B must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. 4 Cr. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. H. S. Algebra. Fr. I. Fundamentals of Algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. A. B. S a m GEOMBTBY.Pareg. Plane &&way. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. Axes and volume formulas developed. Gatmm &ie.d to dids and Spherical trbgIes a d &pm introduced. I. COLLEGEA L G Bfmq, ~ A. Fr. I. 4 Cr. omof Algebra. Study in radicals, quadraReview of the -f -ts, theory of equations, permutations, tics, the binomial &acombinations, ~ r o b a b i l i t ~complex , members, series, and partial fractions. TRIGONOMETRY. Prereq. A. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. The right and oblique triangle. Formulas containing the trigonometric functions developed and applications made. Logarithms and De Moivre's Theorem. 2. 4 Cr. ANALYTICGEOMETRY. Prereq. I and 2. Soph. I. 'I'he straight line, conics, and higher plane curves are studied analytically. Their equations are developed using rectangular and p l a r coordinate axes. 3. 4 Cr. DIPFERENTIAL CALCULUS. Prereq. B and 3. So. IJ. Concepts of constants, variables, limits, and inhitesimals are introduced. The derivative is d e h e d and its application made. 4. ENGINEERING DRAWING.Prereq. Math. B. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. Courses 5 and 6 ,do not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. 5. 6. ENGINEERINGDRAWINGAND DESCRIPTIVEGEOMETRY. Prereq. 5 and Math. 3 Cr. Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. B. 11. Senior Colkge Cwrses 51. INTEGRAL CALCULUS. ,Prereq. 4. Jr. I. 4 Cr. Integration by inspection and by use of formulas developed in class. Applications to insure mastery and to give full view of the field. DIPFERENTIAZ. EQUATIONS. Prereq. 5 I. Jr. 11. 4 Cr. DSerential equations defined and formed. Solutions found for various )vpes, such as: first order, &st and higher degree, linear equation with constant or variable coeficients. Singular solutions and Clairant's equations. 5 2. 53. SOLIDANALYTICAL GEOMETRY. Prereq. 3. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis. 84. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. I Cr. Dqartment of Health and Physical Education MR. ERNESTANDERSON,MR. NELSON,MRS. KIEFER, MR. FOSLIEN The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship through the intramural and intercollegiate sports program, ,to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. A course in personal hygiene is required of all freshmen and new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college. Two years of physical activities, courses 3a, gb and 4a, qb, are required of all students. Those who take a major or minor in Physical Education are required to take 4a, qb only. This one credit will count toward the major or minor. ad Mino* Requirements: Major for men, 33 credits, including Courses 2, 4a, 4b. 5, 6, 11, 12, 27, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 58, 62, 84. Major for women, 30 credits, including Courses 2, 4a, qb, 5, 6, 13, 14, 16, 17, 27, 50, 52, 53, 58, 62, 84. Minor, 21 credits, including Courses 2, 4a, qb, 5, 6, 11, 12, 51, 53, 62, and 94 for men; 2, 4a, qb, 5, 6, 13, 14, 16, 17, 53, 62, and 94 for women. Biology I, 2; Psychology I, 2; and Education 5 I, 53, 55, 58, and 96 should be included for a teaching major in physical education. Major 2. HYGIENE. Required of all freshmen. Fr. I or 11. Personal and community hygiene. 3a, 3b. PHYSICALACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr. I, 11. 2 Cr. I Cr. I G. qa, 4b. PHYSIC~L A C T I V I ~ S(Men). . Fr. I, 11. Touch football, soccer, speedball, volley ball, table tennis, handball, basketball, tumbling, apparatus, badminton, softball, and horseshoe. 3a, ~ b . PHYSICALACTIVITIES.(Women). Fr. I, II. I Cr. I Cr. qa, 4b. PHYSIC= A C T I V I ~ S(Women). . Fr. I, 11. Posture and correction, basketball, field hockey, softball, volleyball, stunts and tumbling, and selected recreational sports. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND R E ~ R E A ~ OFr. N .I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, physical education, and recreation as they function in the public school system. 5. RECREATIOXAL ACTIVITIES.Fr. 11. I Cr. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet game, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modzed gama. 6. I I. TEAMSPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So. I. 2 Cr. A study of rechnique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speed- ball, and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, sof~ball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball. INDIVIDUAL AND DUALSPORTS.(Men). So. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshoes, paddle tennis, archery, and golf. 12. SO. I, 11. 4 Cr. 13, 14. T m SPORTSFC)R WOMEN. Theory and practice in the m & g and officiating of field hockey, soccer, basketball, volleyball, and softball. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 17. SELF-TESTINGACTIVITIES. (Women). So. I. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. 27. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology I, 2. So. I. This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements. 29. OFFICIATING.(Men). So. I. basketball, baseball, and track. Senior ColZege Courses PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTEDPHYSICAL EDUCATION.Prereq. Biol. I, 2 , and P.E. 27. Jr. 11. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases. ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr. I. 5 I. SELF-TESTING Theory and practice in teaching, individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling, boxing, and wrestling. 52. FUNDAMENTAL MOVEMENTS.Jr. II. Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. Separate sections for men and women. 5 0. ims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education. COACHINGOF SPORTS:BASEBALL AND TRACK.Sr. 11. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. Sr. I. 55. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALLAND BASKETBALL. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 58. FIRSTAm. Jr. 11. American Red Cross First Aid Course. 62. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF HEALTH AND QHYSICAL EDUCATION.Sr. 11. 54. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Sr. 11. A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. 85. COMMUNITY RECREATION. Jr. I. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational 84. Augsburg Theological Seminary Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It ogers a regular three-year course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both rhmretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church it aims to stress particularly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated t o the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts ef Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word and the guidance of the Holy Spirit. GENE= REQUIREMENTS Aclmkion The normal prerequisite for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal a r s college. The college course must have included the following prerequisite subjects: Greek German, or Latin, or Norwegian Philosophy 2 years t years year I In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of the Committee on Admissions. In order that students mag derive the greamt pssible advancage from their theological studies, it Is recornmendud that h e i r college course of study, besides fulfilling rrquiremenw as to a major and z minor, in addition to the subjects indicated aborc, include as many as possible of the foIIowine: English Speech Psychology History Natural Science Sociology, or Economics Typewriting 2 I I 2 I I I years year year years year year year All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a goo academic record in their preparatory studies in college. Applications for Admission Applications for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following: I. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminary, including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background, spiritual experience, and doctrinal convictions. ' 2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college. 3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these should be from the pastor of the candidate's local church. 4. A certificate of good health. These documents must be i n the hands of the Secretary of the Seminaq Faculty before July &st. The Committee on Admissions consists of t h e Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees. The first. year of study is always considered a probationary year. Transfer of Gedits and Advanced Standing Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that their srudies are to be pursued under doe dircztion of the Theological Faculty. Any arrangemenr ro rake 2 p2rr of rhe the&gical course a t another serninzry must have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty a t Augsburg. Advanced standing is giantPd in certain instances, as when a student applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in orher theological seminaries of recognized standing. Seminary srudears pap no tuition. They do, however, pay t h e regular student activity fee and a genergl Seminuy fee of tm dollnrs per semester. Seminary students living in the dormitory rece;vc a special grant to cover the cost of room rent. The cost of board is the same as for the College students. See page 20. Graduation and Degrees The Seminary course consists of a three-year cycle of Icct-ures m d study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all the requirements of the regular course are gaduated with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows: I. A minimum of 102 semester credits; including a seminar course in each of rhe following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology. 2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered. 3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of a t least 1.1 (C+ average) throughout the three years of Seminary work. 4. Six months of ~racticalChristian service under the direction of the Faculty Committee on Service. See below. 5 . The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,ooo wvrds in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject mast be submitted for faculry approval before November I and the thesis must be completed by May I of t h e Senior year. 6. A comprphensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Tesmment, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the thud week of Much. Written and oral examination sermons. Students w b complete &e required number of credits for graduation witb an Honor pint ratio of 1.0 (C average) uld the six m o n t h of practical ~ r vice, bur who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admibn, or who have not attained ul honor point ratio of 1.5 in their strrdies, are gtadmted with the degree of Graduate in Theologp. Practical Christian Service of Aeol~gicdstady kt t h e Seminuq a c h stuIn addition w the three dent i requimd to spend six m n t h in prrctieal Chrigtian s f i c e , as appoinred urd supervised by ,the Commitre on Service. This work i doae dduriag the summer vacarions between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary come. T h e Seminary studenrs are also encau~gedto engage in a Iimited amount of practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in nearby communities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee on Practical Service. COURSES O F STUDY Theological Orientation Cmses Jumior Year THE BACKGROUND AND STRUCTURE OF THE BIBLE. A reading course giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief I. source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of ,the hiitarical origin of the Biblical writings. 2 Cr. 3. THESPIRITUALLIFE. A practical study of basic principles of spiritual living, with emphasis upon the cultivation of the devotional life. Selections from the great classics of Christian devotion are studied. I Cr. 4. THEOLOGICAL P R O P A ~ ~A Csurvey . of the main divisions of Christian Theology; their subdivbiom; heir relation to the entire field of Theology and to the whole realm of h w m ~howledge. I Cr. 5 . INTRODUCTTONTO DOGMATICS.A preliminary study of the Ecumenical Creeds, the Augsburg Confession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of I Cr. Luther. THE THREE-YEAR CYCLE OF COURSES Old Testament 10. SURVEY,OF OLD TESTAMENTLITERATURE.A general survey of the individual writings of the Old Testament; the history of the Old Testament 2 Cr. Canon and text. AND ~ ~ E T H O D S . A study of selected problems of history and 11. PROBLEMS interpretation in connection with certain Old Testament books, together with 2 Cr. an introduction to the principles of Biblical criticism. 12. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the 3 Cr. books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. 13. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the his3 Cr. torical books are studied. 14. THEPROPHETISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey of ,the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. 3 Cr. I 7. THEPROPELETJEREMIAH. Alternates with 16. A study of the political, mord, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's persnnal character, his Messianic hope, and to h i portrayal of the 2 Cr. struggle for spiritual freedom. 16. THEPROPHETEZEKIEL. Alternates with 15. A study of the Babylonian 2 Cr. Captivity and its spiritual significance for the people of God. 17. PSALMS. The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of 3 Cr. Psalms. 18. THEB ~ OFK JOB. Alternates with 19. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental problems in l i e . 2 Cr. 19. PO~T-EXIIJC LITERATURE. Alternates with 18. A m r s e in the literature, history, and religion of Judaism in the Exile and post-Exile periods from Ezekiel to the New Testament times. 2 Cr. New Testament MR.HELLAND 20. SURVEY OP NEW T E S T ~ E N LITERATURE. T A n historicd in~rsigation of the origin, authorship, and interpretation of the books of the hrcw Testament. History of the New Testament Canon and text. Special, artention to chose baoks not treated in other courses. 3 Cc. 21. T ~ T U ACRITICISM L or THE NET TESTAMENT.An introduction t o *he principles of texrnal cririckm. Survey of the history of criticism illustrated by studies in specific seiecrions from the New Testament books. I Cr. 22. EXEGESIS OF GALATIANS. The Epistle to the Galatians is studied as the fundamental document of the Gospel of Christian freedom. Special attention to 3 Cr. the basic problems of the authenticity of the New Testament records. 23. X N ~ R E T A T I O K OF hriARfi AND LUKE. A study of the life and ministry of Jesus based on Mark as our oldssr murce, with suppicmentary passages horn Lvke. The origin and grow& of rhe Synopdc tradition; the literary relation of &e h t three Gaspels, an anernpt to hnd a satisfactorg solurion of the Synoptic Problem, 3 Cr. 24. INTERPRETATION OF MATTHEW. Special emphasis is placed on the teachings of Jesus, their preservation and uansmission. The rela~onof Matthew's !&pel w ,the Old Testament, aad irs presentation of Jesus' person, ministry, hand wching to the Jewish mind. 3 Cs. 2 5 . INTERPKETATION OF JOHN. A stlppIementary srudy af the life of Christ, with special reference to the dcvelopmenr of faith and unbelief, the Person of 3 Cr. &st, and the advanced spiritual teachkgs of rhe Fourth Gospel. 26. T H E JEWISH SECTION OF THE EARL\- C I * P . I S ~CIIURC~~. A study of Acts, Chapters r-12, showing the development of the Early Church on Pdestiniul soil. This will be followed by a m d y of the Epifcle to he Hebrews and tbe Epistle of James as literature wrirtcn especiaUy for Jewish Chxisrians. Several paprs are required. j Cr. 27. THE L n d AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A study of Acrs, Chspters 13-28, as a basis for the life of Paul, together with an introduction to his epistles, in their historical sequence, as a part of his minisrry. Several papers are required. 3 Cr. 2 8 . I~~ERPETATIQN OF ROMANS.T h e purpose of the course is to gain a compteh&ve view of tbe Gospel of Christ as preached by Paul, and of the fundamental Christian doct-trinal system set forth in this Epistle. 2 Cr. OF ~ H E I ~ L A X S . In the smdy o f Ephesians special em29. 'I~RPRETATIOX phasis is laid upon the place o f the universal Christian Church as rhe Body of Christ and t b e spiritual goal of history. Alrernates wicb 30. 2 Cr. 30. T m Fmsr EPISTLEOF PETER.The Epish of the Chr;stim hope. It contains the chief doctrines of Christianity (the vicarious suffering and death of Cluiir, the nevr b i d , redempion by the brood of Christ, faith, hope, and holiness of life) in a non-Pauline setting, thus giving a difEerent approach to &we cardinal truths. Altcrnat- wirh 29. 2 Cr, 31. INTERPRETATION OF THE REVELATIONOF JOHN. The course aims at a mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of the Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literas Cr. ture. Church ,History 40-41. THEEARLYCHURCH. Tlte H i s ~ t of y the G k c i a n t%u& &om tbF Apostolic Age to the time of G ~ s r tghe h a t {jao). 7 % ofgad%& ~ btrine, government, and worship of zhe E d y C h d ; tbe M d S of h m b ism in the Roman Empire, and tbe dea d rha hpq- 7 h wms~ % t g h dtb a brief survey of the Book of Acts. 4 Cr. 42. TEIB mmr of Chri#id&y OF TI-IB MIDDLEA.GES. A general survey of the develop- ia Wetern Europe from ggo to the period of the Protes- tant & d o u n a t h ~The w m includes the study of the development and decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform. 3 Cr. 43. THEREFORMATION.A study of the causes which led up to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman Catholic Counter-Reformation. 3 Cr. This course covers the period 44. THECHURCHAFTER THE REFO~MATION. from the Reformation and up to the present time, wirh special emphasis on 2 Cr. the history of the Lutheran Church. 41. AMERICAN CHURCH HISTORY. Early c&&+tioo; d *; church government, religious life and worship; -tion of c h d md 8tnk; revivals; denominationalism. The history of fhe Lwbe~pnC b d im -ka is studied with special care. t C=r. OF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.A study of the development 46. THE HISTORY of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. 2 Cr. Systematic Theology A course intended to introduce the student to the field 10. INTRODUCTTON. of Christian truth in its systematic form. The course includes an outline of 2 Cr. the entire field. AND ANTHROPOLOGY. A study in the systematic exposition 11. THEOLOGY of the teachings of the Bible concerning God and man. Papers o n special topics. 3 Cr. 12-53. ~ O L O G Y . The doctrine concerning the restoration and maintenance of ,the true communion ,between God and man. The Person of Christ and His work; the Holy Spirit; the meaning and method of salvation in relation to the individual and to society; the nature and function of the Church. 4 Cr. A study of the religious and ethical implications 54-15. C W ~ NEMU. of the Christian experience. Special attention k give& to the development and iadividd pr&d inapplication of Christian ethics with reference stiturions, and miety as a whole. 4 cr. I , m>:teee F-' 56. S ~ B O L I C SA . careful study of r h e B w k of Concord, containing the creeds subscribed .to by the Lutheran Church. The gene& of each creed, its doctrinal signikance, and its place in thc present life of the Church. I Cr. AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study 57. COMPARATIVE. SYMBOLICS of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and of the teachings of various modem religious sects and cults. 2 G. 58. THE PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION. Alternates with 57. A course in the principles of the Christian religion. The Christian world view, interpretations of .&story, and doctrines of the Person of Christ and Redemption are studied with reference t o antagonistic theories. 2 Cr. Practical Theology All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field. A. Pastoral Theology 60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORALTHEOLOGY. ThiS course, which is based on the Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundaz Cr. tions of the pastoral oace and the New Testament ministry. 61. PASTORAL PSYCHOLOGYAND SOUL-CARE. A study of Christian experience and its varied expressions. The principles of soul-care are studied in the light of the teachings of the great spiritual leaders of the Church. The 2 Cr. relation of psychiatry to soul-care. 62. EVANGELISTICS. A course dealing with foreign, home, and inner missions, including the work of Deaconess institutes, also the practical work in rescue missions, street meetings, special missions, etc. 2 Cr. B. Hmiletics 65. PRINCIPLESr n ~ PRACTICEOF PREACHING. Technical and psychological 2 Cr. elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors. 66. H o ~ m n c s .The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and prrsracazion of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preplration 2 Cr. and constant praccice in delivery. Middlers. 98 AUGSBURG THEOLOGIC~Z. SEMINARY 67. SERMONS. A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers are studied. Seniors. 2 Cr. C. Polity, Worshp, amd Parish Work 70. Cnua- P o L ~ ~ YA. course dealing with tbe Biblical theory of the congregation; ofiicers, organization, and governmenr in the apostolic times; the growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a frec church. I asd ll Corinthians are studied os the best wurce. 2 Cr. 71. CHURCHADMINIS~ATION.A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing eficiency in the performance of the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce procedures. The practice and teaching of I Cr. Christian stewardship. 72. PASTORAL PROBLEMS.A series of Iecrure~and discussions dealing with pracrical problems in rhe p r o f s work in the parish and the locd comnuniry. The approach co the unchurched. Cungregational evangelism. Making the gccasionaI services effective. Problems of p ~ t o r derhics. r Cr. 73. LITURGICS.The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on I Cr. its relation to varying conceptions of the Church. 74. H n t ~ o r o ~ uAn . hkisrorical survey of the best selccuoas of hymns from the early Chrisrian Church and the Church in Germany, Scmdinavia, England, r Cr. and Arncricz. Special artention is given to Lutheran hymacdy. D. Christian Education and Sociology 75. PRINCIPLESOF PARISHEDUCATION. r Cr. 76. MEKHODS OF PARISH E ~ n u r o h . . Smdia in the application of basic principles and methods of educarLon to the subject matter used in catechetical instnrction, Sunday schmls, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon an educational program which includes the wbole parish. 2 Cr. 77. C R E n m RECREATIOK. A study of recreational activities, their place a.nd possibilities, especially among the young. Opportunity for participation in activities which the student may use for his own recreation in later life. I Cr. SOCIETY. A study of the relation between 78. THE CHURCHAND HUMAN the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task 2 Cr. of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement. 79. CHRIS'IUNITY AND SOCIALWORK. This course is designed to give the candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, reports, and institutional visits. 2 Cr. Student Register THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS 1949-1950 Third Year .............................................. .Minneapolis ................................................ .Minneapolis Haakenstad, Marius Quanbeck, Russell Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Everett, Wash. .Valga, S. Dak. Bergh, Oliver G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Knutson, Alton T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Mayer, Henry A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .West St. Paul Velvo, N. Dak. Ovewold, Carl M. .............................................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Thief River Falls Parbst, John N. Quanbeck, Philip A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sortland, Howard J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,Fargo, N. Dak. Swenson, Jasper S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hendricks Torgerson, Richard P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Bakken, Norman K. First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marinette, .. Wis. Bewig, Arthur L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fargo, N. Dak. Feig, Gilbert H. ................................................. .Minneapolis Kordahl, Axel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nerge, Lowell ...................................................... .Madison Anderson, Robert W. ................................................. Northfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Veblen, S. Dak. Nystuen, Theodore Torgerson, Sheldon Viland, Melvin Special ................................................. Minneapolis Ozolins, Karlis 2 ................................................ .Minneapolis pearson, Vincent 1 ................................................. .Wyoming Soberg, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, Edward 1 Registered for first semester only. 2 Registered for second semester only. STUDENTREGISTER COLLEGE STUDENTS 1949-1950 SENIORS ...... Alberg, Edward Tigerton, Wisconsin Amberson, Roger .......... .Minneapolis Amlund, Curtis .............Minneapolis Amschler, Adelle ........... .Cambridge Anderson, Ethel .Hanley Falls Anderson, Marion ......... .Minneapolis Anderson, Walter Ray ..... .Minneapolis Andress, James ................Walker Andrew, Vincent ......... .Minneapolis Anhalt, Elmer ............ .Minneapolis Ario, Frank .............. .Minneapolis A ~ H~~~~~ ~ ~ ............ , .underwood .......... Balerud, Andrew .......... .Minneapolis Bard, Charles ............. .Minneapolis Berntson, Gordon ...... .â¬dinburg, N. D. Blom, M. Donald .... .Calumet, Michigan Bodin, Raymond . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Braun, Richard ........... .Minneapolis Bueide, Ann .................. Willmar Campbell, Eugene ............ .Luverne Carlsen, Erling . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Carlson, Robert .............Minneapolis Dahlen, Shirley ............... .Luverne Dale, Phebe .................. .St. Paul Dillon, Dovid ............. .Minneapolis Hedberg, Fred ............ .Minneapolis Holden, Raymond. ........Pittsfield, Mas. Holte, William ............ .Minneapolis Hone, Ernest .............. .Minneapolis Hoplin, Miriam .................. Lowry Hoversten, Garfield ...............Lynd Hoversten, Vincent ................Lynd Howells, Robert ........... .Minneapolis Hruska, John ............. .Minneapolis Huglen, Raynard ............Newfolden Jacobsen, Marion ......Racine, Wisconsin .Minneapolis Jacobson, Milton 1 Johnson, Esther ..............Minneota Johnson, Everette N. ....Rockford, Illinois Johnson, Harvey ............Minneapolis Johnson, Hilbert ........... .Minneapolis Johnson, Lillian ........ Racine, Wisconsin Johnson, Mae .............Carpion N. D. Johnson, Oliver ........... .Minneapolis Johnson, Wilbur ..... .Osnabrock, N. D. Jones, Richard ............ .Minneapolis ~ , , ~ t ~ dT~~~~~~ , ........... ,wanamingo ........ Kallevig, Lloyd ................ .Willmar Kleven, Sylvia ....... Blanchardville, Wia. Knutson, william .......... .Minneapolis ~ ~ paul ~ ............ ~ ~ ~ ~ i l~ i ~~ Elmberg., Donald .......... .Minneapolis ~ ~ l hi^ i ~ ............ , . ~ iN. ~D. ~ ~ , Elstad, Vernon ....... .Coos &Y, Oregon bndahl, Robert 1 ........ .Minneapolis Emberson. Curtis ..... .Argyle, Wisconsin Landvik, Elden ............ .Minneapolis Engelmm* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Clarissa Lanes, Georgette .......... .Minneapolis Englundr .Pasadena, California ............... .St. PaulLarson, Bernice Ennen, Louis ............. .Minneapolis L ~ ~~~~l~~ ~ 1~ ......... ~ ~.sauk, kapids Erickson, Charlotte ......... Fergus Falls ............... Minneapolis Leak, Roger Erickson, Donald R. 1 ...... .Minneapolis Lideen, Cyrus ............. .Minneapolis Erickson, Harold .......... .Minneapolis ~ ~ ~ ............... k ~ ~~ ~, t ~ h Erickson, Orville .......... .Minneapolis Lucas, Richard ............ .Minneapolis ............. .Minneapolis Fagerlie, Kenneth ......... . ~ Lundin, Lynn ~ ~ ~ ~ .... Farm, Delores ................ Guckeen Felix, Mavis 1 ......-......Minneapolis Felland, Elizabeth .... .Colfax, Wisconsin Forsell, Alfred ............Lake Bronson Foss, Arden .............. .Minneapolis Fredman, Merlyn ............... .Carlos raml ling, ~ o r o t h y ............. .Climax ......... .Thief River .......... , Harvey ........ .Lancaster, Green, Helen Falls Hagen, Robert 1 Registered for first semester only. 2 Registered for second semester only. Mateyko, Albert .......... .Minneapolis ~ i ~ h somuel ~ ~ . .l . . .~. . .~. ~ ~ ,i ~ ~ i ~ h~ ~ ~l F.~b1 ~. .~.~. . .,*. ~ i ~ ~ i ~ k ~ ~~ l bT.~~............ ~r t~ , . ~ i l Nelson, Nelson, Nelson, Nelson, ~ ~ ~ ~ Daniel ................. .Spier Euna ............... .Evansville Richard R. 1 ........... .Austin Robert P. ............ .Zumbrota ............ ~ .Minneapolis ~ ............... .Mclntah Gordon ....... .Manistique, Mich. ~ Nolan, Dolores ~ Nornes, ldelle Oberg, Olson, Donald B. .......... .Minneapolis Olson, Paul .................... .Tower ~ Parker, Mrs. Marilyn I . . . . . .Minneapolis Paulson, Robert ....... .Twin Falls, Idaho Pederson, Grant 1 . . . . ..... .Minneapolis Pegors, Karl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, James . . . . . . ..... .Minneapolis Peterson, Juliet ....... . . . . . . .Constance Peterson, LaVonne . . . ...... .Minneapolis Peterson, Wayne ..... ..... .Minneapolis Pohren, Robert E. . . . . ..... .Minneapolis Quanbeck, Dagny Quanbeck, Quentin . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis ............. .Bertha Radmacher, Roy . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Reitz, Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Richards, Walter . . . .Oakland, California Robbins, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Robbins, William . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Roe, Marion .............. .Minneapolis Rvan. , . Robert . . . . . . . .Lacrosse, Wisconsin Sandberg, Bertil 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Schroeder, Robert . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Schumack, Lavern . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Shaw, Lyle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sivertson, Donald . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Skonnord, Harriet . . . Valley City, N. D. Ahlness, Miriam ................. Milroy Anderson, Jean . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Augustine, Douglas . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Aune, R. Harry . . . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood Baxter, Joan ............. .Minneapolis Becken, Betty ............. .Minneapolis Berg, Russell . . . . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash. Bergeland, James .............. Dawson Berkland, Theodore . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Binder, Freda ....... Devils Lake, N. D. Blager, Herbert . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Botko, Willard 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Botten, T. Joyce . . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash. Brennan, William .......... .Minneapolis Bretheim, Doris ............ .Minneapolis Bringle, Marion ........ Estherville, Iowa Bruns, Ronald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris Bue, Tilfred .............. .Minneapolis Bungum, Theodore ......... .Minneapolis Calderwood, Dave ......... .Minneapolis Capetz, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Carlson, Donald V. ....... New Brighton Carlyon, Thomas R. 2 ...... .Minneapolis Christopherson, James . .Valley City, N. D. Collin, Merida .................. .Morn Cote, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Smith, Russel ................Hendricks Snodgrass, Wesley . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Sorenson, Angeline. ........ .Minneapolis Strand, Herbert ................Bayport Stuempges, Neil Hinckley Thorson, L. Dwayne ... .Omaha, Nebraska Tollefson, Harold . . . . . .Osnabrock, N. D. Twiton, Dorothy ... .Sun Prairie, Wisconsin Vaagenes, Carl ........... .Minneapolis Vettel, Jean .............. .Minneapolis Vorland, Gehard .......... .Minneapolis Wagner, Raymond Wasgatt, David . . Wessman, LaVonne Wilberg, Marjorie Willeti, Jay ..... Wroge, Vernon 2 . . .Minneapolis ... .Waylato ...... Dossel .Taylors Falls . .Minnaapolis . . . . . . .Plat0 Yattaw, Edwin 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Yoshikawa, Edward . . . . . . .Minneapolis Men ............................ ,104 Women .......................... 35 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,139 Daniels, Earl ............. .Minneapolis Davis, Gerald .............. .Monticello DeBoer, Hubert . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dick, Frederick ........... .Minneapolis Ditmanson. Esther . . . . . . . . . . .Minnea~olis Dyck, Doris . . . . . . . . . ..Paramount, Calif. Ekblad, Leola . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Emerson, Harold . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Engelstad, Stephen ....... .Astoria, S. D. Erickson, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, Raymond . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, Stanley .......... .Minneapolis Everson, Oliver .......... .Corsica, S. D. Ewert, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Felland, Orion ............ .Colfax, Wis. Flaa, Dolores ............. .Minneapolis Fladland, Donald .......... .Minneapolis Fraasch, Forrest 1 ......... .Montevideo Framstad, Clarence ......Williston, N. D. Garland, John . . . . . . . . . .Morinette, Wis. Greseth, Lyle ............ .West Concord Hall, Enoch .............. .Minneapolis Hallberg, Grant 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Wyoming Halling, Lloyd . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Halverson, William . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Halvorson, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gully Hanson, Elmer ..... .Elk Mound, Wis. Hanson, Hubert . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge Hegge, Hjalmer 2 . . . . . . . .Williston, N. D. Hendrickson, Glen ...... .Seattle, Wash. Hengler, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hjelm, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge Hofflander, Robert . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hoifjeld, Clairold . . . . . . . . .Eureka, Calif. Hoium, Norman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Holmquist, lvar . . . . . .Hyde Park, Mass. ... . Jergenson, Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly Johnson, Everet R. . . . . . . . . . Rockford, III. Johnson, Merlin . . . . . . .Grantsburg, Wis. Johnson, Quentin . . . . . . . . . . . .Hendricks Kleven, Luther . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Knutson, Merle . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Krenz, John .................. Faribault Kulterman, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duluth Laffin, Glen . . . . . . . . . .... .Minneapolis Landvik, Norman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Shirley ..... . . . . . . . . . .Braham Law, Albert . . . . . . . . ..... . .Minneapolis Lee, Harold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lee, Mavis . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . Mora Lindberg, Alfred . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lowen, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lundh, Lorraine . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lundin, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Maher, Merle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hutchinson Manlove, LeRoy . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Martinson, Richard . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Meier, Thorlough . . . . .Cumberland, Wis. Miller, Perry . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Moe, Marvel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boyd Mohn, Donald .... . . . . Enumclaw, Wash. Morseth, LaWayne . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Mosby, Carola . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Blue Earth Nelson, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nielsen, Jeannette . . . . . . . . . . . . Lakeville Norby, Allen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starbuck Norrbohm, Robert . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Norton, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nystuen, Beverly. .Erickson, Manitoba, Can. Odencrans, Shirley ......... .Minneapolis Olfert, Richard 1 ......... .Frazer, Mont. Olson, Donold H. .......... .Minneapolis Olson, Everett D. .......... .Cottonwood Olson, Muriel ............ .Buxton, N. D. Olson, Walter ............ .Cadott, Wis. Olson, Williom ............ .Minneapolis Omdahl, lngierd .... .Stavanger, Norway Ott, Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Oudal, Robert ...... .Orchard Park, N. Y. Parker, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Pearson, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Petersen, A. Richard . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Gerald . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Herbert ........ Pomeroy, Iowa Pratt, Wallace ............ .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Rasmussen, James .......... .Minneapolis Romfo, Melvin ............ .Minneapolis Rosten, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glenwood Quanbeck, Robert Sannerud, Alfred ........... .Hazel Run Schafer, Harold. .Wessington Springs, S. D. Schramek, Richard ......... .Minneapolis Schultz, Floyd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watertown Severson, Leland .......... .Minneapolis Sevig, Palmer . . . . . . .Minot, North Dakota Sevold, Raymond .......... .Minneapolis Sheldon, Donald . . . . . . . . . . .Twin Valley Slarks, J. Don ............ .Minneapolis Sletta, Robert ............. Fergus Falls Smith, Robert G. .......... .Minneapolis Solberg, Arthur ........... .Minneapolis Solberg, Viola ............ .Minneapolis Sotnak, Otto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Luverne Staub, Erika . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stenvig, Charles ........... .Minneapolis Storley, Calvin . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roslyn, S. D. Svendsen, Herbert . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Swenson, Carol. .Dawson Creek, B. C., Can. Thom, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Thompson, Jennings. . .Blanchordville, Wis. Thorsgard, Kathryn .....Northwood, N. D. Thorson, Donald .......... .Minneapolis Thorson, Marvin. . . . . . . . Menomonie, Wis. Toussaint, Stanley .............. .Milaca Triplett, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Tweed, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . .Tolna, N. D. Unruh, Pete ............ .Mountain Lake Unseth, Einar . . . . . . . . . . . . .Westby, Wis. Vaagenes, Morris .......... .Minneapolis Waller, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman Walther, Stephen .......... .Minneapolis Weinreis, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brookston Williams, Warren .......... .Minneapolis Winquist, Mawin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duluth Woolson, Loren . . . . .St. Croix Falls, Wis. York, Beverly ........... .Brockton, Mass Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 - Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Alfsen, Thomas ............... Rochester Allar, Donald 1 ......... .St. Louis Park Anderson, Evgene .............Willmar Anderson, Fritz ............ .Minneapolis Anderson, John C. 2 ...... .Minneapolis Anderson, Kenneth ............Ellendale Anderson, Norman C. ........Ellendale Anderson, Victor . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Andros, Marvin . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anenson, LeRoy ..... .Wallace, So. Dak. Aune, Wilfred ............. .Underwood Gilbertson, Glen .......... .Minneapolis Glans, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolir Green, Paul ................. .St. Paul Gryth, Beverly ................ Pembina Guderian, Ronald ......... .Minneapolis Gudim, Milo . . . . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D. Haas, Marvis .............. .Minneapolis Hage, Robert ............. .Minneapolis Hagen, E. James .......... .Minneapolis Hagert, David ............... .Starbuck Holler, Harriet . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo Bockie, Walter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. paul HaIverson, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anoka kckstrom, Norman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H~~~ Hans". Harold . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ha"s0"n Allen D. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nisswa Bagley, Yvonne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gatzke Boker, Phyllis ............... .Lakesville Han~on, Celia ................. .Aitkin H""son. Herbert . . . . . . . .Elk Mound, Bekken, Oliver ............ .Minneapolis A. ......... .Minneapolis h t James ~ Bennethum, ~ ~ . . .colUmbia ~ ~ ~ l ~ i d ~Hanson, Hanso", John A- . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Benson, Carl ................ .Clarkfield bnson, K~~~~~ . . . . . . . . . . . . ,clarkfield Hanson, Sheldon . . . . . Blanchardville, Wis. Benson, Stanley ............ .Minneapolis HadleY, Dale ............. .Minneapolis Benzel, Jerold . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hedlund, Jack . . . . . . . . .Grantsburg, Wis. Bergstrom, Dean . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hird, Murray 2 ........... .Minneapolis Bergum, James . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minnwpolis Hjelle, Orlette .............. Newfolden . . . . .~. . . .l. .Minneapolis Bodin, earl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ i ~ Howells, ~ ~Richard ~ ~ i ~ men, E. ~ ~ ....... l ~ ,se0ttle, i ~ , wash. Hume, Paul ............... .Minneapolis Bozony, Martha ........... .Minneapolis Hustoft, Theodore 1 . . . . .Astoria, Oregon Brodahl, Donald . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis B ~ william ~ ~ .......... ~ , pequot ~~k~~ Jacobson, Arvild .......... .Minneapolis . . . . . .Minneapolis . , ti ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . .d. b. . .~. .~. . .~.~ ~ ~ Jacobson, ~ Donovan ~ ~ ...~ ~ l i B ~ william ~ ~ . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . ~ i ~ Jacobson. ~ Luther ~ ~ ........ ~ .New ~ Richland l i Johnson, Anton . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson' Dennis . . . 'Newman Grove' Neb' Carlson, VerDella . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown Johnson. Gordon . . . . . .Blooming Prairie Caviness, David . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Harold ....... .Kloten, N. D. Christensen, David.. . . . .Kenmare, N. D. Johnson, Richard A. ....... .Minneapolis Cornelius, Arthur .......... .Minneapolis Crowell, Carol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul JOhnSOnn Roger . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Ronald. . . . . . . . .Escanaba, Mich. Cummings, Frank . . . -Atlantic City, N. Johnstone, Donald ........ .Minneapolis ~ ~ J. Dahlager, Arlo ............ .Minneapolis Dahlberg, Thomas . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kidder, M. Worden . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dalberg, Leonard . . .Stratton, Ont., can. Kleven, Charlotte . . . .Blanchordville, Wis. ~ i~ ~~. . . .~. . .~ . . .~~ ~ li d~ ~ Knutson, ~ ~ Millard ~ ~ 2, . . . ~ . . . . . .Minneapolis ~ l i it^^^^^^, ~ ~ . . . .~. . . . . ~ . . . ,willmar l d Kohls, Allan ................. Lindstrom Dixen, Arvid .............. .Minneapolis Kottke, Phyllis . . . . . . . . . . . . .Eagle Bend Kottom, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Renville Kristianson. Burton . . . .Rugby, N. Dakota Elofson, Robert ............ .Minneapolis Eng, Leona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kgley Krueger, Wallace . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis ~ ~ i ~~l~~~~ ~ k .~. . . ~. . . ~ . . . ., . .. ~ r t h ~ dKU~OSS, ~ William . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji Landsverk, Eleanor . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston Erickson, Roland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon Larson, Alyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena Larson, Benjamin . . . . - - . . . . . . ..Wadeno Faul, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Elwood . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Fenske, Delmour 1 . . . . . .Pardeeville, Wis. Larson, John K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Staples Flonn, Morrielgien . . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian Larson, Luther . . . . . . . . . .Brockton, Mont. George, John 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Mabel . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis ~ Larson, Robert D. 1. .Newman Grove, Neb. Larson, Violet ............. .Minneapolis Lindquist, Robert .......... .Minneapolis Linxheid, Vera ..............Buttefield Lodahl, Helen ... .Medicine Lake, Mont. Loe, Julian .............. .Sauk Centre Lund, Ronald ............. .Wanamingo Lyngdal, Lloyd ................. Duluth Madryga, Robert . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Madsen, John . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Madsen, Roger ........... .Minneapolis Malm, Ellen Jane . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Markland, Finn 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Massoll, Cornelia . . . . . . - ..Aurelia, Iowa Mattson, Harold . . . . - - . . . . . . . . .Hoffman McGinnis, Msrle 1 . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis . Mitrnoen, Winnifred . . - - - . . . . . . .Dulvth Mortensen, Richard . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale Mosby, Arthur 1 . . . . . . . . . ..Blue Earth Myhre, Richard . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Nagel, Audrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Arlington Nelson, Harland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duluth Nelson, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brooten Nelson, Wayne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pennock Nestvold, Elwood . . . . . . . .Peerless, Mont. Northfelt, Leroy . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Nyhus, Leroy . . . . . . .Tacoma, Washington Odegard, Robert . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ohno, Tom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Olson, Orville L. . . . . .Oakes, N. Dakota Olson, Oscar E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mound Onischuck, William . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Oscarson, Donald 1 ... .Chicago, Illinois Ott, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Pangburn, Danny . . . . . . . . ..Sauk Centre Paulson, LeVon . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Perry, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Petersen, Marlo . . . . . .Valley City, N. D. Peterson, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renville Peterson, Harvey . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Lloyd 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Peterson, Vera . . . . . . . . . . .Superior, Wis. Powers, Dayton - . . . . . . . .Jefferson, Wis. Pressnalle, Irving . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Puterbaugh, Karl . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ramlo, Arden 2 .............. Hendricks Riley, William . . . . . . - . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ringdahl, Irving . . . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D. Roberts, Donovan . . . . . . . . . .Lake Crystal Robertson, Elwood 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson Robinson, David 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Rodvik, Erling 2 . . . . . . . . Bluffs, Illinois Rokke, David .............. Strandquist Romano, Pasquale . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Romansky, Ruth ............. .St. Paul Ronholm, Palmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Erskine Roos, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ryden, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Rykken, Franklyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Roseau Scheuerman, Gerald . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Schmidt, Ruth ......... .Elkton, So. Dak. Schuenemon, Eldred ....... .Minneapolis Schwartz, Laton ........... .Minneapolis Siegel, Donald 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sigler, Fred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sjoquist, Thure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lsanti Skjei, Lola ............. Williston, N. D. Skolas, Franklin ...... .Chaseburg, Wis. Smith, Lynn .............. .Minneapolis Snodgrass, Melvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield Solberg, Melvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Milaca Solem, Duane . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Soli, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Solum, Marvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Argyle Soulis, William 1 ......... .Minneapolis Swanson, Jean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji Swanson, Sylvia . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Swenson, Roland . . . . . . . . . . . .Stanchfield Tallman, Mary Joyce . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Thompson, Rod 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior Thorpe, Gordon . . . . . . . . . . .Aniwa, Wis. Thorsen, Floyd ............Minneapolis Underbakke, Leland ........... .Argyle Varner, Joanne . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Vartdal, Roger . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park Vlohos, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Walters, Orville . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wong, Donna Jean . . . . . . . . . . .Whedton Weeden, Robert ... . . . . Waupaca, . Wis. Wegner, LaGrande . . . . . . . . . .New Ulm Weidenbach, Paul . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Weisberg, Morton 1 ....... .Minneapolis West, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Westlund, Esther . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Westphal, David 1 . . . . . - . . . . . . .Madelia Wiger, Donald .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cyrus Wilson, Dora 1 . . . . .. . . . . ..Round Lake Young, Lyle ........ Zaudtke, Ronald .Valley City, N. D. ............. .St. Paul Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 - Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 FRESHMEN Aaskov, Ruth. .Cumberland Center, Maine Adamson, Allan . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerkhoven Alfsen, Evelyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rochester Alfsen, James 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Allar, Dale ............. .St. Louis Park Amundsen, Gerhard . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anbuhl, Ted ........... .St. Louis Park Andersen, Grace 2. . .Staten Island, N. Y. Anderson, Colene 1 . . . . .Rackford, Illinois Anderson, Curtis . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Anderson, Donald C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Carver Andenon, Donald E. 1 . . . . . .Lamberton Anderson, George 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lindstrom Anderson, Richard J. 1 . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Sherman . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anensen, Willard . . . .Wallace, So. Dakota Anklam, Arnold 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ceylon Appel, C. Thomos 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis A~idson, David 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Arvidson, Gayle . . . . . . . .Porkers Prairie Bailey, ~ e r a l d. . . . . . . . . .Mobridge, S. D. Baker, Eleanor . . . .Spokane. Washington Baker, Erling . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo Balzer, Laurie . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Batltelt, Clifford 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis B a ~ i l l e , George 2 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Beamant Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson Beaver, William . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Becklin, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge Bengtson, ~ o l a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ n o k a Berg, Donald 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berg, Junald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berg, Robert M. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Berge, Ronald . . . . . .Cooperstown, N. D. Berge, Torrey . . . . . . Cooperstown, N. D. Berkas, Theodore . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon Berkland, Bonnar 2 . . . . . Harnpden, N. D. Berntson, Rudolph . . . . . .Edinbu rg, N. D. Beyers, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bezanson, Joyce . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Birkeland, Frances . . . . . . . . . . .Climax . Bjornton, Jeanne . .. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Blake, Shirlee . . . . . . . . . .Ottawa, Illinois Blom, Allen . . . . . . . . . .Calumet, Michigan Blomquist, Elroy . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bown, Marjorie . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Boe, Gloria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Borgen, Alfred 2 . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bowman, Myrlen 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . Kennedy Boyum, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Peterson Brarn, William 1 ........ . . . .Minneapolis Brecto, Betty . . . . . .New Rockford, N. D. Bretheim, M. Luther.. . . . . . . Bisbee, N. D. Brown, Willis . . . . . . . . . ... .Minneapolis Bruder, Harriet 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Burger, Robert 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Burton, Richard . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Bymark, Dayle 1 . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Bystrom, Wayne 1 . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Cariberg, J w n . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rush City Curlsen, Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis carlson, Erland 2 . . . . . . . . . . St. PuuI cOrlson, John H. 1 . . . . . . . . . . .Willmar Carlstedt, Faith . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Finlayson Corr, Lowell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Charland, Donald . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis chivers, Kathryn . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis christensen, ~~~n~ . . . . Kenmare, N. D. Christenson, Audrey . . . . . . . . . .Butterfield Chri~to~herson, Myrna . .Valley City, N. D. Cleary, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul Cottrell, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Arthyde cyriacks, Marvin . . . . . . . . . .Lake Benton Dahlberg, Gladys ... .Brockton, Montana Daily, William 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dolland, John . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Donielson, Horace . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown Davis, Harry . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis ~ ~ john ~. . . .i. . . .~ . . . . . ,. ~ i ~ D ~ Darlyne ~ ~ . .,. .Medicine Lake, Mont. ~ i ~ k h a r tDaniel , . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Dillon, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Darn, Roy 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lnger Dreyer, Earl . . . . . .Spokane, Washington Dreyer, Marlys . . Spokane Washington Dupslaff, Harriet . . . . . . . . . ..Arlington Ebert, Harlan . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .Gaylord Eckhoff, Donald . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .Delano Ehlen, Donald 1 . . . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis Elden, Duane 2 . . . . . ...... .Minneapolis Ellingson, Anetta 2 . . . .Rugby, No. Dak. Ellisen, Arthur . . . . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis Elness, Marilyn . . . . . . Fargo, No. Dak. Emerson, Evonne . . . . . . . . .West Concord Engseth, Jerry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayzata Erdahl, Manford 2 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Erickson, LaVonne . . . . . . .Goldfield, Iowa Farness, Margaret . . . . . . . . . . . . .Windom Fjaer, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Flockoi, Carol . . . . . . . Bellingham, Wash. Foslid, Raymond . . . . ...... .Minneapolis Foste~old, Astrid 1 . . Nordm0re. Norway Froiland, David . . . . ......... Bellingham Frosig, Kristian 2 . - - . . . . . . .Minneapolis Fure, Clorice 1 . . . . . . . . . .Sca~ille, Iowa ~ ~ Gallop, Douglas . . . . . . . .Shell Lake, Wis. Jorgensen, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Delano Giese, Lyle .............Ashland, Wis. Justensen, Charles 1 . . - . . . . .Minneapolis Giesdahl, Alice ........... .Minneapolis Glockner, Robert .............. Bemidji Kalberg, Freddy 1 . . . . . . . .Circle, Mont. Goodrich, Quentin ........ .Minneapolis Kaliszewski, Edward 1 . . . . . .Minneapolis Grunow, Glenn ........... .Minneapolis Kalvig, Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Oudim. Fern 2 . . . . . . . . . .McVille. N. D. Kandt, Myron . . . . . . . . . . . . .Buffalo Lake Gustafson, Charles . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kirchoff Ralph . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Gustofson, Donna . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kleppe, Donna ...... . . . .Williston, N. D. Gustafsan, Herbert 2 . . . . . . . .~inneobolis Kletscher, Murl 1 .... . . . . . . . . . . . Belview Kloos, Margret . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .Herman Hagen, Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Starbuck Kloster, Morlyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kandiyohi Hagen, James H. . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo Klungtvedt, Gerald . . . . .Newark, Illinois Halvonon, Arvin .......Galesburg, N. D. Kobin, Jerry 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Halvorson, Joseph 1 . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Koerner, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Litchfield Hamre, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo Kroll, James . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . St. Paul Hansen, Clarence . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kube, Lou Ann . . . . . . . .Wahpeton, N. D. Hanske, Cynthia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lucan Kvam, Marilyn . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hanson, James E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hanson, James H.. . . . .Callender, Iowa . . . .Minneapolis Ladd, Lorenz . . . Hansvick, Alvin . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . .Minneapolis LaFerte, Suzette Hibbard, Gerald 2 . . . . . . . . Minneapolis . . . . . . .Ellendale Lageson, Andrew Hill, Lorne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Veblen, S. D. . . . . . . .St.' Paul Lanz, William ... H,illeren, John . . . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park . . . . . . . . LeSueur Lapham, Dean . . Haaglund, Donold C. . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . .Tyler Larsen, Ann 1 . . Hokanson, Betiy . . . . . . . . . . . Butterfield . Everest, Kansas Larson, Esther . . . Hokanson, James . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . .Excelsior Lorson, Marvin . Holmquist, Mari Ann 1 . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . Annandale Lorson, Philip 1 . Holt, Russell . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . .Wallace, S. D. Louen, LeRoy 1 . . Holte, H. James 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis ... .Minneapolis Leach, Richard 2 Holte, Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis . . . .Minneapolis Leak, John . . . . . Hoversten, Esther . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lynd Williston, N. D. Lewis, Mona . . . . Howard, Charles . . . . . . . . ..Lake Crystal . . . .Minneapolis Lindell, Juliana . . Hult, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis . . . .Minneapolis Linaen. John . . . " . Loh, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . ..Nanking, China Jackson, John . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Lorensen, Stanley . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Jacobsen, Richard . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis. Luhn, Charles . . . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis. Jacobson, Margaret 2 . . . . . .Minneapolis Lundberg, Jack . . . . . . . . . .Rush City Jakobitz, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . Buffalo Lake Lunde, David . . . ..Cooperstown, N. D. Jensen, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Jesko, Dale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston Jespersen, Gene . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul McKay, Robert 1 . . . . . . . . . . . Farmington Johnson, Arlan . . . . . .Grand Forks, N. D. Maas, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown Johnson, Beverly . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Mackey, Lois . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Johnson, Bruce R. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Magnuson, William 2 . . . . . Minneapolis Main, Ronald . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, Dale . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian Johnson, Delores ...... .New York Mills Manger, Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Douglas 1 ....... .St. Louis Park Markson, Stanley . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, James L. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Marquardt, William . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Johnson, Joan L. 1 . . . . . . .St. Louis Park Marsh, A. Warner . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Joan M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Martinsen, Kenneth. . . Menominee, Mich Martinson, Phyllis . . . . . . . . . .Tioga, N. D. Johnson, Marvin . . . . . . . . . . .Platte, S. D. Mattison, Robert . . . . . . ..Thompson, Iowa Johnson, Mary Lou . . . . . . . .Ashland, Wis. Mickelsen, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Milroy Johnson, Merlyn R. 2 ...... .Minot, N. D. Miller, Marlys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plato Johnson, Norman . . . . . . . . . . .Farmington Johnson, Robert J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Moderow, LeVon . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lockhart Mueller, Donald 1 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Ruby A. . . . . . . . . . .Fergus Falls Munson, Betty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Atwater Johnson, Wilgard ............ .Herman Myrin, Duane . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnston, Richard . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Nelson, Arnold ............Minneapolis Nelson, Caryl Jean. Newman Grove, Neb. .Underwood Nelson. Eunice Nelson, Helen ........Roseburg, Oregon Nelson, Robert C. 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Niemann, Mary .......... .Meadowlands Northfelt, Richard 2 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . ............ Oberg, Theodore ......Rockford, Illinois Olsen, Donald A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Olsen, Mery Ann .......... .Minneapolis Olson, Damoris 1 ......... .Minneapolis Olson, Donald E. 1 . . . . . . . . ..Bear River Olson, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . ..Cottonwood Olson, Harry E. 2 ......... .Minneapolis Olson, Howard ................ .Climax Olson, Julian . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Olson, Roger ................ Ellendale Olund, Jim 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Ondov, Raymond . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Oren, Donald ................ .St. Paul Oslund, Robert ............ .Forest Lake Parizek, Gloria . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D. Patterson, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lucan Paulson. Arnold ......... .Wallace, S. D. Paulson, Philip 2 ... .Blanchardville, Wis. Peorson, Howard .......... .Minneapolis Pearson. Paul .............Minneapolis Petersen, Alan ............ .Minneapolis Petersen, Arnold ............... .Milroy Peterson, Charles A. 1 ...... .Park Rapids Peterson, John C. . . . . . . . .Rice Lake, Wis. Peterson, John P. 2 ....... .Minneapolis Peterson. Magnus 1 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson. Rhodes 2 . . . . . . . . ,Minneapolis Peterson, Richard ........ Cambria, Wis. Peterson, Roland 1 . . . . . . .St. Louis Park Petterson, Leroy . . . . . . . . . . .Colfax, Wis. .Minneapolis Philbrwk, Kathleen Pioske. Donald ................ LeSueur ....... Raabe, Mark ............... .St. James Radde, Leon ............. .Minneapolis Ray, Clifford ............. .Minneapolis Ray, Ollie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Razook, Patricia ......... .Rugby, N. D. Reierson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fosston Reimer, Donald . . . . . . . . .Mountain Lake Rethwill, Corinne ..............LeSueur Rimme~eid,Arthur . .New Rockford, N. D. Ringstad, Ruth . . . . . . . . . . ..Bronx, N. Y. Rishovd, Larry 1 ...... .Douglas, N. D. Ritmire, Charles 1 ..........Minneapolis Rocene, Luella ............ .Minneapolis Rocene, Muriel ........... .Minneapolis Rodvik, Marvin ........... .Bluffs. Illinois Ronningen, Marlene ....... .Carpion N. D. Rosenbloom, David 1 . . . . . . .Minneapolis Rowland, Steve ........... .Minneapolis Rundquist, Bertil .......... .Minneapolis Ruud, George ............ .Minneapolis Rust, Gary 1 .......... Harwood, N. D. Ryan, Merwin ............ Landa, N. D. Rydell, Julin .............. .Minneapolis Rykken, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roseau Sanderson, Leah .......... .Minneapolis Schaupp, Roger 1 ......... .Minneapolis Schumack, Kenneth ........ .Minneapolis Seoholm, John ............ .Minneapolis Seck, Charles ............... Watertown Sewall, Duane ......... .St. Louis Park Shepherd, Lawrence. . . .Springdale, Wash. Shiell, Wendell .............. .Hoffman Shultl. Arthur ......... .Spokane, Wash. Siege!, David 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sirotiak, Arlene ........,.. .Minneapolis Sirotiak, Arnold ...........Minneapolis Skene, Shirley ............ .Minneapolis Skimland, Don .............. .Belgrade Skogen, Clyde 2 .............. Wahkon Skogsbergh, Samuel ....... .Minneapolis Skonnord, Dorothy ... .Valley City, N. D. Smith, Patricia ............ .Minneapolis Smith, Robert E.. . . . . . . . .Superior, Wis. Solheim, Derle . . . . . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis. Stanley, William 1 ........ .Minneapolis Staum, John ............. .Minneapolis Steineke, Donald . . . . . . . . . . .Moose Lake Stenoien, Vernon . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stensland, Donald . . . . . .Portland, N. D. Stevens, Sene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Farmington Stock, Marlys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kensington Straiton, Thomas .......... .Minneapolis Strandlie, Wenona ............. Richfield Stratton, Cora 2 . . . . . . .Westhope, N. D. Stromberg, Theodore . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Strommen, Dorothy .. Blanchardville, Wis. Strot, Raymond 2 ......... .Minneapolis Stump, JoAnn .................. Duluth Sufficool, William 1 ........ .Minneapolis Sullivan, Earl B. 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sundt, Donald ............ .Minneapolis Swanell, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Swanson, Alvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lindstrom Sylvester, Carmen 2 . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Tamm, William . . . . . . . . . . - .-Minneapolis Teigum, Kristen 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modelin Tenold, Marjorie ............ Reva, S. D. Thomford, Wayne . . . . . . . . . . ..Zumbrota Thompson, Carol 2 . . . . . . . Binford, N. D. Thompson, Lorraine . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis P Thompso?, Myron 2 Thone, Marjorie Thorson, Arthur Thorvig, Mary Thorwick, Wendell Tibke, Joan Treanor, Arthur Twedt, Isabel 1 ............Marshall ........... .Minneapolis ........... .Minneapolis .............Minneapolis ......... .Minneapolis ............. .Dupree, S. D. ........... .Minneapolis .........McHenry, N. D. ......... Rice Lake, Wis. Uehlin, Clarice Vall, Marilyn .................. .Aitkin Vane, Duane 2 ................ Dowson Van Otterloo, Johanna ......... Hancock Varland, Martha ....... .Ottawa, Illinois Vick, Oliver 2. ............ .Minneapolis Vigesaa, George .... .Cooperstown, N. D. Vik, Phyllis ............ .Waubay, S. D. Vornholt, Carl 2 ............... .Anoka Watson, Vern ............ .Minneapolis SPECIAL Wcmq Jw4l~son w-mm, w .......... , MnnWpaL .............. . h l W W , &ntMq ..-........ MtmmpOL$ w&&btrg k y Anq ..... . b i b - .......... .#. -WIkt ...-..........mlmwp& ............... .St. &I w-, shs* ....Chrppmm bit&Wtr Wllsons W d m .......... W n d W WoM, J a m - ..............-path Wr@ht&, O Ksih ....... ~~ Zimmermon, Donna ........ .Minneapolis W*M &tITiCB WhIfa, a* Whb, Wiliibm ................. Zinn, Wilton Zustiak, Mildred Zwick, Willi.am .St. Paul ...........Minneapolis ............ .Sauk Rapids Men ............................ Women .......................... Total 261 105 - ........- .................... .366 AND UNCLASSIFIED Addison, Duane ............. .Marshall Anderson, Charles F. .......Rockford, Ill. Moyer, Henry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. paul Michaelson, Carrol 1 ........... Kiester ~- - Biorklund, Paul ............... .St. Paul Mikkelson, David 2 . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bredeson, B~+,,, 2. . . . . . . . . . ~ Mondloh, ~Vernon 1 ........ ~ .Minneapolis ~ Brvstad, 1 ............. . ~ Morgan, ~ Luther ........... ~ .Minneapolis ~ ........... ~ ......... ~ ~ . ~ l. ........... i christino, ~~~~h collins, ~ ~1 l~ Dahle, ~ ~~ i Englund, Pearl d ................St. id Paul ...... .Warnick, R. 1. Halvorson, Jeanive ... .Grand Forks, N. D. Haukeness, Stanley ............ .Sebeka Herleikson, Aileen ... .Grand Forks, N. D. Granquist. Ardis 2 Hetager, Mildred ..........Forgo, N. D. Hinsverk, Donald 2 ........ .Minneapolis Hitzeman, Wallace 1 ....... .Minneapolis Hoium, Leslie 1 ........... .Minneapolis Joel, Mildred 1 ........... .Minneapolis Johnson, LeRoy ........... .Minneapolis Johnson, Robert E. 2 . . . . . . .Minneapolis Johnson, Ruby L. 1 . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Knutson, Alton . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lambert. Andreas 1 ........ .Minneapolis Larson, Iris ........... .Thief River Falls Lindohl, Burton 1 .......... .Minneapolis Mantzke, Robert ........... .Minneapolis Markland, Arne ........... .Minneapolis Mattson, Milford 2 ......... .Minneapolis Martson, Walter .............. .Erie, Po. Charles . . . . . .~ .Ironwood. ~ Nelmark, ~ ~ ~ ~ Mich. l i ~ Nelson, ~ ~ Elaine ~ . . .~. . . .~. . . .l. . .i.Woodlake ~ ~ ~ .......... ~~ ~ ~ Eleanor ~ ~.Thief l River i ~Falls Ozolins, Karlis ............ .Minneapolis Pearson, Vincent 1 .......... .Wyoming Peterson, Del Ray 2 . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Quanbeck, Philip 1 ........ .Minneapolis .............. .Minneapolis Sanders, Paul 2 ........... .Minneapolis Sivertson, Loryce ........ Marinefie, Wis. Smith, Gilbert ............ .Minneapolis Stenseng, Lillian 2 ......... .Minneapolis Thompson, Duane 1 ........... .St. Paul Roth, Poul 2 Torgerson, Richord 2 ....... .Minneapolis Wetzler, John . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wicklund, J w n n 1 ........... .Hopkins N. D. Wickoren, Wayne . . . . . . . . .W, Ystebo, Lillian . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D. Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Women .......................... Total 35 17 - ............................ 52 ~ ~ ~ AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY STUDENT NURSES . . . . . . . . . .Tigerton, Wis. Lindfors, Mary Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston ............Westby, Wis. . . . . .Mt. Sterling, Wis. M. ........ .Two Harbors Lomness, Mary Lou . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosstcn Alberg, Vera C. Aus, Phyllis B. Bruland, Audrey 1 Lunde, Margaret L. Cavallin, Joyce Molmin, Thelma D. . . . . . .Calmar, Iowa . . . . . . Shell Lake, Wis. Nelson, Ellen L. . . . . . . . .Longford, Dahlman, Eileen M. Nordeen, Myrtle Donielson, Marjorie K. Olson, Carolyn L. D. 1 . . . . . . . . . . Kasota .............. .Climax Dilmar, Morilyn L. Olson, Signora L. Cook, Kothleen R. ... .Wis. Rapids, Wis. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis ......... .Malung . . . . . . . . . . . .Red Wing Erickson, Harriet C. . . . . . .Arlington, S. D. Erickson, June M. ............. Fostervold, W. Ruth Grudt, Mary E. .St. Paul . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . .Baldwin, Wis. S. D. . . . . . . . . .Clarion, Iowa . . . . . . . . . . . .Milroy Petersen, Juanita M. Peterson, Alice S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston Peterson, Mary L. . . . . . . . . . .Cambridge Raun, Ruth G.. . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash. .......... Hofstad, Beatrice . . . . . . . . . . . .Owatonna Hafstad, Bernice . . . . . . . . . . . . . Owatonna Swiggum, Hanson, Vera L. ........ Weis, Marilyn F. . . . . . . . . . . .Combridge Westby, Joyce M. . . . . . . ..Fairdale, Holmgren, Marianne 1. Iverson, Juliet C. .Porkers Prairie ......... .Braham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji Johnson, Jean L. ....... .Grafton, Larsen, Helen M. ........ .Lacrosse, N. D. Wis. Sorem, Edith A. Doris B. Wilson, Shirley M. Women Total .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Utica N. D. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis .......................... 36 -- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 GRADUATES 1949 SEMINARY Dyrud, Amos ......-....... Erickson, Merle K. .Newfolden ....... Binford, Framstod, Waldemar . . .Williston, Martinson, Emil C. ............. .Dalton ....-.. .Superior, . . . . . . . . . . . . .Superior, N. Dok. Rusdahl, Kenneth Wis. N. Dak. Steen, John Wis. COLLEGE Almquist, Andersen, Andersen, Anderson, Anderson, Anderson, Anderson, John G. .... .Sand Creek, Wis. Jerome B. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Robert W. . . . .Morineite, Wis. Bertil C. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Jeanell M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Norman E. W. . . . . .Hendricks Raymond C. ......... .Mound Bagley, Emil J. ..... . . . . . . . . . . .Big Lake Bartsch, Robert L. . . ....... .Minneapolis Berg, Korl . . . . . . . . . . . Los Angeles, Calif. Bergeland, Helen C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson Bergeland, Luther C. . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson Berry, Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Bervig, Arthur L. ... . . . . .Fargo, N. Dak. Brekken, Carol M. . ....... .Minneapolis Bueide, James L. . . . . . . .Menominee, Mich. Carlson, Arthur S. .. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Carlson, Fabian C. . ....... .Minneapolis Corlson, James I . . ....... .Minneapolis Carlson, John M.. ... . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul Carlson, Robert J. .. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Carstenbrock, Walter J. .... .Minneapolis Christenson, David R. ...... .Minneapolis Clyne, Alfred P. . . . . . . . . . . L'Anse, Mich. . Dahl, George H. . . . . - - . . ..Minneapolis Dohle, Norman A. ............. .Aitkin Dalland, Harold A. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Dovidson. Esther . . . . . .Highland, Kansas Detchons, Richard P. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Drange, Arnold N. . . . . . - . ..Minneapolis Dyrud, Amos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Newfolden Embretson, Donald A. . . - . . . .Minneapolis Evenson, Leslie J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hector . Falconer, Elizabeth ... . . . . .New Brighton Feero, Lee S,. Jr. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jacobson Feig, Gilbert . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Felland, David E. . . . . . . . . .Colfax, Wis. Fischer, William W. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Foss, Merideth F. . . . . . . . .Minot. N. Dak. Froien, Dora . . . . . . . . . .Oakes, N. Dok. Furney, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis George, Shirley . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Morgan Gissel, John H. . . . . . . .Kenmare, N. Dak. Gisselquist, Grace E. . . . . . . . . Minneopolis Glade, Willard W. . . . . . . . . . Dows, Iowa Gmitro, Edward F.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Goertzen, Delna E. . . . . . .Mountain Loke Goertzen, Louis C. . . . . . . .Mountain Lake Goode. Dolores M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Modelia Granum, Hilma . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Green, Evelyn R. . . . . . . . . . ..Bathe Lake Greene, Carolyn M.. . . . . . . . .St. Paul Hogen, John L. . . . . . . . . . . .Zimmerman Hamilton, Marguerite M. . . . .Maple Plain Haukeness, Helen E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Sebeka Haukeness, Stanley J. . . . . . . . . . Sebeka Hegg, Donald H. . . . . . . . . . .Hanley Falls Heistad, Rachel M. . . . . Milwaukee, Wis. Helland, Erling M. . . . . . . . . .Sacred Heart Hendrickson, Gordon . . . ..... .Minneapolis Henium, Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman Hitzeman, Wallace C. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hoff, Avery B. . . . . . . . . . . . .Pequot Lakes Holden, William E. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Holmquist, Gordon E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Isoacson, Ruth M. Johnson, Johnson, Johnson, Johnson, Johnson, ............ Buffalo Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Bagley George A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Kenneth L. . . . . . Minot, N. Dak. Louise H. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneota Marvin B. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Knudson, Elrie E. . . . . . . Lacrosse, Wis. Konsterlie, Mildred M. . . . . . . .Willmor Kragthorpe, Maynard H. . . . . . . . .Mound Kvamme, Leiv . . . . . . . . . . .Voss, Norway Larsen, Mentor R. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Lorson, Calvin E. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Larson, Lyla J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo Leafblad, Charlotte Watt.. . . . . . .St. Paul Lehman, Robert M. . . .Chambersburg, Pa. Lindblod, Richord G. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis McGinnis, J. Lorene . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Manthie, Russel L. ......... .Minneapolis Markland, Arne K. ........ .Minneapolis Martinson, Jeanette S. ..... .Minneapolis Midiling, John E. .......... .Minneapolis Morgan, Paul D. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Mortensen, Hildegarde ..... .Minneapolis Nelson, Clifford L. ........... .Blomkest Nordstrom, Truit F. ........ .Minneapolis Nystuen, Ruth B. ............Northfield Nystuen, Theodore C. .........Northfield Olesky, Robert H. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Olsen, Robert 0. ........Brooklyn, N. Y. Olson, Elaine D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lake City Olson, John W. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Olson, Orville A. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Opland, Laverne M. . . .Thief River Falls Oscarson, Elder W. . . . . . . . ..Fergus Falls Paulson, Pout S. ...... .Spokane, Wash. Pearson, Ralph E. ......... .Minneapolis Pearson, Wayne L. ........... .Champlin Pearson, Woodrow ........ .Minneapolis Pedersen, Leonard J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Pedersen, Ragnvold A Kristiansand. Norwav Peterson, Charles E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Clifford A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis P&erson, Donald Wm. . . . . . .Minnecpolis Peterson, Olga A . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . . . WiIImclr Phillipps, John P.. . . . . . . . . . Minnsupolis Quam, John L. ............ .Minneapolis Quanbeck, John T. . . - . . . . ..Minneapolis Quanbeck. Phyllis . . . . . . .Minneapolis Raymond, R. Scott . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Rodmyre, Doris E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hector Ronholm, Elsie I. . . . . . .Thief River Falls Roth, Paul I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Samuelson, Mary ... . . . . . . . . . Grasston Schwah, Harold ... ...... .Minneapolis Roufs, Henry W. Ryden, Joan S. Serstock, Margaret L ...... .Minneapolis Severtson, Milford D. ...... .Minneapolis Shaleen, D. Marian . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Snider, Victor L. .... ...... .Minneapolis Solberg, Oliver S. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Solheim, Dorothy L. .. ....... Racine, Wis. Solheim, Russell G. .. . . . . . . . Racine, Wis. Sorenson, Kenneth S. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Sorenson, Norman ... . . . . . . .Minneapolis Stock, Elroy M. .... . . . . . . . . Kensington Stohlberg, Paul E. . . . ...... .Minneapolis Sween, Donald L. ... . . . . . . .Minneapolis Telander, Lorraine H. ........... .Mora Thorberg, Dorothy E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Thorsen, Arline J. .. ... Waterville, Iowa Thorvig, Richard J. .. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Thurston, Stuart J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Torgerson, Sheldon L. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Torvend, Alice . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Tungseth, Esther D. .. . . . . .Seattle, Wash. Tweed, George H. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Vane, Rueben L. . . . . . . . . . . ..Dawson Wanous, Mary J. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Weagant, Robert A. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Welter, Eugene ................ .Milroy Weltzin, Lorraine . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Werket, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wetzler, John H. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Wilcox, Peder J. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,106 Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 - Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 STUDENTREGISTER ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 1949-1950 FIRST SEMESTER SEMINARY Men Students ................................................. Women Students ................................................. Total .......................................................... COLLEGE Men Students ................................................... Women Students ................................................ Total 23 0 -+. ,638 249 - ........................................................... Total Enrollment ................................................. Deducting those counted more than once ........................... !. SECOND SEMESTER SEMINARY .......-..............-...............................a ............................... !....................-0 ............................................................. Men Students Women Students Total , . COLLEGE ...................................................... Men Students Women Students 612 ..................................-.-.............-238 Total ............................................................ Total Enrollment .................................................. Deducting those counted more than once ..., ,,...... .............. TOTAL ENROLLMENT 1949- 1950 SEMINARY ................................................... ................. ;................,,,,..,.,...,, Men Students Women Students Total .. 24 0 .........................................-................. COLLEGE ..............................+..............!....... 690 Men Students Women Students .................... !........,.,.................258 - Total .......................................... Total Enrollment Deducting those counted more than once i ................ ................................................. ............................ IN1 I I I Page Absence Rules .................... 41 Academic Administration ........... 36 Admission Procedure .............. 36 Administrative Staff ................ 4 Administration. ORicers of .......... 3 Aims. Fundamental ............... 13 Alumni Association. The ............. 35 Ancient Languages. Department of . . . . 60 Annuities .........................118 Archives. The ..................... 19 Athletics ......................... 31 Attendance. Chapel ................ 42 Attendance. Class ................. 41 Audi~VisualEducation ............. 20 Band I ......................33. 70. 7T 84 20 17 Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . Book Shoppe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buildings and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Administration. Curriculum . . . Business Administration. Economics. and Secretarial Studies. Department of . . 50 79 Calendar ........................ 2 Cancellation ...................... 40 Chemistry ........................ 86 Choir .....................32. 70. 71 Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32. 70. 71 Christian Education and Sociology .... 98 Christian Environment ............. 22 Christianity. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 56 Church History (Seminary) .......... 96 Classification ..................... 41 Classwork. Amount of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 College. Augsburg ................ 36 College Faculty ................... 6 College Students (1949.1950) ........ 101 Committees of the Faculty ............ 12 Conditions ....................... 43 Convocation ...................... 23 Counseling. Academic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Counseling. Personal ............... 25 Courses of Study. College ........... 56 Cultural Opportunities ............. 23 Curriculums ...................... 46 Debate and Oratory ............... Degree. College .................. Dentistry and Dental Hygiene. PreDental Courses ................. Departmental and Student Interest Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diaconate ........................ Dining-Hall ....................... Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 46 52 30 54 28 25 Page Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Drama .......................... 31 Economics ........................ 79 Education ........................ 77 Electives ......................... 45 Elimination of Students ............. 41 Employment Service ................ 28 Engineering, Pre-Engineering Courses .. 53 English. Department of .............. 61 Enrollment Summary ............... 113 Entrance Requirements. College ...... 36 Examinations. Absence from ......... 43 Examinations. Comprehensive. . . . . . . . . 44 Examinations. Rules ................ 43 Expenses .......................... 20 Faculty. The ...................... Fees. General .................... Fees. Music ....................... Fees. Special ..................... Financial Support and Control ....... Finals. Delayed ................... Food Service ..................... Foundation Fellowship . . . . . . . . . . . . . French ........................... Freshman Guidance ................ 5 21 22 22 16 43 28 35 67 24 .............. General Information 13 German. Department of ............. 65 Gifts and Bequests ................ 117 Grade. Students Below ............. 43 Grade Values .................... 44 Graduate Study 46 Graduates (18701949). Summary of . .114 Graduates 1949 .................. 1 l l Graduation from College 46 Greek ........................... 60 .................. ........... Health and Physical Education. Department of ................. 88 Health Service .................... 28 Hebrew .......................... 61 High School Teaching. Curriculum.... 49 History and Aims ............... ..13 History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Home Economics. Department of . . . . . . 81 Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . . . . . 50 Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Honors 33 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Housing for Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Page Journalism ................... 31. 65 Junior College Requirements. . . . . . . . . 44 Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . - - . - .19 Library Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Majors ........................... 45 Mathmetics. Deportment of .......... 87 Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . . 51 Membership in Educational Associations 17 Ministry. Preparation for the ........ 46 Minors ........................... 45 Missionary Work. Preparation for .... 47 Museum. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -- 18 Music. Deportment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Music. Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22. 70 Music. Organizations . . . . . . . . . . .32. 70 Natural Sciences. Division of the . . . . . New Testament . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Norwegian ....................... Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . . . . . . . Nursing. Affiliation with Deaconess Hospital .................... .40. 84 95 66 52 Old Testament . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 31 71 76 Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . . . . . Pastoral Theology ................. Payment of Accounts ............... Personnel Services, Student . . . . . . . . . . Philosophy, Department of . . . . . . . . . Physical Education, Department of Health and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Sciences, Department of . . . . . Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68, 69, Placement Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Political Science, Department of ...... Polity, Worship, and Parish Work ... Practical Theology ................ Pre-Seminary Curriculum ........ .46, Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology and Education, Depart.. ment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 97 21 23 58 53 88 85 86 71 28 73 98 97 91 34 41 76 76 Recreation and Social Life . . . . . . . . . . 25 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Registration, Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 page 56 Religion and Philosophy. Division of Religious Activities ................ 29 Residence Requirement ............. 46 Romance Languages. Department of . . 67 Rooms. Applications for . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 .. Scandinavian Language and Literature. Deportment of .................. 66 Scholarships ...................... 34 Secretarial Studies ................ 81 Seminary. Admission ............... 91 Seminary. Faculty ................ 5 Seminary. Courses of Study .......... 93 Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .20. 92 Seminary. Graduation and Degrees .... 92 Seminary. General Requirements. . . . . 91 Seminary. Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Senior College Requirements. . . . . . . . 45 Sociology. Deportment of . . . . . . . . . . 74 Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . . . 72 Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Special Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Speech .......................... 64 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Student Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Student Council .................. 29 Student Nurses ................... 110 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Student Register .................. 100 Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 SverdrupOftedal Memorial Hall . . . . . 27 Systematic Theology ............... 96 Teacher's Certificate ............... 49 Teaching Curriculum .............. 49 Theology. College Preparation for . .46. 91 Theology. Courses of Study .......... 93 Theology. Expenses ............ .20. 92 Theological Orientation Courses ...... 93 Theological Seminary. Augsburg ..... 91 Theological Students (1949-1950) ....100 Theology. Language Courses ......... 99 Theology. The Three-Year Cycle of Courses ....................... 94 Tours. Absences for ................. 42 Transfer and Advanced Standing ..... 37 Trustees. Board of .................. 3 Tuition and Fees .................. 21 Unclassified Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Veterans. Applications of . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Voice .................... .69. 70. 71
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College Interim The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r...
Show more Augsburg College Interim The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g and t o i n v e s t i g a t e questions and t o p i c s i n places and ways n o t p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term. Calendar I I November 10-13 December 8 January 5 ... .. . ... Interim Registration Late I n t e r i m Registration F i r s t Day o f I n t e r i m r Class January 6 . January 8 . I 9:Ooa.m. Class I 1 .. .. 1:00 p.m. I L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g g r a d i n g system . January 19 . . January 23 ... January 30 . . . Beginning o f c e r t a i n h a l f c r e d i t courses * L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g courses I n t e r i m ends I The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two b l o c k s o f t i m e : 0 > .. 0 I - 8:00 I1 - 1 :00 - IF00 - 5:00 d L. ;h o f c l a s s meetings as w e l l as t h e b e g i n n i n g t i m e The number a w l l l be arranged t i e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . * Students e n r o l l i n g i n h a l f - c r e d i t courses should c o n s u l t t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e f o r dates f o r cancel/add and t o determine t h e g r a d i n g system. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l The N i t t y G r i t t y One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l t i m e l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d . There i s no t u i t i o n r e f u n d f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses n o t t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course. Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e o f 4.0 t o 0. S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s i s i n d i cated i n t h e course d e s c r i p t i o n . Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r l o w e r d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g . Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g s h o u l d a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments and a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d . A c o u r s e l i s t e d as f u l f i l l i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t meets b o t h t h e n e w l y i n t r o d u c e d r e q u i r e m e n t s ( t h e Spectrum approach) and t h e o l d d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements. To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s o f w h i c h a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s t h a n t h e number o f y e a r s o f f u l l t i m e e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r e n r o l l e d f u l l t i m e f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e one i n t e r i m f o r graduation). This C a t a l o g T h i s c a t a l o g 1 i s t s courses by departments w l t h departments 1 jsted i n a1 p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . Augsburq I n t e r i m s Abroad a r e i d e n t i f i e d by a special1 t r a v e l symbol. A t t h e end O F t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s o f o t h e r c o u r s e s n o t ~ ~ f f e r cby d Augsburg b u t recognirfad by t i l e College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t , a n d a v a r i e t y o f l j f e t i m e S p o r t s . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and i n f o r m a t i o n about t h e s e c o u r s e s are a v a i l a b l e i n t.he I n t e r i m O f f i c e . Options June Interim A t l e a s t one i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1981 s e s s i o n o f summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g under P h i l o s o p h y ) i n l i e u o f January t e r m w i t h no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e . S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e t i m e o f i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t l o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay t h e r e g u l a r summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n . 2lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM International Interims Students a r e i n v i t e d t o c o n s i d e r b e i n g p a r t o f one o f t h e f i v e overseas These i n t e r i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by Augsburg C o l l e g e d u r i n g January 1981 ims a r e under these departments: . Education EDUCATION I N AN URBAN COMMUNITY: LONDON, page 10. - LANGUAGE, CULT'JRE AND Foreign Languaqes T ~ E A T E RI N PARIS, page 13. THE RHINE FRONTIER: GERMANY MEETS ROME AND FRANCE, page 14. THE CULTURES OF MEXICO AND GUATEMALA, page 1 6 . - HAWAII: H i s t o r y and .Pol.iticlal Science A LABORATORY OF MULTI-ETHNIC INTERACTION, page 20. Other i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h Upper Midwest Associa t i o n f o r I n t e r n a t i o n a l Education (Uh1AIE) and S t . O l a f College. F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e and from Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l . Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one o f t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s s h o u l d a p p l y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center b e f o r e November 1 . Add i t i o n s t o t h e overseas groups u s u a l l y cannot be made a f t e r October. Internships I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l t e r m o r who b e g i n an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o t h e s p r i n g term. Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Memorial 230) no l a t e r t h a n Tuesday, November 18. Independent or D l r e c t e d Study Students may e l e i t a program o f independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n 499) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y ( l o w e r d i v i s i o n 299) f o r i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p a n s i b i l it y f o r more t h a n one i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d study p e r i n t e r i m . Students choosjng t o pursue i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. P r e s e n t t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r approval a copy o f t h e proposed s t u d y p l a n approved by t h e s u p e r v i s i n g f a c u l t y member. T h i s proposal must be s u b m i t t e d a t l e a s t one week b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and n o t l a t e r forms can be o b t a i n e d i n t h e t h a n November 3. A ,o.o r o.p r i a t e s t u d-v .proposal . Interim Office. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM13 Interims a t Other Schools Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n w h i c h o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. C a t a l o g s o f t h e s e I n t e r i m s can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y w i l l h e l p s t u dents i n applying f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n a t o t h e r schools. R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s a t t h e o t h e r Twin C i t i e s c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . Most courses t a u g h t d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m a t o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s a r e a c c e p t e d f o r c r e d i t by Augsburg, b u t may n o t n e c e s s a r i l y be accepted as m e e t i n g Augsburg's d i s t r i b u t i o n r e quirements. This q u a l i f i c a t i o n p a r t i c u l a r l y a f f e c t s courses o f f e r e d f o r t h e Re1 ig i o n r e q u i r e m e n t . Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg C o l l e g e welcomes s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r 4-1 -4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges p r o v i d e d t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n agrees n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e January t e r m . The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s , h o u s i n g o r board c o s t s . O t h e r s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $150 f o r t h e i n t e r i m course. S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m s h o u l d w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms o r use t h e forms p r o v i d e d by t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e a t t h e i r own s c h o o l . These s t u d e n t s a r e welcome t o s t a y on campus b u t a r e n o t r e q u i r e d t o do so. Requests f o r i n t e r i m h o u s i n g s h o u l d be made t o t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . Augsburg Policy Augsburg C o l l e g e a d m i t s s t u d e n t s o f any r a c e , c o l o r , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n t o a l l t h e r i g h t s , p r i v i l e g e s , programs, and a c t i v i t i e s g e n e r a l l y accorded o r made a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s a t t h e s c h o o l . I t does n o t d i s c r i m i n a t e on t h e b a s i s o f r a c e , c o l o r , c r e e d , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n i n employment p r a c t i c e s o r a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f i t s e d u c a t i o n a l p o l i c i e s , admissions p o l i c i e s , s c h o l a r s h i p and l o a n programs, and a t h l e t i c and o t h e r s c h o o l - a d m i n i s t e r e d programs. N e e d M o r e Help? Check w i t h : The I n t e r i m O f f i c e (Memorial 2 3 0 ) , o The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y , Ms. L o r r a i n e S t i e p e r a t 330-1025, o r e The I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Toni C l a r k a t 330-1092. 4/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Calligraphy ART 1010611 0306 Instructor: P h i l i p Thompson Study o f t h e a r t and c r a f t o f c a l l i g r a p h y . Development o f c a l l i g r a p h i c s k i l l s i n pen and b r u s h w i t h i n k and p a i n t . Three completed d e s i g n p r o j e c t s i n l e t t e r i n g o r l i n e a r e r e q u i r e d . For upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t a major p r o j e c t i s required. Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: O l d Main 4 ( D e s i g n S t u d i o ) - Film-Making I Film-Making ii ART 1024211 0342 Instructor: Paul Rusten T h i s c o u r s e teaches f i l m - m a k i n g t h r o u g h p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . There w i l l be o b s e r v a t i o n and d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . S t u d e n t s w i l l make a 16mm sound f i l m . Fees: $70.00 l a b f e e None f o r Film-making I You must have t a k e n Film-making I t o r e g i s t e r f o r Film-making 11. Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: O l d Main 1 7 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o ) L i f e Drawing ART 10247 Instructor: Norman Hol en A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and n o n - a r t s t u d e n t s . The f i g u r e w i l l be d e p i c t e d i n v a r i o u s s e t t i n g s w i t h a v a r i e t y o f media f o r v a r y i n g l e n g t h s o f t i m e . The poses w i l l e x t e n d f r o m one m i n u t e t o an hour and a h a l f . S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o t h e 28 and 4B p e n c i l s , t h e c h a r c o a l p e n c i l and p a s t e l s . A f e e o f $12.00 i s t o be p a i d on t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: O l d Main 17 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o ) AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIMIS rn N u t r i t i o n : You A r e W h a t Y o u E a t BIOLOGY 20104 Instructor: Erwin Mickel berg Designed t o d i s c ss t h e foods t h a t we e a t i n a popular fashion. A f t e r a review o t h e human d i g e s t i v e system, each o f t h e t h r e e basic food types wil.1 be discussed along w i t h t h e r o l e o f minerals, vitamins and water. 9 An attempt w i l l be made t o d i s p e l t h e mysteries and t h e manufactured i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e media, t o make a p p l i c a t i o n t o i n d i v i d u a l concerns, and t o address t h e controversy concerning food a d d i t i v e s . Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Science 212 T h e B i o l o g y of Aglng BIOLOGY 20185 Instructor: Robert H e r f o r t h A t some time o r another i n our l i v e s most of us w i l l e i t h e r d i r e c t l y experience aging o r be i n f l uenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course wi 11 concentrate on t h e b i o l o g i c a l aspects o f such changes. What i s t h e nature o f these age-related changes? What f a c t o r s i n f l u e n c e the r a t e o f aging? Do c e l l s i s o l a t e d from t h e body show aging? I s aging t h e r e s u l t of d e t e r i o r a t i o n o f c e r t a i n c e l l s o r t i s s u e s o f the body? What a r e t h e c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s as t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l basis o f aging? These and o t h e r questions w i l l be addressed i n t h i s course by means o f classroom l e c t u r e s , discussions o f assigned readings, and t a l k s by o u t s i d e experts. Evaluation w i l l be based on several quizzes and exams given d u r i n g t h e course. Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Science 205 M e t h o d s in Biological R e s e a r c h BIOLOGY 20301 Instructor: Neal Thorpe The development o f t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e present concepts i n b i o l o g y has been h e a v i l y dependent upon t h e use o f an a r r a y o f s o p h i s t i c a t e d research t o o l s . This course w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e student t o t h e t h e o r e t i c a l basis o f approximately two dozen important b i o l o g i c a l methods such as chromatography, electrophoresis, spectrophotometry, s c i n t i l l a t i o n counting and microscopy. It w i l l a l s o r e q u i r e an in-depth i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f one s e l e c t e d method w i t h t h e o b j e c t i v e 6/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM o f d e v e l o p i n g an a p p r o p r i a t e e x p e r i m e n t a l e x e r c i s e t h a t c l e a r l y demons t r a t e s a t h e o r e t i c a l p r i n c i p l e . The s t u d e n t w i l l t e s t and v a l i d a t e t h e method, w r i t e i t up, and p r e s e n t i t o r a l l y . Prerequisites: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112; C h e m i s t r y 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106) I1 Room: S c i e n c e 202 Wetland Ecology BIOLOGY 2031 1 Instructor: Roberta Lammers In w e t l a n d e c o l o g y we w l l l a t t e m p t t o g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e comp l e x j t y , v a r i e t y and fmportance o f f r e s h w a t e r w e t l a n d s such a s bogs, marshes, fens, and swamps. We w i l l s t u d y the p h y s f c a l aspects o f these w e t l a n d s as w e l l as the I n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f some o f t h e j r m a j o r o r g a n isms 1 i k e sedges, i n s e c t s , and sphagnum. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pursue some independent r e a d i n g on wet1 and organ1 sm5 o f p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t t o them. The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s t o n as we1 l as l a b work i d e n t i f y i n g organisms c o l l e c t e d i n n o r t h e r n Minnesota d u r i n g t h e summer by the f n s t r u c t o r . We w i l l examine c r i t i c a l l y t h e p o t e n t f a 1 o f M i n n e s o t a ' s w e t l a n d s a s an energy saurcp. There w i l l be l o c a l f i e l d t r l p s . Grading w i l l be on t h e hasis a f one t e s t and the p r e s e n t a t i o n ( w r j t t e n or o r a l ) o f t h e independent r e a d i n g . Prerequisite: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112 I Room: S c i e n c e 213 - D i s c r e t e E v e n t Simulation BUSINESS 21495 Instructor: K e i s h i r o Matsumoto D i s c r e t e e v e n t s i m u l a t i o n i s an approach t o p r o b l e m s o l v i n g . The method r e p l i c a t e s t h e s e t t i n g o f a p a r t i c u l a r problem by w r i t i n g a com- m e n t a t i o n and s There w i l l be l e c t u r e s and a computer programming l a b o r a t o r y . Prerequisfte: Time: I A s t a t f s t i c s course o r t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Room: L2O1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 tNTERIM/7 CHEMISTRY 341 13 Instructor: E a r l A1 t o n Fflrding whlch chmlcals are, i n a solution ~(qualltatireanalysis)' T s a cfiaff enging way o+ learntng some prlnclples o f chemistry. Thls course dl 1 use laboratory, experiments coupled w i t h a non-mat h m t 9 e n l explana t i o n of the chemistry Tnvolved t o provide an introduetlon t o cemlstry. The laboratory wark wtll canter on solvfng chnmnclcsl unknoys. There wlll be several 1ecture-dl scussfon sessfons each week and about three hours o f l a b o r a t o r y each day. knowns and a few q u i z z e s . Lectures - Grading w i l l be based upon s o l v i n g unLaboratory 11 :00 a .m. Prerequisite: H i g h School C h e m i s t r y Distribution: Yes Time: 18111 Room: - 1 :00-4:00 p.m. Science 318 Introduction t o Chemirtry CHEMISTRY 341 04 Instructor: John Holum T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some fundamental p r i n c i p l e s o f chemistry: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Measurement, w i t h emphasis on dimensions, S I u n i t s and a few common u n i t s used i n c h e m i s t r y , b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences,.and how t o use t h e f a c t o r - l a b e l method i n c a l c u l a t i o n s . Elements o f a t o m i c and m o l e c u l a r c o m p o s i t i o n s and s t r u c t u r e and how p e r i o d i c r e l a t i o n s h i p s h e l p o r g a n i z e and e x p l a i n s e v e r a l p r o p e r t i e s . Comon p h y s i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t t e r . Comnon chemical p r o p e r t i e s o f a c i d s , bases and s a l t s w i t h emphasis o n t h e background needed f o r s t u d i e s i n e l e m e n t a r y b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences. A p p l i c a t i o n s t o h e a l t h aspects o f environmental p r o b l ems w i 11 <be made. A b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. L e c t u r e s and d e m o n s t r a t i o n s a r e used. There i s no scheduled l a b o r a t o r y and no a s s i g n e d w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . E v a l u a t i o n i s based on q u i z z e s and t e s t s . R e g u l a r g r a d i n g o n l y ; no PIN. T h i s c o u r s e i s n o t open t o s t u d e n t s who had c h e m i s t r y I n h i g h s c h o o l ;+'i,tdoes n o t c o u n t t o w a r d a chemistry major. Distribution: Time: I , Yes Room: S c i e n c e 318 81AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM . , , 4 . An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l C h e m l s t r y CHEMISTRY 34205 Instructor: A r l i n Gyberg A few years ago dtagnosttc medlcine was principally a matter of collectjng Inf'orrhatfon about symptonlr t o diagnose an Illness. Occas~onally 1aboratory tests were made to support the dlagnasj s A1 though col I actTn$ infoymntfon about symptoms 1s still an Integral part, diagnosefc medicine has progressed t o t h e pot n t where 1aborat~rytests are rout1 nely performed and may result i n a diagnosis dlfferentr from the on,e fndicated by the symptoms, T h i s course introduces some of the types o f chemical problems s t g n l f i c a n t i n medic-lne ahd methods o f chehlfcal analysls used I n the clinlcal cheml'stry laboratory. Lectures, films, occasional laburptory experience, and at least one f i e f d t r I p t o a elInical teboratory w t l l be used t n the course; eva'luatf~nwill be by fvequent . q u i z z e s and a f i n a l exam. Prerequisites: Time: Chemistry 106 o r 116 o r 223 Room: I Science 320 E c o n o m i c s of U r b a n I s s u e s ECONOMICS 221 20 Instructor: Ed S a b e l l a A s t u d y o f economic i m p l i c a t i o n s o f many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban environment, Some o f t h e t o p i c s t o be d i s c u s s e d a r e : P o p u l a t i o n "Cris i s ," Crime P r e v e n t i o n , Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n , D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread, Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Fundamental micro-economic t o o l s i n t r o d u c e d t o f a c i l i t a t e d i s c u s s i o n . T h i s c o u r s e does n o t c o u n t towards an economics m a j o r o r m i n o r . Distribution: Time: Economics o r Urban I1 Room: 01 d Main 11 Decision Making with Finite M a r k o v Ch'ains ECONOMICS 22493 Instructor: Satya Gupta Taehnf ques o f H a r b v chains have long been used in solving problems i n Physical Sciences. This tool has fnvaded the realm of Business and Eco,nomics only recent1 + I t I s important for management practltloners t o wnderstand thl s sop I sticatac? tool Problems on bank management, cap* tal expenditures, accounts receivable, market share and others w-ill be sol ved usf ng Maykou shaf n model s Students comprehension will be evaluated by tests on probtm solving using Narkav chain models, Z . . Prerequisite: Time: I1 - H i g h School A1 gebra Room: L-1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/9 EUROPE January 3-28 E d u c a t i o n i n a n U r b a n Community: L o n d o n EDS 44260 EDE 45260 Instructor: Cost: B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n $1395 An exarninatfon o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p o f t h e school t o t h e 4 # u r b a n community u s i n g London's East End a s an example. The focus o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be o n such u r b a n problerns as p o v e r t y , f a m i l y d i s i n t e g r a t i o n , and crime and how u r b a n s c h o o l s and t h e l r t e a c h e r s can r e s o l v e them. The c l a s s w i l l meet f o r r,eef n a r s and l i v e a t the Urban Studies Center ~f the C o l l e g e o f S t . Mark and S t . John i n the Eas,t End Area. S t u d e n t s w i l l be p l a c e d a s a i d / o h s e r v e r s i n a l o c a l school I n t h e s u b j e c t o r g r a d e o f t h e i r c h o i c e . S t i ~ d e n t sw l l l a l s o have the o p p a r t u n i t y t o work and o b s e r v e i n a number o f community a g e n c j e s i n t h e East End. E v a l u a t i o n w l l l be based on a paper t h a t i n t e g r a t e s assigned r e a d i n g w i t h a d d i t i o n a l i n d i v i d u a l r e s e a r c h and a l o g o f p r a c t i c a l experiences. Counts t o w a r d m a j o r : F u l f i l 1s t h e e l e m e n t a r y and secondary O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (EDS 265 and EDE 255) Meets an u r b a n concerns r e q u i r e m e n t Grading: PIN o r t r a d i t i o n a l E n r o l l m e n t : 15 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f O c t o b e r . Student Teaching EDUCATION: Instructor: 44480, 44481, 44482, 44483, 44484, 45480, 45481 , 45482, 45483, 45484 B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n Students w i l l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r f u l l days, O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s a t t h e preschool , k i n d e r g a r t e n , e l e m e n t a r y o r secondary s c h o o l l e v e l ( d e p e n d i n g on the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t ' s need) under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f I n t e r e s t e d students should consult w i t h c a l l ege and school p e r s o n n e l t h e i n s t r u c t o r b e f o r e December t o de-Lermi ne placements and a p p r o p r i a t e c o u r s e number f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n . . Prerequisites: Acceptance i n E d u c a t i o n Program and p e r m i s s i o n o f instructor. 1 OIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Heritage Reporter ENGLISH 54212 Instructor: Dave Wood "Heritage Reporter" explores s t r a t e g i e s f o r effectively wrltjng about one's family, one" comun.lty, or an institutqon t h a t figures o r has f jgured largely In the student-%porter1 s l i f e . Techniques of f i c t i o n and non-flctlnn a r e revealed t o the students by means o f a comprehensive reading 1jst. No exams. Students are expected t o submit a 20-30 page "Heritage Booklet'l on a subject of thefr choice a t course's end. Grade will be P/N only. Prerequisites: Time: English 111 I Room: Old Main 10 Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study of A m e r l c a n W e s t e r n a n d J a p a n e a e S a m u r a i F i l m s ENGLISH 54233 SOCIOLOGY 94233 Instructors: Jerry Gerasimo and John Mi tchell The pu~poseof the course i s t o clarify the thematic form of the Western and the Samuraf f lrn by comparing thedr respective myths, their societal premises, and t h e i r canventions: f o r example. the ritualized duel and t h e use of proxemlc patterns (treatments o f space) In ways t h a t are implicitly cultural . Although both genres a r e highly popular, they are vfvidly useful for e s t h e t i c , c u l t u r a l , and anthropological comparf son. Students wj 11 be requi red t o attend a1 I f i l m presentations (approxtmately 10 feature f i l m s ) , t o wad selected t e x t s , and t o take a final written examination. Laboratory Fee: Distribution: Time: I1 $35 Yes Room: Science Audi t o r i urn A S e v e n t i e s Sampler ENGLISH 54249 Instructor: Ron Palosaari We will study some novels, poems, plays, and films written o r filmed in the 1970's. Our reading will include the l a t e s t available works of Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger, some recent science f i c t i o n , detective s t o r i e s , and a best s e l l e r . Our viewing will depend on what plays and films a r e available i n January in the Twin C i t i e s . AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/11 I f possible, students w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e o f l i t e r a t u r e o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t . Those who take t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do t h e reading. Films w i l l be seen i n t h e afternoon t o t a k e advantage o f lower p r i c e s , b u t we w i l l see two o r t h r e e plays i n t h e evening. Distribution: Time: Yes Room: I1 Old Main 18 Five-College Fictlon Writing Workshop ENGLISH 54362 Instructor: Lon Otto, College of St. Thomas Members of t h e workshop w i l l experiment w i t h various aspects of prose f i c t i o n technique, aiming a t t h e completion of t h r e e o r four s h o r t s t o r i e s during t h e I n t e r i m period. The workshop w i l l meet t h r e e afternoons a week t o discuss f i c t i o n w r i t i n g and t o engage i n c o n s t r u c t i v e c r i t i c i s m of w r i t i n g being produced by members o f the class. F a i t h f u l attendance a t these afternoon sessions i s e s s e n t i a l . The course i s open t o students from t h e f i v e associated c o l l e g e s (normally t h r e e from each c o l l e g e ) who have had some experience w r i t i n g s h o r t f i c t i o n . Preferably, they should have a l r e a d y taken a c o l lege-level c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g class. I n t e r e s t e d students from Augsburg should submit samples o f t h e i r work t o Dr. Toni Clark before I n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n . Potpourri: S e l e c t e d Readings f o r Discussion ENGLISH 54445. Instructor: Barbara Anderson I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , students w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l reading l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be discussed i n small groups, e s t a b l i s h e d according t o common books, authors, o r themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined before the end o f f a l l term so t h a t a discussion schedule can be published p r i o r t o t h e i n t e r i m session. Prerequisite: J u n i o r o r Senior standing and consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Distribution: Yes Time: I Room: Old Main 12 12/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM 'EUROPE January 3-28 L a n g u a g e , C u l t u r e a n d T h e a t e r in P a r l s French 70215/70315 Instructor: Cost: Mary Johnson $1595 Immersion i n French c u l t u r e f o r intermediate and advanced students. Focus on study o f language, c u l t u r e , t h e press, + and t h e a t e r . Readings, analysis, and discussion i n t e g r a t e d w i t h attendance a t lays and f i l m s . V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and c u l t u r a l exh i b i t s according t o ' s t i d e n t i n t e r e s t s . Full-day excursions t o Chartres and V e r s a i l l e s ; o p t i o n a l weekend f i e l d t r l p t o Mont S t . Michel and L o i r e chateaus. Conversations w i t h French students i n groups o f three. French 70315 counts toward major (French) French 70215, 70315 count toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement (Foreign Language) Prerequisites: Grading: 70215: 70315: French 70211 o r e q u i v a l e n t French 70311 o r e q u i v a l e n t P/N o n l y Enrollment: 15 I n t e r e s t e d students should contact Ms. Mary Kingsley i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r than t h e end o f October. F r e n c h L l t e r a t u r e in T r a n s l a t i o n FRENCH 70243 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Have French w r i t e r s produced a 1 i t e r a t u r e t h a t escapes from 1 i f e o r t h a t shows l i f e as i t i s ? By readlng and analyzing a v a r i e t y o f s h o r t e r French works i n English t r a n s l a t i o n w i t h t h i s questlon i n mind, we w i l l develop stronger communication and c r i t i c a l s k i l l s and c u l t u r a l s e n s i t i v i t y as w e l l as encounter those o f s i g n i f i c a n t French w r i t e r s . M i n i - l e c t u r e s and study guides w i l l h e l p focus t h e r e a d e r ' s a t t e n t i o n on t h e works themselves. Much c l a s s time d a i l y w l l l be devoted t o small group discussion and exchange o f ideas. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/13 d e v e l o p i n g adequate language t o c o n t r i b u t e o r a l l y and i n w r i t t e n form t o t h e i n s i g h t s o f t h e c l a s s . Two o r t h r e e 30-minute q u i z z e s e a r l y i n t h e course w i l l be r e p l a c e d b y t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f a chosen l i t e r a r y work and s h o r t paper i n t h e t h i r d week, w i t h reading, c r i t i c i s m and d i s c u s s i o n b y t h e o t h e r s i n t h e f o u r t h week. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Sophomore s t a n d i n g o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r . Yes Room: I O l d Main 27 .EUROPE January 3-28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany M e e t s Rome and F r a n c e GER 72333 Instructor: Cost: Donald Steinmetz $1595 + Since Roman times t h e l a n d s a l o n g t h e Rhine have been 4one o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t f r o n t i e r areas o f Europe. Here German and Roman c u l t u r e c l a s h e d and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have t h e i r r o o t s i n t h e empire o f Charlemagne. Here Romanesque and Gothic a r c h i t e c t u r e f l o u r i s h e d i n t h e M i d d l e Aaes. Here Germans 'and French f o u g h t i n t h r e e r e c e n t wars. I t i s such e i e n t s which have shaped l i f e and l e f t so many monuments between t h e Rhine and t h e Meuse. The s t u d e n t w i l l s t u d y and " r e l i v e " t h e h i s t o r y o f t h i s area on l o c a t i o n , from t h e Roman monuments o f T r i e r and Cologne, Charlemagnels Aachen, t o t h e b a t t l e f i e l d s o f World Wars I and 11. L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and r e a d i n g s w i l l be p r i n c i p a l l y i n German. Counts toward German m a j o r - Counts toward d i s t r i h u t i o n requirement ( f o r e i g n language) Prerequisites: Grading: German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t P/N o r t r a d i t i o n a l , based on o r a l exams and d i a r y t o be k e p t i n German Enrol l m e n t : 20 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. 14/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Beglnnlng N o r w e g i a n FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75111 Instructor: Liv Dahl Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distri butlon: Time: Yes I Room: Old Main 29 N o r w e g i a n C o n v e r s a t i o n and Composltlon FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75311 Instructor: Leif Hanson Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Oral and written tests. Some laboratory work and field experience required. No special fees. Prerequisite: 75211 - Intermediate level Distribution: Yes Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l5 MEXICO January 5-30 The Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala SPA 76381 GST 58181 Gunta Rosental s Instructor: Cost: $1395 + T h i s i n t e r i m w t l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h Pre-Columbian, c o l o n i a l and modern c u l t u r e s o f Mexico and Guatemala 4t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and v i s i t s t o t h e most imp o r t a n t s i t e s . The i m p r e s s i v e pyramids i n t h e h i g h l a n d s o f C e n t r a l Mexico, t h e i n c r e d i b l e Mayan j u n g l e c i t y o f T i k a l i n t h e Guatemalan r a i n f o r e s t , t h e charming c o l o n i a l c i t i e s o f Taxco and v o l c a n o surrounded A n t i g u a , as w e l l as t h e modern m e t r o p o l i s o f Mexico C i t y . Course p r i m a r i l y i n t e n d e d f o r Spanish m a j o r s ( O p t i o n A), b u t o t h e r i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s may t a k e t h e c o u r s e as an e l e c t i v e ( O p t i o n B ) . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c o m p l e t i o n o f a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , a d a i l y j o u r n a l ( i n Spanish f o r O p t i o n A), and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t o u r s and d i s c u s s i o n s . (The E n g l i s h e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e m a t e r i a l s w i l l be a v a i l a b l e . ) O p t i o n A: Cqunts t o w a r d Spanish M a j o r F u l f i l 1 s language r e q u i r e m e n t Prerequisite: Option B: General S t u d i e s Prerequisite: Grading: Spanish 212 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r - f u l f i l l s no d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t None (Spanish 11 1 recommended) PIN o n l y E n r o l l m e n t : '30 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. 16lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Safety Education HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55114 Instructor: Doug Nelson P r i n c i p l e s and p r a c t i c e s o f s a f e t y education i n school and community l i f e . Includes American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t . Time: I(Jan. 5-16) Room: Melby 12 Chemical Dependency Education HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55115 Instructor: Joyce P f a f f This course w i l l i n c l u d e a pharmacological a n a l y s i s of drugs o f abuse, a l o o k a t t h e disease process and treatment m o d a l i t i e s , as w e l l as immediate and temporary care given t o i n d i v i d u a l s i n a drug emergency. It w i l l pay special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e drug problems a f u t u r e teacher might have t o deal w i t h i n t h e classroom s e t t i n g . Grades w i l l be determined by 2 w r i t t e n t e s t s covering t h e l e c t u r e s and t e x t book. This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 4 course c r e d i t . Time: I (Jan. 19-31) Room: Melby 12 Recreational Activities & Rhythms HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55232 Instructor: Pam Paulson Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing . This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t . Time: I (Jan. 19-31) Room: Melby AUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/17 Modern D a n c e HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373 Instructor: Pam Paulson An i n t r o d u c t o r y course i n modern dance technique and c r e a t i v e composition i n c l u d i n g e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, energy, form and design. No previou.s experience necessary. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y Time: I (Jan. 5-16) i course Room: credit. Melby Coaching of B a s k e t b a l l HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55477 Instructor: Rees Johnson Theory, techniques and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f coaching b a s k e t b a l l . It wi 11 i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a.coaching notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and general p a r t i c i p a t i o n . There w i l l be some o u t o f c l a s s n i g h t work. T h i s course -- equals o n l y Prerequisite: Time: i course c r e d i t . I n s t r u c t o r approval I1 Room: Melby 13 Coaching of H o c k e y HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55478 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e aspects o f coaching hockey. It w i l l i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs on d r y land and on i c e . Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a coaching notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n . Students must be a b l e t o skate and must supply skates and s t i c k . This course -- equals o n l y % course c r e d i t . Prerequisite: Time: 1 I n s t r u c t o r approval Room: Me1by 13 18lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM H i s t o r y of P a r i s in M o d e r n Tlmes HISTORY 56111/56311 Instructor: Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t The French a r e sometimes accused o f t h i n k i n g of P a r i s as t h e "navel o f t h e world." There's a b i t o f "sour grapes" c a r i c a t u r e i n t h a t c l e v e r statement. For i f one would p i c k o u t a c i t y which i n t h e l a s t one thousand years has been more important t o Western C i v i l i z a t i o n than any other, one could make a good case f o r P a r i s . I n t h i s course we w i l l study t h e h i s t o r y o f t h a t g r e a t c i t y since t h e 16th century. We w i l l read e x t e n s i v e l y i n a v a r i e t y o f h i s t o r i c a l l i t e r a t u r e , hear l e c t u r e s , v i s i t w i t h some t r a v e l l e r s , and view some s l i d e s and movies. One of our main purposes w i l l be t o double (maybe quadruple! ) your enjoyment when you v i s i t Paris. Evaluation w i l l be on t h e basis o f two t e s t s and a s h o r t paper. For upper d i v i s i o n students t h e standards as t o expectations w i l l be a p p r o p r i a t e l y higher - f o r example, i n t h e i r a b i l i t y t o f i n d t h e i r way i n t o a more extensive b i b l i o g r a p h y f o r t h e term paper. Distribution: Time: I1 Yes - h i s t o r y o r urban Room: Old Main 12 D b e c t e d S t u d y in U.S. H i s t o t y HISTORY 56299 Instructor: Carl Chrislock During t h e I n t e r i m o f t h e 1980-81 school year, I w i l l be a v a i l a b l e t o supervise i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d i e s i n several areas of U.S. H i s t o r y . These i n c l u d e t h e h i s t o r y of American f o r e i g n p o l i c y , t h e 20th Century, Minnesota h i s t o r y and immigration. I p r e f e r n o t t o supervise a h o s t o f f a m i l y h i s t o r i e s , although I am w i l l i n g t o consider we1 1-conceived proposals f o r such studies submitted by students who demonstrate t h a t they have s u f f i c i e n t source m a t e r i a l . Note, too, t h a t a l l t h e s t u d i e s a r e of t h e directed, n o t t h e inde endent v a r i e t y . Any i n t h e l a t t e r category would have t o be t h e department i n advance o f t h e I n t e r i m . Prerequisite: One h i s t o r y course AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM119 H a w a i i : A L a b o r a t o r y of M u l t i - E t h n i c I n t e r a c t i o n ' HAWAII January 4-28 H i s t o r y 56240/56340 P o l i t i c a l Science 85255185355 Instructors: Cost: I.Khin Khin Jensen, Norma C. Noonan $1495 *+ Observation o f t h e Polynesian, Asian and Caucasian c u l t u r e s i n t e r a c t i n g i n p o l i t i c s and s o c i e t y i n t h e 50th s t a t e . Focus on h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s , p o l i t i c a l development, r e 1 i g i o u s h e r i t a g e , educational experiences, commercial ventures, t h e media, c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s and c u r r e n t p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s . Time w i l l be d i v i d e d between t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n Honolulu and H i l o on " t h e B i g I s l a n d . " Various f i e l d t r i p s w i l l be arranged on Oahu and t h e i s l a n d o f Hawaii. Readings w i l l be t a i l o r e d t o each s e c t i o n . Students w i l l submit a j o u r n a l o r a t e r m paper. Counts toward e i t h e r major ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science). Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science). Prerequisites: Grading: lower d i v i s i o n , none. upper d i v i s i o n , sophomore s t a n d i n g and consent o f instructor. PIN o n l y Enrollment: 30 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n qoom 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. PO/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM T h e C i t y in A m e r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e , A r t & A r c h i t e c t u r e INTERDISCIPLINARY 60285 Instructor: Grier Nicholl the growth o f c i t l e s between the Cf v i l War I generated varied responses among k r i c a n Rapid IndustrTal-lzat-ion and WaF and World novelists, poets, painters, and architects of the period. Celebrations of t h e c i t y and the new technology can be found i n the poetry of Watt Whitman and i n the architec.ture of the Chicago Exposition o f 1893. Ambivalent a t t i t u d e s toward the c i t y appear i n the "realism" o f the Ash Can school of pafnters, the photographs of Alfred S t i e g l i t z and others, and i n William O. Howel 1s' novel A Hazard of New Fortunes. Naturalistic novels such a s Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton S i n c l a i r ' s muckraking The Jungle r e f l e ~ 1 ~ n i z i enf fge c t s of economic forces in the c i t y . Course format will vary; lectures on historical and l i t e r a r y background, small g r o ~ p ~ d i s c u s s i o nof s readings, and several visits t o local a r t museums. There will be three t e s t s and an individual o r group oral presentation. Distribution: Time: Urban I1 Room: Music 23 B r u s h Up MATHEMATICS 61103 Instructor: Beverly Durkee This course i s designed as a brush up in arithmetic and as an introduction t o algebra. The course will be particularly helpful f o r students in elementary education o r who will be taking s t a t i s t i c s a s part of a major. Computer programs will be available f o r students who wish t o work with t h i s medium. There will be lectures t o present material, homework assignments t o gain s k i l l s , and written problem solving t e s t s f o r grades. Time: I Room: Science 108 Mathematical A s p e c t s of Music MATHEMATICS 61 130 Instructor: Ben Cooper In t h i s course we will examine some of the evidence for the often-expressed feeling t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow related. Actually there are three kinds of contact: (1) a t the sub-musical l e v e l , where both elementary and sophisticated AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM121 mathematics have a lot to say about such foundational topics as acoustics, scales, and tuning, as well as the premises of twelvetone composition; (2) at the level of composition, where mathematics no longer applies directly (except for certain composers) but where there are strong analogies between the ways composers and mathematicians create and evaluate their work and between features of certain highly structured pieces, such as canons, and mathematical constructs; (3) at the level of aesthetic theory, where probabilistic ideas help to clarifjt what constitutes style. The emphasis on these topics will depend on class interests, provided only that everyone does some significant mathematics. When possible, we will try to hear those things we discuss mathematically, through recordings or performance. Grades will be based on homework exercises, mostly mathematical but including the composition of at least one canon. The necessary the ma tics will be developed in class. Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent and some high school algebra Distribution: Time: Yes Music 5 Room: I An E x p o s u r e of C h a o s In M o d e r n Cosmlc M o d e l s MATHEMATICS 61136161336 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-related ideas and Space-Age research which calls for a critical re-evaluation of present "scientific dogmas" on the nature and origin of the universal cosmos and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Age data, buried in the literature, will be unveiled to show inadequacies and contradictions in some aspects of modern astro-cosmology and its links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which transforn'unsupported scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present an oral sumnary of their paper. Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: Old Main 23 ZZIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM ~ e m o r i z i t ! o n f o r Musicians MUSIC 82151/82351 Instructor: James D. Johnson M u l t i p l e approaches t o memorizing music v i a f o o l p r o o f system. These systems a r e derived from t h e harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and formal a n a l y s i s of t h e music under study. For i n s t r u m e n t a l i s t s and v o c a l i s t s . Upper d i v i s i o n students w i l l be expected t o memorize more, perform more f o r t h e c l a s s and do more memory work away from t h e i r instruments. Time: I Room: Music 9 M a k e Y o u r Own M u s i c MUSIC 82212/82312 Instructor: Robert ~ a r l i n An o p p o r t u n i t y f o r the i n t e r e s t e d student t o l e a r n about t r a d i t i o n a l and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems used i n t h e c r e a t i o n o f o r i g i n a l works o f music. Tonal, a t o n a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c techniques w i l l be employed by the p a r t i c i p a n t s t o c r e a t e t h e i r own compositions. Open t o music majors as an upper d i v i s i o n course; and t o students w i t h l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music as a lower d i v i s i o n course. Music majors w i l l c r e a t e t h r e e short, o r i g i n a l works; others, a t l e a s t one. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Majors: Theory 4; others: No: Majors: e l e c t i v e Yes: Others: Fine A r t s Room: I1 Music 26 Music The,rapy: T e x a s S t y l e M U S I C 82233182433 Instructor: Roberta Metzl e r none &: Course w i l l i n c l u d e an overview o f c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e and research i n music therapy, through readings i n textbook and v i s i t a t i o n t o treatment f a c i l i t i e s and graduate music therapy programs i n Kansas and Texas. V i s i t s i n Kansas w i l l i n c l u d e t h e headquarters o f t h e AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM123 . Y f% I t s fn Unsas d l 1 i h ~ f u d k\theJAdtIqth*em @+' the. Maklonal Assocl akhn For ,MW 1c Therqpy, Ihc., Topeka S b t e Posplbl , Mnhinger Foundptiow,Uhdversf ty o f Kansas bditml Schopl . $n8 f q a s , the Pokb wlll k on @search .In mysic: ther&py a t Boutham btbdist U d v e r s l ~ ,under tha dQr4ctfon df k 6b@rleB, T. Eitglq, wZtl be ara lnble to ex ta3n' reseawh RMT. Graduate sJudents from r&pa(ot, and 40 swahm twri OF@us$$ t&ra~$ fitcFFhp6 .ln %@ Dill 1a~#Folrt8Wor$b,area. A11 travel' %TI 1 be ,@ co1T ege,pa& : gw'fiir92ion w"ll1 be b S rM bn tests wer the'trdmk, wrl.ttqn rep$& of a11 intenship sites vfstted, and', for~uppd~~dfvfs~on c~edlt,a rtnf~ e s e a ~~, ~ obg o s a l Optlonal . d d p trlps 18 Texas wsuld, be $0. Qa t veston,#San Antomias sfld ksgfn. and Tekaa -r e I Fee: Maximum o f $450 ( i n c l u d i n g o p t i o n a l t r i p s i n Texas). would cover a1 1 t r a v e l , room and board. Time: I Room: T h i s fee Music 26 The Opera of Puccini MUSIC 82253 Instructor: Stephen Gabriel sen A s t u d y o f a l l o f t h e operas o f Puccini through l i s t e n i n g and reading assignments. T e s t i n g w i l l i n c l u d e 1 i s t e n i n g questions as w e l l as t r a d i t i o n a l o b j e c t i v e exams. T h i s course i s designed f o r t h e opera l o v e r as w e l l as music majors. Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: I Music 4 History of Jazz MUSIC 82377 Instructor: L a r r y Tallman This course w i l l pursue t h e chronological e v a l u a t i o n of j a z z as we know i t today. Beginning w i t h e a r l y ragtime, t h e j a z z movement exemplifies t h e t r u e meaning o f what i s known as America's own t r u e music. Augsburg has many t e x t s , recordings, and papers t o b e n e f i t t h e student as a f u t u r e jazz scholar. There w i l l be t h r e e t e s t s and a f i n a l . Time: I Room: Music 2 24IAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM a T r e n d s & I s s u e s in N u r s i n g NURSING 81 320 I n s t r u c t o r s : Carol Hoffhan and Susan Knust T h i s course i s i n t e n d e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s a broad p e r s p e c t i v e by i n t r o d u c i n g c u r r e n t t r e n d s and i s s u e s t n h e a l t h c a r e and t h e p r o f e s s i o n o f n u r s i n g , Many o f t h e i s s u e s a r e c o n t r o v e r s i a l , a r e r e l e v a n t t o c u r r e n t p r a c t i c e and have p o t e n t i a l f o r f a r - r e a c h i n g e f f e c t s i n h e a l t h c a r e . Students w i l l be graded on group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and w r i t t e n examinations. Prerequisites: instructor. Time: Admisslon t o Augsburg N u r s i n g Program o r p e r m i s s i o n o f Room: I O l d Main 13 T h e P h l l o s o p h y o f C. S. L e w i s PHILOSOPHY 83132 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach Though C. S. Lewis i s w e l l known as a r e l i g i o u s w r i t e r , what he says develops f r o m s p e c i f i c views about God, man and v a l u e s . Our purpose w i l l be t o r e a d Lewis w i t h a p h i l o s o p h i c a l eye f o r h i s arguments and presupp o s i t i o n s . Grades w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n , t e s t s and proba b l y some w r i t t e n work. Distribution: Time: Yes June 1981 Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look a t Some Contemporary Issues PHILOSOPHY 83250 Instructor: Kenneth B a i l e y A popular song says I " T h i s i s t h e dawnTng o f t h e Age o f Aquarfus. " Is i t ? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, t h e e l e v e n t h s i g n o f t h e Zodjac, symbol i z e s s i m p l i c i t y , peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun i s a q u e s t i o n . Some a s t r o l o g e r s say i t began as e a r l y as 1930; o t h e r s t h a t i t i s j u s t dawning, However t h a t may be, i n t h I s course we w i l l discuss some o f t h e concerns ( e . g . , freedom, m o r a l f t y , hunger) t h a t face whatever age we may be in, from a p h i l o s o p h i c n l s t a n d p o i n t . Grades wfT1 be based on w r i t t e n t e s t s and c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n . D i s t r i b u t i o n : Yes Time: I1 Room! 01 d Main 1 0 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM125 The Starship Accords PHYSICS 84180 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85180 Instructors: Mark Engebretson, Myles Stenshoel You have been selected to participate i n the establishment of the f i r s t permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As one of the colonists, i t will be your duty during f l i g h t to: A. FBmil iarize yourself with the environment expected on any of the several planetary systems thought to be suitable for colonization. . B. Help design a system of governance for the entire comuni ty C. Distribute the necessary tasks and choose the size of the colony sent to each location. . Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and pol i t i c a l theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Music 22 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Solid S t a t e Physics PHYSICS 84341 Instructor: Kenneth Erickson Thls course 1s designed t o provide students o f physics, chemistry, materials science, electronics and engineerlng with a knowledge of the basic physfcal concepts important for the understanding of s o l i d state phenomena. Solfd S t a t e Science i s presently one of the leading areas of basic and applied research actjvity. By means of lectures, 1aboratary work and problem s o l v l n g and discussion sessions i t I s hoped that the student wlll gain a fundamntal working knowledge o f the subject and a hands-on familiarity w f t h some solid s t a t e devices and experimental methods. Topics t o be discussed will include: symoetry and classification o f crystal1 i n e structures; interatomic bonding, l a t t i c e dynamics, electrons i n metals, superconductivity s semi conductors and t h e die1eeeri c and magnetic properties of sol ids. Prerequisites: Time: I Physics 121,122, Math 124, 125 Room: Science 24 26/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Hawali: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction +,, POLITICAL SCIENCE 85255185355 Instructors: I. Khin Khin Jenson, Norman C. Noonan (See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 20.) * N e w s p a p e r s and Presidents: A R e s e a r c h P r o j e c t Analyzing 1980 P r e s i d e n t i a l E l e c t l o n C o v e r , a g e POLITICAL SCIENCE 85345 Instructor: M i l d a Hedblom The New York Times, blashington Post and tos Angeles Times exert a powerful inftuence over other newspapers and the general publTc In thalr coverage o f American p r e s l d e n t l a l elections. The purpose of t h i s course I s t o b e t t e r understand the nature of thefr political coverage through 5ystemat.lc research. Spec-Ifically, students wfll cmpl ete a comparative content analysis of the three papers' 1980 general election news columns. Durlng the f i r s t week of the course we will study the three newspapers' development, focusing on their unlque r o l e i n Am~ricanpol itjeal journal ism, and praetf ce use o f the coding system for analyzing thelr new cotumns. Ourlng the second and t h l r d weeks stuaent will work independently in three teams, i n consult.at.lon with the instructor, wadfng and analyzing election coverage i n the three papers. The tern wlll be working where the newspapers are, for example the Augsburg library, the Unfversity of Minnesota eriodical POW, or other Twin CltIes 11brarles, The last wee o f the course the whole group will agajn work t o g e t h e r evaluating the results o f the content analysis. Students' grades M i l 1 depend upm satisfying indi vldual w p o n slbilities within the group project. Preferred method o f grading Ss P / h Pass, except by s,peciel arrangement. P o s s i b l e copying Pee, twenty do11ars maximum, I n 1leu o f textbook charges. R P r e r e q u i s i t e : Very strong i n t e r e s t i n a problem o f p o l i t i c a l j o u r n a l i s m and consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Time: I1 Room: Music 25 T a l k i n g About P s y c h o l o g y and E v e r y d a y L i f e PSYCHOLOGY 86210 Instructor: Norman Ferguson This course w i l l i n v o l v e discussions i n two major areas: 1) How the p r i n c i p l e s and methods of psychology can be used i n everyday 1 i f e ( f o r example, l e a r n i n g t o r e l a x , breaking bad h a b i t s , improving personal r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and d e a l i n g w i t h anger). AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/27 2) Controversial issues i n psychology ( f o r example, does TV violence have any adverse e f f e c t s on s o c i e t y ? ; do r e l i g i o u s c u l t s use brainwashing t o convert people?) Each student w i l l be expected t o choose one t o p i c f r o ~ neach o f these major areas and lead yroup d i s c u s s i o n s on t h d , t t o p i c , A l l students w i l l be expected t o do assigned readings un the s p e c i f i c t o p i c s i n advance o f each class so t h a t we1 l -informed discussions can t a k e place. A l i s t o f 12-15 p o s s j b l e topics Fur each area w i l l be a v a i l a b l e f r o m the i n s t r t r c t o r p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n . The main o b j e c t i v e s o f t h e course a r e t o become b e t t e r informed on psychological issues which have relevance t o d a i l y l i v i n q and t o develop t h e a b i l i t y t o speak e f f e c t i v e l y ori such issues i n a sn,a11 group s e t t i n g . Evaluation w i l I be based on the q u a l i t y o f c l a s s presentations, d a i l y c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e discussions, and one short paper on e i t h e r o f t h e t o p i c s chosen. Prerequisite: Time: Psychology 105 I1 Room: Psychology 2 ' P o p Psych': What's i t all About? PSYCHOLOGY 86235 Instructor: L y l a Anderegg Erroneous zones, body 1anguage, games-pl aying people , T-groups , happenings, feelings, l o v i n g a r t s , c r e a t i v e insomnia, c u l t s , speed reading a r e a l l p a r t o f a surge o f i n t e r e s t i n human behavior. Are these movements and w r i t i n g s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f psychology today? Has "pop psych" become such a " h o t - s e l l e r " t h a t s c i e n t i f i c psychology has disappeared? What e v a l u a t i o n o f t h i s m a t e r i a l i s being made by professional psycho1 o g i s t s ? I s t h i s t h e f i r s t mass a p p l i c a t i o n o f psychological p r i n c i p l e s ? These a r e some o f t h e questions t o be i n v e s t i g a t e d i n t h e course t h a t w i l l use t h e seminar format. Each student w i l l be responsible f o r s e l e c t i n g several contemporary books t o review and analyze w i t h respect t o the question s t a t e d i n t h e course t i t l e . Evaluation by two t e s t s and q u a l i t y o f review and a n a l y s i s o f chosen references. Prerequisites: Time: I1 Psychology 105 o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r Room: Psychology 3 28/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM U s e s o f t h e P e r s o n a l compute^ I n P s y c h o l o g y PSYCHOLOGY 86241 Instructor: Richard Marken See how a personal computer ( t h e Psychology Department's Apple 1I ) can be used as a tool to explore the mind. Learn to write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure response time, do s t a t i s t i c a l analyses and model tl~oughtprocesses, See the f r u i t s of your e f f o r t s i n glorious color on the Apple I I TV scrr(:rt. Evaluat,ion based on pru(lriran,ing projects and two t e s t s . Distribution: Time: Yes Room: I Psychology 3 Readings in t h e Works of R o b e r t C o l r s PSYCHOLOGY 86372 Instructor: Duane Johnson Robert Coles i s one of America's most widely published writers on childhood development. Much o f his writing i s based on a participantobserver s t y l e of research. He spends substantial time with particular persons in various s e t t i n g s (southerners, migrants, sharecroppers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged) and reports t h e i r l i v e s with s e n s i t i v i t y and with particular attention to, t h e i r strengths. This course will provide an opportunity t o read in the works of Coles with a major focus on conditions under which children develop. Each student must propose an individual reading l i s t and have i t approved p r i o r t o the beginning of the interim. Amendments t o the reading l i s t may be proposed f o r approval during the f i r s t week of the interim. Each student must contact Dr. Johnson no l a t e r than December 1 s t f o r a handout providing suggestions and guidelines f o r reading l i s t development. Expectations will include extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal and a short summary paper. Prerequisites: Registration: Time: I 86105 General Psychology P/N only Room: Music 24 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM129 Study of Religion in t h e Public Schools 3f.Q RELIGION 87355 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe We wjll look b r i e f l y a t the h f s t o r l c a l j n t e r a c t i o n between r e l i g i o n and government i n p u b l i c education i n the United States. Laws w i l l be read and analyzed. The problems, resources and teaching m a t e r i a l s associated w f t h "teaching about re1 i g i o n " i n pub1 i c schools w i l l be analyzcd and discussed. The t h e o l o g i c a l imp1 i c a t i o n s In t h i s e n t i r e phenoa~enonw i l l be o f special concern. Lecture, small group a n a l y s i s and discussion, viewing and c r i t i q u i n g o f m a t e r i a l s . Two exams, several w r i t t e n / o r a l reports, assigned reading. Prerequisite: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Distribution: Yes Time: Room: I Music 23 T h e o l o g y of W o r s h i p & L i t u r g y RELIGION 87369 Instructor: David Fagerberg This i s an invest4gation of the theology o f Chrfstlan warship as i t fs expressed i n the 1 jturgy. By looking a t the 1iturglcal ractlees of the church i n both baptfsm'and the mass fespecfally In t e f i r s t three centuries) we will seek t o shed l i g h t on the character of worship, prayer, the baptismal covenant, sacri Pica, etc. The aim 3s n o t only to provide an fntroductfon t o I f turglcal studies, but also t o encourage a Leper personal apprec'lation o f worshtp. R E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n as drawn o u t o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s reading o f core m a t e r i a l , and t h e .student's p r o j e c t - i n t h e form o f e i t h e r a c l a s s p r e s e n t a t i o n o r a paper. Prerequisite: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Distribution: Yes Time: I Room: Old Main 11 I I- C d \I 3MAUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM T r a i n i n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l a n d D r u g A b u s e SOCIAL WORK 95312 Con